1 Introduction
 We work over the field 
 $\mathbb {C}$
 of complex numbers. A K3 surface is a compact, complex manifold X of dimension
$\mathbb {C}$
 of complex numbers. A K3 surface is a compact, complex manifold X of dimension 
 $2$
 with a nowhere vanishing symplectic, holomorphic
$2$
 with a nowhere vanishing symplectic, holomorphic 
 $2$
-form
$2$
-form 
 $\sigma _X \in \operatorname {\mathrm {H}}^0(X,\Omega ^2_X)$
 and vanishing irregularity
$\sigma _X \in \operatorname {\mathrm {H}}^0(X,\Omega ^2_X)$
 and vanishing irregularity 
 $h^1(X,\mathcal {O}_X)$
.
$h^1(X,\mathcal {O}_X)$
.
 Since a K3 surface does not admit nontrivial global vector fields, its automorphism group is discrete. For a very general K3 surface it is even trivial. However, there are (families of) K3 surfaces with a nontrivial and even infinite automorphism group. Typical examples of groups that appear as automorphism groups are 
 $\mathbb {Z} * \mathbb {Z}$
,
$\mathbb {Z} * \mathbb {Z}$
, 
 $\mathbb {Z}^r$
 or
$\mathbb {Z}^r$
 or 
 $\mathbb {Z}/2 \mathbb {Z}$
.
$\mathbb {Z}/2 \mathbb {Z}$
.
 K3 surfaces with a finite automorphism group have been classified by Nikulin [Reference Nikulin61, Reference Nikulin62], Vinberg [Reference Vinberg75] and Kondo [Reference Kondō47] with a further recent refinement due to Roulleau [Reference Roulleau70]. The purpose of this work is to classify finite subgroups 
 $G \leq \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X)$
, more precisely, pairs
$G \leq \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X)$
, more precisely, pairs 
 $(X,G)$
 consisting of a K3 surface X and a finite subgroup of automorphisms
$(X,G)$
 consisting of a K3 surface X and a finite subgroup of automorphisms 
 $G \leq \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X)$
.
$G \leq \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X)$
.
 Let X be a K3 surface with cotangent sheaf 
 $\Omega _X$
. Its automorphisms act on the symplectic forms
$\Omega _X$
. Its automorphisms act on the symplectic forms 
 $\mathbb {C} \sigma _X = \operatorname {\mathrm {H}}^0(X,\Omega ^2_X)$
 by scalar multiplication. We call the ones with trivial action symplectic and the ones with a nontrivial action nonsymplectic. The action on the symplectic form gives rise to an exact sequence
$\mathbb {C} \sigma _X = \operatorname {\mathrm {H}}^0(X,\Omega ^2_X)$
 by scalar multiplication. We call the ones with trivial action symplectic and the ones with a nontrivial action nonsymplectic. The action on the symplectic form gives rise to an exact sequence 
 $$\begin{align*}1 \to \operatorname{\mathrm{Aut}}_s(X) \to \operatorname{\mathrm{Aut}}(X) \to \operatorname{\mathrm{GL}}(\mathbb{C} \sigma_X),\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}1 \to \operatorname{\mathrm{Aut}}_s(X) \to \operatorname{\mathrm{Aut}}(X) \to \operatorname{\mathrm{GL}}(\mathbb{C} \sigma_X),\end{align*}$$
where by 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}_s(X)$
 we denote the normal subgroup of symplectic automorphisms. Now, let
$\operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}_s(X)$
 we denote the normal subgroup of symplectic automorphisms. Now, let 
 $G \leq \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X)$
 be a finite subgroup and set
$G \leq \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X)$
 be a finite subgroup and set 
 $G_s = G \cap \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}_s(X)$
. Then for
$G_s = G \cap \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}_s(X)$
. Then for 
 $n = |G/G_s|$
, we get an exact sequence
$n = |G/G_s|$
, we get an exact sequence 
 $$\begin{align*}1 \to G_s \to G \to \mu_n \to 1, \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}1 \to G_s \to G \to \mu_n \to 1, \end{align*}$$
where 
 $\mu _n$
 is the cyclic group of order n. We call the index
$\mu _n$
 is the cyclic group of order n. We call the index 
 $n = [G:G_s]$
 the transcendental value of G. Let
$n = [G:G_s]$
 the transcendental value of G. Let 
 $\varphi $
 denote Euler’s totient function. By a result of Oguiso and Machida [Reference Machida and Oguiso51], we know that
$\varphi $
 denote Euler’s totient function. By a result of Oguiso and Machida [Reference Machida and Oguiso51], we know that 
 $\varphi (n) \leq 20$
 and
$\varphi (n) \leq 20$
 and 
 $n\neq 60$
.
$n\neq 60$
.
 The distinction between symplectic and nonsymplectic is crucial. For instance, a nonsymplectic automorphism of finite order may fix smooth curves whereas a symplectic automorphism of finite order k fixes only finitely many points and their number 
 $n_k$
 depends only on k. Let
$n_k$
 depends only on k. Let 
 $M_{24}$
 denote the Mathieu group on
$M_{24}$
 denote the Mathieu group on 
 $24$
 points and
$24$
 points and 
 $M_{23}$
 the stabilizer group of a point. Then the number of fixed points of an element of
$M_{23}$
 the stabilizer group of a point. Then the number of fixed points of an element of 
 $M_{23}$
 of order k depends only on k and is equal to
$M_{23}$
 of order k depends only on k and is equal to 
 $n_k$
. This observation sparked the following theorem of Mukai.
$n_k$
. This observation sparked the following theorem of Mukai.
Theorem 1.1 [Reference Mukai57]
 A finite group admits a faithful and symplectic action on some K3 surface if and only if it admits an embedding into the Mathieu group 
 $M_{23}$
 which decomposes the
$M_{23}$
 which decomposes the 
 $24$
 points into at least five orbits.
$24$
 points into at least five orbits.
 Later, Xiao [Reference Xiao76] gave a new proof shedding light on the combinatorics of the fixed points using the relation between X, its quotient 
 $X/G_s$
 and its resolution which is a K3 surface again. A conceptual proof involving the Niemeier lattices was given by Kondo [Reference Kondō48]. Finally, Hashimoto [Reference Hashimoto34] classified all the symplectic actions on the K3 lattice. Since the corresponding period domains are connected, this is a classification up to deformation. See [Reference Kondō49] for a survey of symplectic automorphisms.
$X/G_s$
 and its resolution which is a K3 surface again. A conceptual proof involving the Niemeier lattices was given by Kondo [Reference Kondō48]. Finally, Hashimoto [Reference Hashimoto34] classified all the symplectic actions on the K3 lattice. Since the corresponding period domains are connected, this is a classification up to deformation. See [Reference Kondō49] for a survey of symplectic automorphisms.
In view of these results, it is fair to say that our knowledge of finite symplectic subgroups of automorphisms is fairly complete.
 Similar to Hashimoto’s classification for symplectic actions, our main result is a classification up to deformation (see Definition 3.1 for a precise definition). Let X be a K3 surface and G a finite subgroup of automorphisms of X. We call the largest subgroup 
 $S \leq \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X)$
 such that the fixed lattices satisfy
$S \leq \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X)$
 such that the fixed lattices satisfy 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {H}}^2(X,\mathbb {Z})^{G_s}=\operatorname {\mathrm {H}}^2(X,\mathbb {Z})^{S}$
 the saturation of
$\operatorname {\mathrm {H}}^2(X,\mathbb {Z})^{G_s}=\operatorname {\mathrm {H}}^2(X,\mathbb {Z})^{S}$
 the saturation of 
 $G_s$
. Necessarily, the group S is finite and symplectic. The group generated by G and S is finite as well. It is called the saturation of G. We call G saturated if it is equal to its saturation. The subgroup
$G_s$
. Necessarily, the group S is finite and symplectic. The group generated by G and S is finite as well. It is called the saturation of G. We call G saturated if it is equal to its saturation. The subgroup 
 $G \leq \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X)$
 is called nonsymplectic, if
$G \leq \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X)$
 is called nonsymplectic, if 
 $G_s \neq G$
 and mixed if further
$G_s \neq G$
 and mixed if further 
 $1\neq G_s$
. If
$1\neq G_s$
. If 
 $G_s=1$
, then it is called purely nonsymplectic. If G is nonsymplectic, then X is in fact projective. Therefore, all K3 surfaces are henceforth assumed to be projective.
$G_s=1$
, then it is called purely nonsymplectic. If G is nonsymplectic, then X is in fact projective. Therefore, all K3 surfaces are henceforth assumed to be projective.
Theorem 1.2. There are exactly 
 $4,167$
 deformation classes of pairs
$4,167$
 deformation classes of pairs 
 $(X,G)$
 consisting of a complex K3 surface X and a saturated, nonsymplectic, finite subgroup
$(X,G)$
 consisting of a complex K3 surface X and a saturated, nonsymplectic, finite subgroup 
 $G \leq \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X)$
 of automorphisms. For each such pair, the action of G on some lattice
$G \leq \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X)$
 of automorphisms. For each such pair, the action of G on some lattice 
 $L \cong \operatorname {\mathrm {H}}^2(X,\mathbb {Z})$
 is listed in [Reference Brandhorst and Hofmann21].
$L \cong \operatorname {\mathrm {H}}^2(X,\mathbb {Z})$
 is listed in [Reference Brandhorst and Hofmann21].
 While a list of the actions of these finite groups G is too large to reproduce here, we present a condensed version of the data in Table 3 in Appendix A. More precisely, we list all finite groups G admitting a faithful, saturated, mixed action on some K3 surface and their symplectic subgroups as well as the number 
 $k(G)$
 of deformation types.
$k(G)$
 of deformation types.
 Since the natural representation 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X) \to O(\operatorname {\mathrm {H}}^2(X,\mathbb {Z}))$
 is faithful and K3 surfaces are determined up to isomorphism by their Hodge structure, a large extent of geometric information is easily extracted from our Hodge-theoretical model of the family of surfaces and its subgroup of automorphisms. For instance, one can compute the Néron–Severi and transcendental lattice of a very-general member of the family, the invariant lattice, invariant ample polarizations, the (holomorphic and topological) Euler characteristic of the fixed locus of an automorphism, the isomorphism class of the group, its subgroup consisting of symplectic automorphisms, the number of connected components of the moduli space and the dimension of the moduli space. The pairs
$\operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X) \to O(\operatorname {\mathrm {H}}^2(X,\mathbb {Z}))$
 is faithful and K3 surfaces are determined up to isomorphism by their Hodge structure, a large extent of geometric information is easily extracted from our Hodge-theoretical model of the family of surfaces and its subgroup of automorphisms. For instance, one can compute the Néron–Severi and transcendental lattice of a very-general member of the family, the invariant lattice, invariant ample polarizations, the (holomorphic and topological) Euler characteristic of the fixed locus of an automorphism, the isomorphism class of the group, its subgroup consisting of symplectic automorphisms, the number of connected components of the moduli space and the dimension of the moduli space. The pairs 
 $(X,G)$
 with
$(X,G)$
 with 
 $G_s$
 among the
$G_s$
 among the 
 $11$
 maximal groups have been classified in [Reference Brandhorst and Hashimoto20]. In many cases, projective models are listed.
$11$
 maximal groups have been classified in [Reference Brandhorst and Hashimoto20]. In many cases, projective models are listed.
Purely nonsymplectic automorphisms
 On the other end of the spectrum are purely nonsymplectic groups, which are the groups G with 
 $G_s=1$
. These groups satisfy
$G_s=1$
. These groups satisfy 
 $G \cong \mu _n$
 and, by a result of Oguiso and Machida [Reference Machida and Oguiso51], we know that n satisfies
$G \cong \mu _n$
 and, by a result of Oguiso and Machida [Reference Machida and Oguiso51], we know that n satisfies 
 $\varphi (n) \leq 20$
 and
$\varphi (n) \leq 20$
 and 
 $n\neq 60$
. To the best of our knowledge, the following corollary completes the existing partial classifications for orders 4 [Reference Artebani and Sarti7], 6 [Reference Dillies28], 8 [Reference Al Tabbaa and Sarti2], 16 [Reference Al Tabbaa, Sarti and Taki3], 20, 22, 24, 30 [Reference Artebani, Comparin and Valdés6], n with
$n\neq 60$
. To the best of our knowledge, the following corollary completes the existing partial classifications for orders 4 [Reference Artebani and Sarti7], 6 [Reference Dillies28], 8 [Reference Al Tabbaa and Sarti2], 16 [Reference Al Tabbaa, Sarti and Taki3], 20, 22, 24, 30 [Reference Artebani, Comparin and Valdés6], n with 
 $(\varphi (n)\geq 12)$
 [Reference Brandhorst18] and is completely new for orders 10, 12, 14 and 18. For order 26, it provides a missing case in [Reference Brandhorst18, Thm 1.1]. For order
$(\varphi (n)\geq 12)$
 [Reference Brandhorst18] and is completely new for orders 10, 12, 14 and 18. For order 26, it provides a missing case in [Reference Brandhorst18, Thm 1.1]. For order 
 $6$
, [Reference Dillies28, Thm. 4.1] misses the case of a genus 1 curve and four isolated fixed points (0.6.2.29).
$6$
, [Reference Dillies28, Thm. 4.1] misses the case of a genus 1 curve and four isolated fixed points (0.6.2.29).
Corollary 1.3. Let 
 $k(n)$
 be the number of deformation classes of K3 surfaces with a purely nonsymplectic automorphism acting by
$k(n)$
 be the number of deformation classes of K3 surfaces with a purely nonsymplectic automorphism acting by 
 $\zeta _n$
 on the symplectic form. The values
$\zeta _n$
 on the symplectic form. The values 
 $k(n)$
 are given in Table 1.
$k(n)$
 are given in Table 1.
Table 1 Counts of purely nonsymplectic automorphisms.

The most satisfying picture is for nonsymplectic automorphisms of odd prime order, where the fixed locus alone determines the deformation class; see [Reference Artebani, Sarti and Taki8]. The key tools to this result are the holomorphic and topological Lefschetz’ fixed point formulas as well as Smith theory. These relate properties of the fixed locus with the action of the automorphism on cohomology. Conversely, given the action on cohomology as per our classification, we determine its fixed locus.
 In what follows, 
 $\sigma $
 is an automorphism of order n on a K3 surface acting by multiplication with
$\sigma $
 is an automorphism of order n on a K3 surface acting by multiplication with 
 $\zeta _n = \exp (2 \pi i/n)$
 on the holomorphic
$\zeta _n = \exp (2 \pi i/n)$
 on the holomorphic 
 $2$
-form of X. We denote by
$2$
-form of X. We denote by 
 $$\begin{align*}X^{\sigma} = \{x \in X \mid \sigma(x) = x\}\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}X^{\sigma} = \{x \in X \mid \sigma(x) = x\}\end{align*}$$
the fixed point set of 
 $\sigma $
 on X. A curve
$\sigma $
 on X. A curve 
 $C \subseteq X$
 is fixed by
$C \subseteq X$
 is fixed by 
 $\sigma $
 if
$\sigma $
 if 
 $C \subseteq X^{\sigma }$
, and it is called invariant by
$C \subseteq X^{\sigma }$
, and it is called invariant by 
 $\sigma $
 if
$\sigma $
 if 
 $\sigma (C) = C$
. Let
$\sigma (C) = C$
. Let 
 $P \in X^{\sigma }$
 be a fixed point. By [Reference Cartan24, lemme 1],
$P \in X^{\sigma }$
 be a fixed point. By [Reference Cartan24, lemme 1], 
 $\sigma $
 can be linearized locally at P. Hence, there are local coordinates
$\sigma $
 can be linearized locally at P. Hence, there are local coordinates 
 $(x,y)$
 in a small neighborhood centered at P such that
$(x,y)$
 in a small neighborhood centered at P such that 
 $$\begin{align*}\sigma(x,y) = (\zeta_n^{i+1}x,\zeta_n^{-i} y)\quad \mbox{ with } \quad 0 \leq i \leq s = \left\lfloor\frac{n-1}{2}\right\rfloor.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\sigma(x,y) = (\zeta_n^{i+1}x,\zeta_n^{-i} y)\quad \mbox{ with } \quad 0 \leq i \leq s = \left\lfloor\frac{n-1}{2}\right\rfloor.\end{align*}$$
We call P a fixed point of type i and denote the number of fixed points of type i by 
 $a_i$
. If
$a_i$
. If 
 $i = 0$
, then P lies on a smooth curve fixed by
$i = 0$
, then P lies on a smooth curve fixed by 
 $\sigma $
. Otherwise, P is an isolated fixed point. Note that for
$\sigma $
. Otherwise, P is an isolated fixed point. Note that for 
 $n=2$
 there are no isolated fixed points and at most
$n=2$
 there are no isolated fixed points and at most 
 $2$
 invariant curves pass through a fixed point.
$2$
 invariant curves pass through a fixed point.
 In general, the fixed point set 
 $X^{\sigma }$
 is a disjoint union of
$X^{\sigma }$
 is a disjoint union of 
 $N = \sum _{i=1}^s a_i$
 isolated fixed points, k smooth rational curves and either a curve of genus
$N = \sum _{i=1}^s a_i$
 isolated fixed points, k smooth rational curves and either a curve of genus 
 $>1$
 or
$>1$
 or 
 $0, 1, 2$
 curves of genus 1. Denote by l the number of genus
$0, 1, 2$
 curves of genus 1. Denote by l the number of genus 
 $g \geq 1$
 curves fixed by
$g \geq 1$
 curves fixed by 
 $\sigma $
. If no such curve is fixed, set
$\sigma $
. If no such curve is fixed, set 
 $g=1$
. We describe the fixed locus by the tuple
$g=1$
. We describe the fixed locus by the tuple 
 $((a_1, \dots , a_s), k, l, g)$
. It is a deformation invariant. To sum up:
$((a_1, \dots , a_s), k, l, g)$
. It is a deformation invariant. To sum up: 
 $$\begin{align*}X^{\sigma} = \{p_1, \dots, p_N\} \sqcup R_1 \sqcup \dots \sqcup R_k \sqcup C_1 \sqcup \dots \sqcup C_l,\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}X^{\sigma} = \{p_1, \dots, p_N\} \sqcup R_1 \sqcup \dots \sqcup R_k \sqcup C_1 \sqcup \dots \sqcup C_l,\end{align*}$$
where the 
 $R_i$
’s are smooth rational curves and the
$R_i$
’s are smooth rational curves and the 
 $C_j$
’s smooth curves of genus
$C_j$
’s smooth curves of genus 
 $g \geq 1$
.
$g \geq 1$
.
 Let L be a 
 $\mathbb {Z}$
-lattice and
$\mathbb {Z}$
-lattice and 
 $f\in O(L)$
 an isometry of order n. Set
$f\in O(L)$
 an isometry of order n. Set 
 $L_k:=\{x \in L \mid f^k(x)=x\}$
. The small local type of f is the collection of genera
$L_k:=\{x \in L \mid f^k(x)=x\}$
. The small local type of f is the collection of genera 
 $\mathcal {G}(L_k)_{k \mid n}$
. If the genus of L is understood, then we omit
$\mathcal {G}(L_k)_{k \mid n}$
. If the genus of L is understood, then we omit 
 $\mathcal {G}(L_n)=\mathcal {G}(L)$
 from notation. Let
$\mathcal {G}(L_n)=\mathcal {G}(L)$
 from notation. Let 
 $\Phi _k(x)\in \mathbb {Z}[x]$
 denote the k-th cyclotomic polynomial. The global type of f consists of the small local type as well as the isomorphism classes of the
$\Phi _k(x)\in \mathbb {Z}[x]$
 denote the k-th cyclotomic polynomial. The global type of f consists of the small local type as well as the isomorphism classes of the 
 $\mathbb {Z}$
-lattices
$\mathbb {Z}$
-lattices 
 $\ker \Phi _k(f)$
, where
$\ker \Phi _k(f)$
, where 
 $k \mid n$
. A genus of
$k \mid n$
. A genus of 
 $\mathbb {Z}$
-lattices is denoted by its Conway–Sloane symbol [Reference Conway and Sloane26]. The type of an automorphism
$\mathbb {Z}$
-lattices is denoted by its Conway–Sloane symbol [Reference Conway and Sloane26]. The type of an automorphism 
 $\sigma $
 of a K3 surface X is defined as the type of the isometry
$\sigma $
 of a K3 surface X is defined as the type of the isometry 
 $\sigma ^{*-1}|\operatorname {\mathrm {H}}^2(X,\mathbb {Z})$
.
$\sigma ^{*-1}|\operatorname {\mathrm {H}}^2(X,\mathbb {Z})$
.
Theorem 1.4. Let X be a K3 surface and 
 $\sigma \in \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X)$
 of order n acting by
$\sigma \in \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X)$
 of order n acting by 
 $\zeta _n$
 on
$\zeta _n$
 on 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {H}}^0(X,\Omega _X^2)$
. The deformation class of
$\operatorname {\mathrm {H}}^0(X,\Omega _X^2)$
. The deformation class of 
 $(X, \sigma )$
 is determined by the small local type of
$(X, \sigma )$
 is determined by the small local type of 
 $\sigma $
 unless
$\sigma $
 unless 
 $\sigma $
 is one the six exceptional types in Table 2. For each deformation class, the invariants
$\sigma $
 is one the six exceptional types in Table 2. For each deformation class, the invariants 
 $((a_1, \dots , a_s), k, l, g)$
 of the fixed locus are given in Appendix B.
$((a_1, \dots , a_s), k, l, g)$
 of the fixed locus are given in Appendix B.
Table 2 Exceptional types of purely nonsymplectic automorphisms.

Remark 1.5. For each of the 
 $5$
 exceptional types of order
$5$
 exceptional types of order 
 $6$
, there are exactly two deformation classes. They are separated by the global type. For order
$6$
, there are exactly two deformation classes. They are separated by the global type. For order 
 $4$
, the two classes have the same global-type. They are separated by the isometry class of the glue between
$4$
, the two classes have the same global-type. They are separated by the isometry class of the glue between 
 $L_2$
 and
$L_2$
 and 
 $L_4$
. It is given by the image
$L_4$
. It is given by the image 
 $L_4 \to {D_{L_2}}$
 induced by orthogonal projection.
$L_4 \to {D_{L_2}}$
 induced by orthogonal projection.
Remark 1.6. The first 
 $5$
 exceptional types in Table 2 are due to a failure of the local to global principle for conjugacy of isometries. For the last one, the example shows that the small local type is not fine enough to determine local conjugacy.
$5$
 exceptional types in Table 2 are due to a failure of the local to global principle for conjugacy of isometries. For the last one, the example shows that the small local type is not fine enough to determine local conjugacy.
Enriques surfaces
 Since the universal cover X of a complex Enriques surface S is a K3 surface, our results apply to classify finite subgroups of automorphisms of Enriques surfaces. The kernel of 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(S) \to \operatorname {\mathrm {GL}}(\operatorname {\mathrm {H}}^0(2K_S))$
 consists of the so called semisymplectic automorphisms of S. They lift to automorphisms acting by
$\operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(S) \to \operatorname {\mathrm {GL}}(\operatorname {\mathrm {H}}^0(2K_S))$
 consists of the so called semisymplectic automorphisms of S. They lift to automorphisms acting by 
 $\pm 1$
 on
$\pm 1$
 on 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {H}}^0(X,\Omega _X^2)$
. Cyclic semisymplectic automorphisms are studied by Ohashi in [Reference Ohashi65]. Mukai’s theorem on symplectic actions and the Mathieu group has an analogue for Enriques surfaces; see [Reference Mukai and Ohashi58]. However, not every semisymplectic action is of ‘Mathieu type’.
$\operatorname {\mathrm {H}}^0(X,\Omega _X^2)$
. Cyclic semisymplectic automorphisms are studied by Ohashi in [Reference Ohashi65]. Mukai’s theorem on symplectic actions and the Mathieu group has an analogue for Enriques surfaces; see [Reference Mukai and Ohashi58]. However, not every semisymplectic action is of ‘Mathieu type’.
Corollary 1.7. A group 
 $H_s$
 admits a faithful semisymplectic action on some complex Enriques surface if and only if
$H_s$
 admits a faithful semisymplectic action on some complex Enriques surface if and only if 
 $H_s$
 embeds into one of the following
$H_s$
 embeds into one of the following 
 $6$
 groups
$6$
 groups

 A group H admits a faithful action on some complex Enriques surface if and only if it embeds into one of the following 
 $9$
 groups:
$9$
 groups:

Proof. Let S be an Enriques surface and X its covering K3 surface. Let 
 $\epsilon $
 be the covering involution of
$\epsilon $
 be the covering involution of 
 $X \to S$
. Let
$X \to S$
. Let 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X,\epsilon )$
 denote the centralizer of
$\operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X,\epsilon )$
 denote the centralizer of 
 $\epsilon $
. Then
$\epsilon $
. Then 
 $1 \to \langle \epsilon \rangle \to \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X,\epsilon ) \to \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(S) \to 1$
 is exact. In particular, if
$1 \to \langle \epsilon \rangle \to \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X,\epsilon ) \to \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(S) \to 1$
 is exact. In particular, if 
 $H \leq \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(S)$
 is a finite group, then it is the image of a finite group
$H \leq \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(S)$
 is a finite group, then it is the image of a finite group 
 $G \leq \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X)$
 containing the covering involution. Conversely,
$G \leq \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X)$
 containing the covering involution. Conversely, 
 $\epsilon \in \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X)$
 is the covering involution of some Enriques surface if and only if
$\epsilon \in \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X)$
 is the covering involution of some Enriques surface if and only if 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {H}}^2(X,\mathbb {Z})^{\epsilon } \in \textrm {II}_{1,9}2^{10}$
. Thus, we can obtain the list of all finite groups acting on some Enriques surface by taking the corresponding list for K3 surfaces. For each group G in the list, one computes the Enriques involutions
$\operatorname {\mathrm {H}}^2(X,\mathbb {Z})^{\epsilon } \in \textrm {II}_{1,9}2^{10}$
. Thus, we can obtain the list of all finite groups acting on some Enriques surface by taking the corresponding list for K3 surfaces. For each group G in the list, one computes the Enriques involutions 
 $\epsilon $
, their centralizer
$\epsilon $
, their centralizer 
 $C(\epsilon )$
 in G,
$C(\epsilon )$
 in G, 
 $C(\epsilon )_s\cong H_s$
 and the quotient
$C(\epsilon )_s\cong H_s$
 and the quotient 
 $H\cong C(\epsilon )/\langle \epsilon \rangle $
.
$H\cong C(\epsilon )/\langle \epsilon \rangle $
.
Our method of classification applies as soon as a Torelli-type theorem is available, for instance to supersingular K3 surfaces in positive characteristic and compact hyperkähler manifolds.
Outline of the paper
In Section 2, we recall basic notions of lattices with an emphasis towards primitive extensions and lattices with isometry. The geometric setting of K3 surfaces is treated in Section 3. We set up a coarse moduli space parametrizing K3 surfaces together with finite subgroups of automorphisms. Next, we determine the connected components of the respective moduli spaces. We show that this translates the problem of classifying pairs of K3 surfaces and finite subgroups of automorphisms into a classification problem for lattices with isometry and extensions thereof.
 The next sections deal with these algorithmic problems related to lattices, where it is shown that practical solutions exist. In particular, in Section 4 it is described how isomorphism classes of lattices with isometry can be enumerated. This leads to questions related to canonical images of orthogonal and unitary groups, which are addressed in the final sections. For the classical case of 
 $\mathbb {Z}$
-lattices, we review Miranda–Morison theory in Section 5. For Hermitian lattices we develop the necessary tools in Section 6.
$\mathbb {Z}$
-lattices, we review Miranda–Morison theory in Section 5. For Hermitian lattices we develop the necessary tools in Section 6.
Finally, in Section 7 we classify the fixed point sets of purely nonsymplectic automorphisms of finite order on complex K3 surfaces.
2 Preliminaries on lattices and isometries
In this section, we fix notation on lattices, and refer the reader to [Reference Nikulin60, Reference Conway and Sloane26, Reference Kneser46] for standard facts and proofs.
2.1 Lattices
 Let R be an integral domain of characteristic 
 $0$
 and K its field of fractions. We denote by
$0$
 and K its field of fractions. We denote by 
 $R^{\times }$
 its group of units. In this paper, an R-lattice consists of a finitely generated projective R-module M and a nondegenerate, symmetric bilinear form
$R^{\times }$
 its group of units. In this paper, an R-lattice consists of a finitely generated projective R-module M and a nondegenerate, symmetric bilinear form 
 $\langle \cdot , \colon \rangle M \times M \to K$
.
$\langle \cdot , \colon \rangle M \times M \to K$
.
 We call it integral if the bilinear form is R-valued, and we call it even if the square-norm of every element with respect to the bilinear form is in 
 $2 R$
. If confusion is unlikely, we drop the bilinear form from notation and denote for
$2 R$
. If confusion is unlikely, we drop the bilinear form from notation and denote for 
 $x,y \in M$
 the value
$x,y \in M$
 the value 
 $\langle x, y \rangle $
 by
$\langle x, y \rangle $
 by 
 $xy$
 and
$xy$
 and 
 $\langle x, x \rangle $
 by
$\langle x, x \rangle $
 by 
 $x^2$
. The associated quadratic form is
$x^2$
. The associated quadratic form is 
 $Q(x) = x^2/2$
. We denote the dual lattice of M by
$Q(x) = x^2/2$
. We denote the dual lattice of M by 
 $M^{\vee }$
. We call M unimodular if
$M^{\vee }$
. We call M unimodular if 
 $M=M^{\vee }$
. For two lattices M and N, we denote by
$M=M^{\vee }$
. For two lattices M and N, we denote by 
 $M\perp N$
 their orthogonal direct sum. The scale of M is
$M\perp N$
 their orthogonal direct sum. The scale of M is 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(M)=\langle M, M \rangle $
, and its norm
$\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(M)=\langle M, M \rangle $
, and its norm 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {n}}}(L)$
 is the fractional ideal generated by
$\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {n}}}(L)$
 is the fractional ideal generated by 
 $\langle x, x \rangle $
 for
$\langle x, x \rangle $
 for 
 $x \in M$
. The set of self-isometries of M is the orthogonal group
$x \in M$
. The set of self-isometries of M is the orthogonal group 
 $O(M)$
 of M.
$O(M)$
 of M.
 We fix the following convention for the spinor norm: Let L be an R-lattice and 
 $V = L \otimes K$
. Let
$V = L \otimes K$
. Let 
 $v \in V$
 with
$v \in V$
 with 
 $v^2 \neq 0$
. The reflection
$v^2 \neq 0$
. The reflection 
 $\tau _v(x) = x - 2xv/v^2\cdot v$
 is an isometry of V. The spinor norm of
$\tau _v(x) = x - 2xv/v^2\cdot v$
 is an isometry of V. The spinor norm of 
 $\tau _v$
 is defined to be
$\tau _v$
 is defined to be 
 $Q(v)=v^2/2 \in k^{\times }/(k^{\times })^2$
. By the Cartan–Dieudonné theorem
$Q(v)=v^2/2 \in k^{\times }/(k^{\times })^2$
. By the Cartan–Dieudonné theorem 
 $O(V)$
 is generated by reflections. One can show that this defines a homomorphism
$O(V)$
 is generated by reflections. One can show that this defines a homomorphism 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {spin}}: O(V) \to k^{\times }/(k^{\times })^2$
 by using the Clifford algebra of
$\operatorname {\mathrm {spin}}: O(V) \to k^{\times }/(k^{\times })^2$
 by using the Clifford algebra of 
 $(V,Q)$
.
$(V,Q)$
.
 An embedding 
 $M \to L$
 of lattices is said to be primitive if its cokernel is torsion-free. For
$M \to L$
 of lattices is said to be primitive if its cokernel is torsion-free. For 
 $M\subseteq L$
, we denote by
$M\subseteq L$
, we denote by 
 $M^{\perp L}=\{x \in L \mid \langle x, M \rangle =0\}$
 the maximal submodule of L orthogonal to M. If confusion is unlikely, we denote it simply by
$M^{\perp L}=\{x \in L \mid \langle x, M \rangle =0\}$
 the maximal submodule of L orthogonal to M. If confusion is unlikely, we denote it simply by 
 $M^{\perp }$
. The minimum number of generators of a finitely generated R-module A will be denoted by
$M^{\perp }$
. The minimum number of generators of a finitely generated R-module A will be denoted by 
 $l(A)$
.
$l(A)$
.
 Let L be an even integral R-lattice. Its discriminant group is the group 
 $D_L = L^{\vee }/ L$
 equipped with the discriminant quadratic form
$D_L = L^{\vee }/ L$
 equipped with the discriminant quadratic form 
 $q_L\colon L \to K/2 R$
. Note that
$q_L\colon L \to K/2 R$
. Note that 
 $l({D_{L}})\leq l(L)=\operatorname {\mathrm {rk}} L$
. Denote by
$l({D_{L}})\leq l(L)=\operatorname {\mathrm {rk}} L$
. Denote by 
 $O(D_L)$
 its orthogonal group, that is, the group of linear automorphisms preserving the discriminant form. If
$O(D_L)$
 its orthogonal group, that is, the group of linear automorphisms preserving the discriminant form. If 
 $f \colon L \to M$
 is an isometry of even
$f \colon L \to M$
 is an isometry of even 
 $\mathbb {Z}$
-lattices, then it induces an isomorphism
$\mathbb {Z}$
-lattices, then it induces an isomorphism 
 $D_f \colon D_L \to D_M$
. Likewise, we obtain a natural map
$D_f \colon D_L \to D_M$
. Likewise, we obtain a natural map 
 $O(L) \to O(D_L)$
, whose kernel is denoted by
$O(L) \to O(D_L)$
, whose kernel is denoted by 
 $O^{\sharp }(L)$
. For an isometry
$O^{\sharp }(L)$
. For an isometry 
 $f \in O(L)$
 and H some subquotient of
$f \in O(L)$
 and H some subquotient of 
 $L \otimes K$
 preserved by f, we denote by
$L \otimes K$
 preserved by f, we denote by 
 $f|H$
 the induced automorphism of H. Let
$f|H$
 the induced automorphism of H. Let 
 $G\leq O(L)$
 be a subgroup. We denote the fixed lattice by
$G\leq O(L)$
 be a subgroup. We denote the fixed lattice by 
 $L^G=\{x \in L \mid \forall g \in G \colon g(x)=x \}$
 and its orthogonal complement by
$L^G=\{x \in L \mid \forall g \in G \colon g(x)=x \}$
 and its orthogonal complement by 
 $L_G=(L^G)^{\perp }$
.
$L_G=(L^G)^{\perp }$
.
 For 
 $R=\mathbb {R}$
, let
$R=\mathbb {R}$
, let 
 $s_+$
 be the number of positive eigenvalues of a gram matrix and
$s_+$
 be the number of positive eigenvalues of a gram matrix and 
 $s_-$
 the number of negative eigenvalues. We call
$s_-$
 the number of negative eigenvalues. We call 
 $(s_+,s_-)$
 the signature pair or just signature of L.
$(s_+,s_-)$
 the signature pair or just signature of L.
2.2 Primitive extensions and glue
 Let 
 $R \in \{\mathbb {Z}, \mathbb {Z}_p\}$
 and L be an even integral R-lattice. We call
$R \in \{\mathbb {Z}, \mathbb {Z}_p\}$
 and L be an even integral R-lattice. We call 
 $M \perp N \subseteq L$
 a primitive extension of
$M \perp N \subseteq L$
 a primitive extension of 
 $M \perp N$
 if M and N are primitive in L and
$M \perp N$
 if M and N are primitive in L and 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {rk}} L = \operatorname {\mathrm {rk}} M + \operatorname {\mathrm {rk}} N$
. Since L is integral, we have a chain of inclusions
$\operatorname {\mathrm {rk}} L = \operatorname {\mathrm {rk}} M + \operatorname {\mathrm {rk}} N$
. Since L is integral, we have a chain of inclusions 
 $$\begin{align*}M \perp N \subseteq L \subseteq L^{\vee} \subseteq M^{\vee} \perp N^{\vee}.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}M \perp N \subseteq L \subseteq L^{\vee} \subseteq M^{\vee} \perp N^{\vee}.\end{align*}$$
The projection 
 $M^{\vee } \perp N^{\vee } \to M^{\vee }$
 induces a homomorphism
$M^{\vee } \perp N^{\vee } \to M^{\vee }$
 induces a homomorphism 
 $L/(M \perp N) \to D_M$
. This homomorphism is injective if and only if N is primitive in L. Let
$L/(M \perp N) \to D_M$
. This homomorphism is injective if and only if N is primitive in L. Let 
 $H_M$
 denote its image, and define
$H_M$
 denote its image, and define 
 $H_N$
 analogously. The composition
$H_N$
 analogously. The composition 
 $$\begin{align*}\phi \colon H_M \to L/(M \perp N) \to H_N\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\phi \colon H_M \to L/(M \perp N) \to H_N\end{align*}$$
is called a glue map. It is an anti-isometry, that is, 
 $q_M(x) = -q_N(\phi (x))$
 for all
$q_M(x) = -q_N(\phi (x))$
 for all 
 $x \in H_M$
. Note that
$x \in H_M$
. Note that 
 $L/(M\perp N) \leq H_M \perp H_N \leq D_M \perp D_N$
 is the graph of
$L/(M\perp N) \leq H_M \perp H_N \leq D_M \perp D_N$
 is the graph of 
 $\phi \colon H_M \to H_N$
.
$\phi \colon H_M \to H_N$
.
 Conversely, any anti-isometry 
 $\phi \colon H_M \to H_N$
 between subgroups
$\phi \colon H_M \to H_N$
 between subgroups 
 $H_M \subseteq D_M$
 and
$H_M \subseteq D_M$
 and 
 $H_N \subseteq D_N$
 is the glue map of a primitive extension:
$H_N \subseteq D_N$
 is the glue map of a primitive extension: 
 $M \perp N \subseteq L_{\phi }$
, where
$M \perp N \subseteq L_{\phi }$
, where 
 $L_{\phi }$
 is defined by the property that
$L_{\phi }$
 is defined by the property that 
 $L_{\phi }/(M \perp N)$
 is the graph of
$L_{\phi }/(M \perp N)$
 is the graph of 
 $\phi $
.
$\phi $
.
The determinants of the lattices in play are related as follows:
 $$\begin{align*}\lvert\det L\rvert = \lvert D_M/H_M \rvert \cdot \lvert D_N/H_N \rvert = \lvert \det M \rvert \cdot \lvert \det N \rvert/[L : (M \perp N)]^2.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\lvert\det L\rvert = \lvert D_M/H_M \rvert \cdot \lvert D_N/H_N \rvert = \lvert \det M \rvert \cdot \lvert \det N \rvert/[L : (M \perp N)]^2.\end{align*}$$
If 
 $f_M \in O(M)$
 and
$f_M \in O(M)$
 and 
 $f_N \in O(N)$
 are isometries, then
$f_N \in O(N)$
 are isometries, then 
 $g = f_M \oplus f_N$
 preserves the primitive extension
$g = f_M \oplus f_N$
 preserves the primitive extension 
 $L_{\phi }$
 if and only if
$L_{\phi }$
 if and only if 
 $\phi \circ D_{f_M} = D_{f_N} \circ \phi $
. We call
$\phi \circ D_{f_M} = D_{f_N} \circ \phi $
. We call 
 $\phi $
 an equivariant glue map with respect to
$\phi $
 an equivariant glue map with respect to 
 $f_M$
 and
$f_M$
 and 
 $f_N$
.
$f_N$
.
2.3 Lattices with isometry
 We are interested in classifying conjugacy classes of isometries of a given 
 $\mathbb {Z}$
-lattice. If the lattice in question is definite, its orthogonal group is finite. Using computer algebra systems, one can compute the group as well as representatives for its conjugacy classes. This approach breaks down if L is indefinite.
$\mathbb {Z}$
-lattice. If the lattice in question is definite, its orthogonal group is finite. Using computer algebra systems, one can compute the group as well as representatives for its conjugacy classes. This approach breaks down if L is indefinite.
Definition 2.1. A lattice with isometry is a pair 
 $(L,f)$
 consisting of a lattice L and an isometry
$(L,f)$
 consisting of a lattice L and an isometry 
 $f \in O(L)$
. We frequently omit f from the notation and denote the lattice with isometry simply by L. Its isometry f is then denoted by
$f \in O(L)$
. We frequently omit f from the notation and denote the lattice with isometry simply by L. Its isometry f is then denoted by 
 $f_L$
. We say that two lattices with isometry M and N are isomorphic if they are equivariantly isometric, that is, if there exists an isometry
$f_L$
. We say that two lattices with isometry M and N are isomorphic if they are equivariantly isometric, that is, if there exists an isometry 
 $\psi \colon M \to N$
 with
$\psi \colon M \to N$
 with 
 $\psi \circ f_{M} = f_{N} \circ \psi $
. We view L as a
$\psi \circ f_{M} = f_{N} \circ \psi $
. We view L as a 
 $\mathbb {Z}[x,x^{-1}]$
 module via the action
$\mathbb {Z}[x,x^{-1}]$
 module via the action 
 $x \cdot m = f(m)$
,
$x \cdot m = f(m)$
, 
 $x^{-1} \cdot m = f^{-1}(m)$
.
$x^{-1} \cdot m = f^{-1}(m)$
.
 The unitary group 
 $U(L)$
 of the lattice with isometry L is the centralizer of
$U(L)$
 of the lattice with isometry L is the centralizer of 
 $f_L$
 in
$f_L$
 in 
 $O(L)$
. This is nothing but
$O(L)$
. This is nothing but 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(L)$
 in the category of lattices with isometry.
$\operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(L)$
 in the category of lattices with isometry.
 Terminology for lattices applies to lattices with isometry verbatim. For instance, the discriminant group 
 $D_L$
 of a lattice with isometry comes equipped with the induced isometry
$D_L$
 of a lattice with isometry comes equipped with the induced isometry 
 $D_{f_L} \in O(D_L)$
 and
$D_{f_L} \in O(D_L)$
 and 
 $U(D_L)$
 is the centralizer of
$U(D_L)$
 is the centralizer of 
 $D_{f_L}$
 in
$D_{f_L}$
 in 
 $O(D_L)$
. We denote by
$O(D_L)$
. We denote by 
 $G_L = \operatorname {Im}( U(L) \to U(D_L))$
.
$G_L = \operatorname {Im}( U(L) \to U(D_L))$
.
Proposition 2.2. Let 
 $M,N$
 be lattices with isometry. Suppose that the characteristic polynomials of
$M,N$
 be lattices with isometry. Suppose that the characteristic polynomials of 
 $f_M$
 and
$f_M$
 and 
 $f_N$
 are coprime. Then the double coset
$f_N$
 are coprime. Then the double coset 
 $$\begin{align*}U(N) \backslash \{\mbox{equivariant glue maps } {D_{M}} \supseteq H_M \xrightarrow{\phi } H_N \subseteq D_{N} \} / U(M)\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}U(N) \backslash \{\mbox{equivariant glue maps } {D_{M}} \supseteq H_M \xrightarrow{\phi } H_N \subseteq D_{N} \} / U(M)\end{align*}$$
is in bijection with the set of isomorphism classes of lattices with isometry 
 $(L,f)$
 with characteristic polynomial
$(L,f)$
 with characteristic polynomial 
 $\chi _f(x) = \chi _{f_{M}}(x)\chi _{f_{N}}(x)$
 and
$\chi _f(x) = \chi _{f_{M}}(x)\chi _{f_{N}}(x)$
 and 
 $M \cong (\ker \chi _{f_M}(f))$
 and
$M \cong (\ker \chi _{f_M}(f))$
 and 
 $N \cong (\ker \chi _{f_N}(f))$
.
$N \cong (\ker \chi _{f_N}(f))$
.
Proof. We work in the category of lattices with isometry. Let 
 $L_{\phi }$
 and
$L_{\phi }$
 and 
 $L_{\psi }$
 be primitive extensions of
$L_{\psi }$
 be primitive extensions of 
 $M \perp N$
 and
$M \perp N$
 and 
 $h\colon L_{\phi } \to L_{\psi }$
 an isomorphism. Then
$h\colon L_{\phi } \to L_{\psi }$
 an isomorphism. Then 
 $h|_M \in U(M)$
 and
$h|_M \in U(M)$
 and 
 $h|_N \in U(N)$
. We have
$h|_N \in U(N)$
. We have 
 $D_{h|_N}\phi D_{h|_M}^{-1} = \psi $
, so
$D_{h|_N}\phi D_{h|_M}^{-1} = \psi $
, so 
 $\psi \in U(M) \phi U(N)$
. Conversely, if
$\psi \in U(M) \phi U(N)$
. Conversely, if 
 $D_a \phi D_b = \psi $
. Then
$D_a \phi D_b = \psi $
. Then 
 $a \oplus b \colon L_{\phi } \to L_{\psi }$
 is an isomorphism.
$a \oplus b \colon L_{\phi } \to L_{\psi }$
 is an isomorphism.
3 K3 surfaces with a group of automorphisms
See [Reference Barth, Hulek, Peters and Van de Ven11] or [Reference Huybrechts36] for generalities on K3 surfaces.
3.1 
 $\mathbf {H}$
-markings
$\mathbf {H}$
-markings
Let X be a K3 surface. We denote by
 $$\begin{align*}\rho_X\colon \operatorname{\mathrm{Aut}}(X) \rightarrow O(\operatorname{\mathrm{H}}^2(X,\mathbb{Z})),\ g\mapsto (g^{-1})^*\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\rho_X\colon \operatorname{\mathrm{Aut}}(X) \rightarrow O(\operatorname{\mathrm{H}}^2(X,\mathbb{Z})),\ g\mapsto (g^{-1})^*\end{align*}$$
the natural representation of the automorphism group 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X)$
 on the second integral cohomology group of X. It is faithful.
$\operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X)$
 on the second integral cohomology group of X. It is faithful.
Definition 3.1. Let X, 
 $X'$
 be K3 surfaces and
$X'$
 be K3 surfaces and 
 $G \leq \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X)$
,
$G \leq \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X)$
, 
 $G' \leq \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X')$
. We call
$G' \leq \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X')$
. We call 
 $(X,G)$
 and
$(X,G)$
 and 
 $(X',G')$
 conjugate, if there is an isomorphism
$(X',G')$
 conjugate, if there is an isomorphism 
 $\phi \colon X \to X'$
 such that
$\phi \colon X \to X'$
 such that 
 $\phi G \phi ^{-1} = G'$
. They are called deformation equivalent if there exists a connected family
$\phi G \phi ^{-1} = G'$
. They are called deformation equivalent if there exists a connected family 
 $\mathcal {X} \to B$
 of K3 surfaces, a group of automorphisms
$\mathcal {X} \to B$
 of K3 surfaces, a group of automorphisms 
 $\mathcal {G} \leq \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(\mathcal {X}/B)$
 and two points
$\mathcal {G} \leq \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(\mathcal {X}/B)$
 and two points 
 $b,b' \in B$
 such that the restriction of
$b,b' \in B$
 such that the restriction of 
 $(\mathcal {X},\mathcal {G})$
 to the fiber above b is conjugate to
$(\mathcal {X},\mathcal {G})$
 to the fiber above b is conjugate to 
 $(X,G)$
 and to the fiber above
$(X,G)$
 and to the fiber above 
 $b'$
 is conjugate to
$b'$
 is conjugate to 
 $(X',G')$
.
$(X',G')$
.
 Let L be a fixed even unimodular lattice of signature 
 $(3,19)$
. An L-marking of a K3 surface X is an isometry
$(3,19)$
. An L-marking of a K3 surface X is an isometry 
 $\eta \colon \operatorname {\mathrm {H}}^2(X,\mathbb {Z}) \to L$
. The pair
$\eta \colon \operatorname {\mathrm {H}}^2(X,\mathbb {Z}) \to L$
. The pair 
 $(X, \eta )$
 is called an L-marked K3-surface. A family of L-marked K3 surfaces is a family
$(X, \eta )$
 is called an L-marked K3-surface. A family of L-marked K3 surfaces is a family 
 $\pi \colon \mathcal {X} \to B$
 of K3 surfaces with an isomorphism of local systems
$\pi \colon \mathcal {X} \to B$
 of K3 surfaces with an isomorphism of local systems 
 $\eta \colon R^2\pi _*\underline {\mathbb {Z}} \to \underline {L}$
. If the base B is simply connected, then a marking of a single fiber extends to the whole family.
$\eta \colon R^2\pi _*\underline {\mathbb {Z}} \to \underline {L}$
. If the base B is simply connected, then a marking of a single fiber extends to the whole family.
Definition 3.2. Let 
 $H \leq O(L)$
 be a finite subgroup. An H-marked K3 surface is a triple
$H \leq O(L)$
 be a finite subgroup. An H-marked K3 surface is a triple 
 $(X, \eta , G)$
 such that
$(X, \eta , G)$
 such that 
 $(X, \eta )$
 is an L-marked K3 surface and
$(X, \eta )$
 is an L-marked K3 surface and 
 $G \leq \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X)$
 is a group of automorphisms with
$G \leq \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X)$
 is a group of automorphisms with 
 $\eta \rho _X(G) \eta ^{-1} = H$
. We say that
$\eta \rho _X(G) \eta ^{-1} = H$
. We say that 
 $(X,G)$
 is H-markable if there exists some marking by H.
$(X,G)$
 is H-markable if there exists some marking by H.
 Two H-marked K3 surfaces 
 $(X_1, \eta _1, G_1)$
 and
$(X_1, \eta _1, G_1)$
 and 
 $(X_2,\eta _2, G_2)$
 are called conjugate if there exists an isomorphism
$(X_2,\eta _2, G_2)$
 are called conjugate if there exists an isomorphism 
 $f \colon X_1 \to X_2$
 such that
$f \colon X_1 \to X_2$
 such that 
 $\eta _1 \circ f^* = \eta _2$
. In particular,
$\eta _1 \circ f^* = \eta _2$
. In particular, 
 $fG_1f^{-1}=G_2$
. We call H effective if there exists at least one H-marked K3 surface.
$fG_1f^{-1}=G_2$
. We call H effective if there exists at least one H-marked K3 surface.
 A family of H-marked K3 surfaces is a family of L-marked K3 surfaces 
 $\pi \colon \mathcal {X} \to B$
 of K3 surfaces with an isomorphism of local systems
$\pi \colon \mathcal {X} \to B$
 of K3 surfaces with an isomorphism of local systems 
 $\eta \colon R^2\pi _*\underline {\mathbb {Z}} \to \underline {L}$
 and group of automorphisms
$\eta \colon R^2\pi _*\underline {\mathbb {Z}} \to \underline {L}$
 and group of automorphisms 
 $\mathcal {G} \leq \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(\mathcal {X}/B)$
 such that for each
$\mathcal {G} \leq \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(\mathcal {X}/B)$
 such that for each 
 $b\in B$
 the fiber
$b\in B$
 the fiber 
 $(\mathcal {X}_b,\eta _b,\mathcal {G}_b)$
 is an H-marked K3 surface.
$(\mathcal {X}_b,\eta _b,\mathcal {G}_b)$
 is an H-marked K3 surface.
 Let 
 $(X,\eta ,G)$
 be an H-marked K3 surface. The action of G on
$(X,\eta ,G)$
 be an H-marked K3 surface. The action of G on 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {H}}^{2,0}(X)$
 induces via the marking
$\operatorname {\mathrm {H}}^{2,0}(X)$
 induces via the marking 
 $\eta $
 a character
$\eta $
 a character 
 $\chi \colon H \rightarrow \mathbb {C}^{\times }$
. We call such a character effective. We denote complex conjugation by a bar
$\chi \colon H \rightarrow \mathbb {C}^{\times }$
. We call such a character effective. We denote complex conjugation by a bar 
 $\bar {\cdot }$
. Set
$\bar {\cdot }$
. Set 
 $H_s = \ker \chi $
, and denote the
$H_s = \ker \chi $
, and denote the 
 $\chi $
-eigenspace by
$\chi $
-eigenspace by 
 $$\begin{align*}L_{\mathbb{C}}^{\chi} = \{x \in L \otimes \mathbb{C} \mid h(x) = \chi(h)\cdot x \mbox{ for all }h \in H\}.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}L_{\mathbb{C}}^{\chi} = \{x \in L \otimes \mathbb{C} \mid h(x) = \chi(h)\cdot x \mbox{ for all }h \in H\}.\end{align*}$$
Similarly let
 $$\begin{align*}L_{\mathbb{R}}^{\chi+\bar{\chi}}=\{x \in L_{\mathbb{R}} \mid (h+h^{-1})(x) = \chi(h)x+\bar{\chi}(h)x \text{ for all } h \in H\}.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}L_{\mathbb{R}}^{\chi+\bar{\chi}}=\{x \in L_{\mathbb{R}} \mid (h+h^{-1})(x) = \chi(h)x+\bar{\chi}(h)x \text{ for all } h \in H\}.\end{align*}$$
The generic transcendental lattice 
 $T(\chi )$
 is the smallest primitive sublattice of L such that
$T(\chi )$
 is the smallest primitive sublattice of L such that 
 $T(\chi ) \otimes \mathbb {C}$
 contains
$T(\chi ) \otimes \mathbb {C}$
 contains 
 $(L\otimes \mathbb {C})^{\chi }$
. We call
$(L\otimes \mathbb {C})^{\chi }$
. We call 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(\chi ) = T(\chi )^{\perp }$
 the generic Néron–Severi lattice. Recall that
$\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(\chi ) = T(\chi )^{\perp }$
 the generic Néron–Severi lattice. Recall that 
 $L_{H_s}$
 is the complement of the fixed lattice
$L_{H_s}$
 is the complement of the fixed lattice 
 $L^{H_s}$
.
$L^{H_s}$
.
Proposition 3.3. Let 
 $H\leq O(L)$
 be a finite group and
$H\leq O(L)$
 be a finite group and 
 $\chi \colon H \to \mathbb {C}^{\times }$
 a nontrivial character. Recall that
$\chi \colon H \to \mathbb {C}^{\times }$
 a nontrivial character. Recall that 
 $H_s := \ker \chi $
. Then
$H_s := \ker \chi $
. Then 
 $\chi $
 is effective if and only if the following hold:
$\chi $
 is effective if and only if the following hold: 
- 
1.  $L_{H_s}$
 is negative definite; $L_{H_s}$
 is negative definite;
- 
2.  $L_{H_s}$
 does not contain any $L_{H_s}$
 does not contain any $(-2)$
-vector; $(-2)$
-vector;
- 
3. the signature of  $L^H$
 is $L^H$
 is $(1,*)$
; $(1,*)$
;
- 
4.  $L_{\mathbb {R}}^{\chi +\bar {\chi }}$
 is of signature $L_{\mathbb {R}}^{\chi +\bar {\chi }}$
 is of signature $(2,*)$
; $(2,*)$
;
- 
5.  $\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(\chi )_H$
 does not contain any vector of square $\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(\chi )_H$
 does not contain any vector of square $(-2)$
. $(-2)$
.
If 
 $\chi $
 is trivial, then
$\chi $
 is trivial, then 
 $\chi $
 is effective if and only if (1) and (2) hold.
$\chi $
 is effective if and only if (1) and (2) hold.
Proof. If 
 $\chi $
 is trivial, this is known (cf. [Reference Nikulin59, 4.2, 4.3]). So let
$\chi $
 is trivial, this is known (cf. [Reference Nikulin59, 4.2, 4.3]). So let 
 $\chi $
 be nontrivial. We show that (1)–(5) are necessary. (1) and (2) follow from [Reference Nikulin59, 4.2]. Let H be an effective subgroup and
$\chi $
 be nontrivial. We show that (1)–(5) are necessary. (1) and (2) follow from [Reference Nikulin59, 4.2]. Let H be an effective subgroup and 
 $(X,\eta ,G)$
 an H-marked K3 surface. Since
$(X,\eta ,G)$
 an H-marked K3 surface. Since 
 $T(\chi )\otimes \mathbb {C}$
 contains the period
$T(\chi )\otimes \mathbb {C}$
 contains the period 
 $\eta (\omega )$
 of
$\eta (\omega )$
 of 
 $(X,\eta )$
, we have
$(X,\eta )$
, we have 
 $\eta (\omega +\bar {\omega }) \in L_{\mathbb {R}}^{\chi +\bar {\chi }}$
. Recall that
$\eta (\omega +\bar {\omega }) \in L_{\mathbb {R}}^{\chi +\bar {\chi }}$
. Recall that 
 $\omega .\bar {\omega }>0$
. Thus
$\omega .\bar {\omega }>0$
. Thus 
 $L_{\mathbb {R}}^{\chi +\bar {\chi }}$
 has at least two positive squares. Let
$L_{\mathbb {R}}^{\chi +\bar {\chi }}$
 has at least two positive squares. Let 
 $h \in \operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X)$
 be ample. Then
$h \in \operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X)$
 be ample. Then 
 $h' = \sum _{g\in G} g^*h$
 is ample and G-invariant, that is,
$h' = \sum _{g\in G} g^*h$
 is ample and G-invariant, that is, 
 $h' \in H^2(X,\mathbb {Z})^G=\eta ^{-1}(L^H)$
. Since
$h' \in H^2(X,\mathbb {Z})^G=\eta ^{-1}(L^H)$
. Since 
 $h^{\prime 2}>0$
,
$h^{\prime 2}>0$
, 
 $L^H$
 has at least one positive square. Since
$L^H$
 has at least one positive square. Since 
 $H^{1,1}(X)$
 and
$H^{1,1}(X)$
 and 
 $H^{2,0}(X)\oplus H^{0,2}(X)$
 are orthogonal so are h and
$H^{2,0}(X)\oplus H^{0,2}(X)$
 are orthogonal so are h and 
 $L_{\mathbb {R}}^{\chi +\bar {\chi }}\subseteq \eta (H^{2,0}(X)\oplus H^{0,2}(X))$
. Therefore, all
$L_{\mathbb {R}}^{\chi +\bar {\chi }}\subseteq \eta (H^{2,0}(X)\oplus H^{0,2}(X))$
. Therefore, all 
 $3$
 positive squares of L are accounted for. This proves (3) and (4). For (5), we note that
$3$
 positive squares of L are accounted for. This proves (3) and (4). For (5), we note that 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(\chi )\subseteq \eta (\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X))$
. For
$\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(\chi )\subseteq \eta (\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X))$
. For 
 $\delta \in \operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X)$
 with
$\delta \in \operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X)$
 with 
 $\delta ^2=-2$
, we know that
$\delta ^2=-2$
, we know that 
 $\delta $
 or
$\delta $
 or 
 $-\delta $
 is effective by Riemann–Roch. Therefore,
$-\delta $
 is effective by Riemann–Roch. Therefore, 
 $h'.\delta \neq 0$
, because
$h'.\delta \neq 0$
, because 
 $h'$
 is ample. Since
$h'$
 is ample. Since 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X)_G \subseteq h^{\perp } \cap \operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X)$
,
$\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X)_G \subseteq h^{\perp } \cap \operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X)$
, 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X)_G$
 does not contain any vector of square (-2). The same holds true for
$\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X)_G$
 does not contain any vector of square (-2). The same holds true for 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(\chi )_H\subseteq \eta (\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X)_G)$
.
$\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(\chi )_H\subseteq \eta (\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X)_G)$
.
 Since the signature of 
 $L^{\chi +\bar {\chi }}_{\mathbb {R}}$
 is
$L^{\chi +\bar {\chi }}_{\mathbb {R}}$
 is 
 $(2,*)$
, we can find an element
$(2,*)$
, we can find an element 
 $\omega $
 in
$\omega $
 in 
 $(L\otimes \mathbb {C})^{\chi }$
 such that
$(L\otimes \mathbb {C})^{\chi }$
 such that 
 $\omega .\bar {\omega }>0$
,
$\omega .\bar {\omega }>0$
, 
 $\omega ^2=0$
. Choosing
$\omega ^2=0$
. Choosing 
 $\omega $
 general enough we achieve
$\omega $
 general enough we achieve 
 $\omega ^{\perp } \cap T(\chi ) = 0$
. By the surjectivity of the period map [Reference Barth, Hulek, Peters and Van de Ven11, VII (14.1)], we can find an L-marked K3 surface
$\omega ^{\perp } \cap T(\chi ) = 0$
. By the surjectivity of the period map [Reference Barth, Hulek, Peters and Van de Ven11, VII (14.1)], we can find an L-marked K3 surface 
 $(X,\eta )$
 with period
$(X,\eta )$
 with period 
 $\omega $
. By construction
$\omega $
. By construction 
 $\eta (T(X)) = T(\chi )$
, so X is projective and
$\eta (T(X)) = T(\chi )$
, so X is projective and 
 $\eta (\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X)) = \operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(\chi )$
. Since
$\eta (\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X)) = \operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(\chi )$
. Since 
 $L^H$
 is of signature
$L^H$
 is of signature 
 $(1,*)$
 and
$(1,*)$
 and 
 $L_H$
 does not contain any
$L_H$
 does not contain any 
 $(-2)$
-roots, we find
$(-2)$
-roots, we find 
 $h \in L^H$
 with
$h \in L^H$
 with 
 $h^2>0$
 and
$h^2>0$
 and 
 $h^{\perp } \cap \operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(\chi )$
 not containing any
$h^{\perp } \cap \operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(\chi )$
 not containing any 
 $-2$
 roots either and after possibly replacing h by
$-2$
 roots either and after possibly replacing h by 
 $-h$
, we can assume that h lies in the positive cone. Thus, h lies in the interior of a Weyl chamber. Since the Weyl group
$-h$
, we can assume that h lies in the positive cone. Thus, h lies in the interior of a Weyl chamber. Since the Weyl group 
 $W(\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X))$
 acts transitively on the Weyl chambers of the positive cone, we find an element
$W(\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X))$
 acts transitively on the Weyl chambers of the positive cone, we find an element 
 $w \in W(\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(\chi ))$
 such that that
$w \in W(\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(\chi ))$
 such that that 
 $(\eta \circ w)^{-1}(h)$
 is ample. Let
$(\eta \circ w)^{-1}(h)$
 is ample. Let 
 $\eta '= \eta \circ w$
. By construction, every element of
$\eta '= \eta \circ w$
. By construction, every element of 
 $G' = \eta ^{\prime -1} H \eta '$
 preserves this ample class and the period of X. So
$G' = \eta ^{\prime -1} H \eta '$
 preserves this ample class and the period of X. So 
 $G'$
 is a group of effective Hodge isometries. By the strong Torelli theorem (see, e.g., [Reference Barth, Hulek, Peters and Van de Ven11, VIII §11]),
$G'$
 is a group of effective Hodge isometries. By the strong Torelli theorem (see, e.g., [Reference Barth, Hulek, Peters and Van de Ven11, VIII §11]), 
 $G' = \rho _X(G)$
 for some
$G' = \rho _X(G)$
 for some 
 $G \leq \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X)$
.
$G \leq \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X)$
.
 Note that for any effective character 
 $\chi \colon H \to \mathbb {C}^{\times }$
 of H,
$\chi \colon H \to \mathbb {C}^{\times }$
 of H, 
 $$\begin{align*}\ker \chi = H_s = \{h \in H \mid L^h \mbox{ is of signature } (3,*)\}\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\ker \chi = H_s = \{h \in H \mid L^h \mbox{ is of signature } (3,*)\}\end{align*}$$
is independent of 
 $\chi $
. Indeed, because
$\chi $
. Indeed, because 
 $L_{H_s}$
 is negative definite,
$L_{H_s}$
 is negative definite, 
 $L^{H_s}\subseteq L^h$
 is of signature
$L^{H_s}\subseteq L^h$
 is of signature 
 $(3,*)$
 for any
$(3,*)$
 for any 
 $h \in H_s$
. On the other hand, if
$h \in H_s$
. On the other hand, if 
 $g\in H$
 is not in
$g\in H$
 is not in 
 $H_s$
, then
$H_s$
, then 
 $\chi (g)\neq 1$
 and so
$\chi (g)\neq 1$
 and so 
 $L^g$
 is orthogonal to
$L^g$
 is orthogonal to 
 $L_{\mathbb {R}}^{\chi +\bar {\chi }}$
 and contains
$L_{\mathbb {R}}^{\chi +\bar {\chi }}$
 and contains 
 $L^H$
. Therefore,
$L^H$
. Therefore, 
 $L^g$
 is of signature
$L^g$
 is of signature 
 $(1,*)$
. The kernel is a normal subgroup and
$(1,*)$
. The kernel is a normal subgroup and 
 $H/H_s \cong \mu _n$
 is cyclic. We say that an effective group H is symplectic if
$H/H_s \cong \mu _n$
 is cyclic. We say that an effective group H is symplectic if 
 $H=H_s$
 and nonsymplectic otherwise.
$H=H_s$
 and nonsymplectic otherwise.
Lemma 3.4. Let 
 $H \leq O(L)$
 be effective. There are at most two effective characters
$H \leq O(L)$
 be effective. There are at most two effective characters 
 $\chi \colon H \to \mathbb {C}^{\times }$
. They are complex conjugate.
$\chi \colon H \to \mathbb {C}^{\times }$
. They are complex conjugate.
Proof. Fix a generator 
 $h H_s$
 of
$h H_s$
 of 
 $H/H_s$
, and let
$H/H_s$
, and let 
 $\chi $
 be an effective character. It is determined by its value
$\chi $
 be an effective character. It is determined by its value 
 $\chi (h)$
, which is a primitive n-th root of unity. Set
$\chi (h)$
, which is a primitive n-th root of unity. Set 
 $T=T(\chi )$
. Since
$T=T(\chi )$
. Since 
 $\chi $
 is effective,
$\chi $
 is effective, 
 $L_{\mathbb {R}}^{\chi +\bar {\chi }}= T_{\mathbb {R}}^{\chi +\bar {\chi }}$
 is of signature
$L_{\mathbb {R}}^{\chi +\bar {\chi }}= T_{\mathbb {R}}^{\chi +\bar {\chi }}$
 is of signature 
 $(2,*)$
. It is equal to the
$(2,*)$
. It is equal to the 
 $\chi (h)+\bar {\chi }(h)$
 eigenspace of
$\chi (h)+\bar {\chi }(h)$
 eigenspace of 
 $(h+h^{-1})|T_{\mathbb {R}}$
. The other real eigenspaces of
$(h+h^{-1})|T_{\mathbb {R}}$
. The other real eigenspaces of 
 $(h+h^{-1})|T_{\mathbb {R}}$
 are negative definite. Thus, any effective character
$(h+h^{-1})|T_{\mathbb {R}}$
 are negative definite. Thus, any effective character 
 $\chi '$
 is equal to
$\chi '$
 is equal to 
 $\chi $
 or
$\chi $
 or 
 $\bar {\chi }$
.
$\bar {\chi }$
.
 In particular, this shows that 
 $T(\chi )$
 and
$T(\chi )$
 and 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(\chi )$
 do not depend on the choice of the effective character
$\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(\chi )$
 do not depend on the choice of the effective character 
 $\chi $
 but only on H. We may denote them as
$\chi $
 but only on H. We may denote them as 
 $T(H)$
 and
$T(H)$
 and 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(H)$
.
$\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(H)$
.
3.2 Moduli spaces and periods
 Let 
 $\mathcal {M}_H$
 denote the fine moduli space parametrizing isomorphism classes of H-marked K3 surfaces
$\mathcal {M}_H$
 denote the fine moduli space parametrizing isomorphism classes of H-marked K3 surfaces 
 $(X,\eta ,G)$
. It is a non-Hausdorff complex manifold. It can be obtained by gluing the base spaces of the universal deformations of
$(X,\eta ,G)$
. It is a non-Hausdorff complex manifold. It can be obtained by gluing the base spaces of the universal deformations of 
 $(X,\eta ,G)$
; see [Reference Brandhorst and Cattaneo19, §3].
$(X,\eta ,G)$
; see [Reference Brandhorst and Cattaneo19, §3].
 Let 
 $\chi \colon H \to \mathbb {C}^{\times }$
 be an effective character. We have
$\chi \colon H \to \mathbb {C}^{\times }$
 be an effective character. We have 
 $\mathcal {M}_H = \mathcal {M}^{\chi }_H \cup \mathcal {M}^{\bar {\chi }}_H$
, where
$\mathcal {M}_H = \mathcal {M}^{\chi }_H \cup \mathcal {M}^{\bar {\chi }}_H$
, where 
 $\mathcal {M}_H^{\chi }$
 parametrizes isomorphism classes of H-marked K3 surfaces
$\mathcal {M}_H^{\chi }$
 parametrizes isomorphism classes of H-marked K3 surfaces 
 $(X,\eta , G)$
 with
$(X,\eta , G)$
 with 
 $\chi (\eta \rho _X(g)\eta ^{-1}) \cdot \omega _X = (g^*)^{-1} \omega _X$
 for all
$\chi (\eta \rho _X(g)\eta ^{-1}) \cdot \omega _X = (g^*)^{-1} \omega _X$
 for all 
 $g \in G$
. By [Reference Brandhorst and Cattaneo19, Prop. 3.9], the forgetful map
$g \in G$
. By [Reference Brandhorst and Cattaneo19, Prop. 3.9], the forgetful map 
 $\mathcal {M}_H \to \mathcal {M}_L$
,
$\mathcal {M}_H \to \mathcal {M}_L$
, 
 $(X,\eta ,G) \mapsto (X,\eta )$
 into the moduli space of L-marked K3 surfaces is a closed embedding.
$(X,\eta ,G) \mapsto (X,\eta )$
 into the moduli space of L-marked K3 surfaces is a closed embedding.
Definition 3.5. Let 
 $H\leq O(L)$
 be effective and
$H\leq O(L)$
 be effective and 
 $\chi \colon H \to \mathbb {C}^{\times }$
 be a nontrivial effective character. We denote by
$\chi \colon H \to \mathbb {C}^{\times }$
 be a nontrivial effective character. We denote by 
 $$\begin{align*}\mathbb{D}^{\chi}= \{\mathbb{C} \omega \in \mathbb{P}((L\otimes \mathbb{C})^{\chi}) \mid \langle \omega, \omega \rangle=0, \langle \omega, \bar{\omega} \rangle>0\}\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\mathbb{D}^{\chi}= \{\mathbb{C} \omega \in \mathbb{P}((L\otimes \mathbb{C})^{\chi}) \mid \langle \omega, \omega \rangle=0, \langle \omega, \bar{\omega} \rangle>0\}\end{align*}$$
the corresponding period domain and its period map by
 $$\begin{align*}\mathcal{P} \colon \mathcal{M}_H^{\chi} \to \mathbb{D}^{\chi}.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\mathcal{P} \colon \mathcal{M}_H^{\chi} \to \mathbb{D}^{\chi}.\end{align*}$$
It is a local isomorphism (see, e.g., [Reference Brandhorst and Cattaneo19]). The discriminant locus is 
 $\Delta = \bigcup \left \{\mathbb {P}(\delta ^{\perp }) \mid \delta \in L_H, \delta ^2=-2\right \} \subseteq \mathbb {P}(L_{\mathbb {C}})$
.
$\Delta = \bigcup \left \{\mathbb {P}(\delta ^{\perp }) \mid \delta \in L_H, \delta ^2=-2\right \} \subseteq \mathbb {P}(L_{\mathbb {C}})$
.
Proposition 3.6. Let 
 $\chi \colon H \to \mathbb {C}^{\times }$
 be an effective and nontrivial character.
$\chi \colon H \to \mathbb {C}^{\times }$
 be an effective and nontrivial character. 
- 
1. The image of  $\mathcal {P}$
 is $\mathcal {P}$
 is $\mathbb {D}^{\chi } \setminus \Delta $
. $\mathbb {D}^{\chi } \setminus \Delta $
.
- 
2. If  $(X_1,\eta _1,G_1)$
 and $(X_1,\eta _1,G_1)$
 and $(X_2,\eta _2,G_2)$
 lie in the same fiber $(X_2,\eta _2,G_2)$
 lie in the same fiber $\mathcal {P}^{-1}(\mathbb {C} \omega )$
, then $\mathcal {P}^{-1}(\mathbb {C} \omega )$
, then $(X_1,G_1)$
 and $(X_1,G_1)$
 and $(X_2,G_2)$
 are conjugate. $(X_2,G_2)$
 are conjugate.
- 
3. If  $\chi $
 is real, then $\chi $
 is real, then $\mathbb {D}^{\chi } \setminus \Delta $
 has two connected components. They are complex conjugate. If $\mathbb {D}^{\chi } \setminus \Delta $
 has two connected components. They are complex conjugate. If $\chi $
 is not real, then $\chi $
 is not real, then $\mathbb {D}^{\chi } \setminus \Delta $
 is connected. $\mathbb {D}^{\chi } \setminus \Delta $
 is connected.
Proof. (1) Let 
 $\mathbb {C} \omega \in \mathbb {D}^{\chi }$
. By the surjectivity of the period map, we find a marked K3 surface
$\mathbb {C} \omega \in \mathbb {D}^{\chi }$
. By the surjectivity of the period map, we find a marked K3 surface 
 $(X,\eta )$
 with period
$(X,\eta )$
 with period 
 $\mathbb {C} \omega $
. Set
$\mathbb {C} \omega $
. Set 
 $N = \mathbb {C} \omega ^{\perp } \cap L$
. By Lefschetz’ theorem on
$N = \mathbb {C} \omega ^{\perp } \cap L$
. By Lefschetz’ theorem on 
 $(1,1)$
-classes, we have
$(1,1)$
-classes, we have 
 $\eta (\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X))=N$
.
$\eta (\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X))=N$
.
 If 
 $\mathbb {C}\omega \not \in \Delta $
, we have that
$\mathbb {C}\omega \not \in \Delta $
, we have that 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(H)_H = \operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(H) \cap (L^H)^{\perp }$
 does not contain any roots. This means that
$\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(H)_H = \operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(H) \cap (L^H)^{\perp }$
 does not contain any roots. This means that 
 $\eta ^{-1}(\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(H)^H)\subseteq \operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X)$
 contains an ample class. Thus,
$\eta ^{-1}(\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(H)^H)\subseteq \operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X)$
 contains an ample class. Thus, 
 $\eta ^{-1} H \eta $
 preserves the period and the ample cone. By the strong Torelli theorem, there is a (unique) group of automorphisms
$\eta ^{-1} H \eta $
 preserves the period and the ample cone. By the strong Torelli theorem, there is a (unique) group of automorphisms 
 $G\leq \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X)$
 with
$G\leq \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X)$
 with 
 $\eta \rho _X(G) \eta ^{-1}=H$
.
$\eta \rho _X(G) \eta ^{-1}=H$
.
 If conversely 
 $\mathbb {C} \omega \in \Delta $
, then H does not preserve a Weyl chamber of N so that H cannot come from a group of automorphisms of X.
$\mathbb {C} \omega \in \Delta $
, then H does not preserve a Weyl chamber of N so that H cannot come from a group of automorphisms of X.
 (2) Let 
 $(X_1,\eta _1,G_1)$
 and
$(X_1,\eta _1,G_1)$
 and 
 $(X_2,\eta _2,G_2)$
 be H-marked K3 surfaces in the fiber of
$(X_2,\eta _2,G_2)$
 be H-marked K3 surfaces in the fiber of 
 $\mathbb {C} \omega $
. Then
$\mathbb {C} \omega $
. Then 
 $\varphi = \eta _1^{-1} \circ \eta _2$
 is a Hodge isometry which conjugates
$\varphi = \eta _1^{-1} \circ \eta _2$
 is a Hodge isometry which conjugates 
 $\rho _{X_1}(G_1)$
 and
$\rho _{X_1}(G_1)$
 and 
 $\rho _{X_2}(G_2)$
. However, it may not preserve the ample cones. By [Reference Oguiso and Sakurai64, Lemma 1.7 and Theorem 1.8], there exists a unique element
$\rho _{X_2}(G_2)$
. However, it may not preserve the ample cones. By [Reference Oguiso and Sakurai64, Lemma 1.7 and Theorem 1.8], there exists a unique element 
 $w \in \langle \pm 1\rangle \times W(\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X_1))$
 such that
$w \in \langle \pm 1\rangle \times W(\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X_1))$
 such that 
 $w \circ \varphi $
 preserves the ample cones and
$w \circ \varphi $
 preserves the ample cones and 
 $w g^*= g^* w$
 for all
$w g^*= g^* w$
 for all 
 $g \in G_1$
. Since now
$g \in G_1$
. Since now 
 $w \circ \varphi $
 is an effective Hodge isometry, the strong Torelli theorem applies and provides an isomorphism
$w \circ \varphi $
 is an effective Hodge isometry, the strong Torelli theorem applies and provides an isomorphism 
 $F\colon X_1 \to X_2$
 with
$F\colon X_1 \to X_2$
 with 
 $F^*=w \circ \varphi $
. By construction, we have
$F^*=w \circ \varphi $
. By construction, we have 
 $FG_1 F^{-1} = G_2$
 as desired.
$FG_1 F^{-1} = G_2$
 as desired.
 (3) By [Reference Dolgachev and Kondō29, §9 & §11], the period domain 
 $\mathbb {D}^{\chi }$
 has
$\mathbb {D}^{\chi }$
 has 
 $2$
 connected components if
$2$
 connected components if 
 $\chi $
 is real and one else. The discriminant locus is a locally finite union of real codimension two hyperplanes. Removing it does not affect the number of connected components.
$\chi $
 is real and one else. The discriminant locus is a locally finite union of real codimension two hyperplanes. Removing it does not affect the number of connected components.
Remark 3.7. If 
 $\omega \in L_{\mathbb {C}}^{\chi }$
, then we have
$\omega \in L_{\mathbb {C}}^{\chi }$
, then we have 
 $\omega ^2 = \chi (g)^2 \omega ^2$
 for any
$\omega ^2 = \chi (g)^2 \omega ^2$
 for any 
 $g \in G$
. Thus,
$g \in G$
. Thus, 
 $(1-\chi (g)^2)\omega ^2=0$
. Let
$(1-\chi (g)^2)\omega ^2=0$
. Let 
 $n = [H:H_s]=\lvert \operatorname {\mathrm {Im}} \chi \rvert $
. For
$n = [H:H_s]=\lvert \operatorname {\mathrm {Im}} \chi \rvert $
. For 
 $n>2$
, this condition implies
$n>2$
, this condition implies 
 $\omega ^2=0$
 and hence the dimension of
$\omega ^2=0$
 and hence the dimension of 
 $\mathbb {D}^{\chi }$
 is
$\mathbb {D}^{\chi }$
 is 
 $\dim _{\mathbb {C}} L^{\chi }_{\mathbb {C}} -1$
, while for
$\dim _{\mathbb {C}} L^{\chi }_{\mathbb {C}} -1$
, while for 
 $n=2$
 it is
$n=2$
 it is 
 $\dim L^{\chi }_{\mathbb {C}} -2$
.
$\dim L^{\chi }_{\mathbb {C}} -2$
.
 Denote by 
 $N(H)=\{f \in O(L) \mid f H = H f\}$
 the normalizer of H in
$N(H)=\{f \in O(L) \mid f H = H f\}$
 the normalizer of H in 
 $O(L)$
. If
$O(L)$
. If 
 $(X,\eta ,G)$
 is an H-marked K3 surface and
$(X,\eta ,G)$
 is an H-marked K3 surface and 
 $f \in N(H)$
, then
$f \in N(H)$
, then 
 $(X,f \circ \eta , G)$
 is an H-marked K3 surface as well. In fact, all H-markings of
$(X,f \circ \eta , G)$
 is an H-marked K3 surface as well. In fact, all H-markings of 
 $(X,G)$
 arise in this way. So
$(X,G)$
 arise in this way. So 
 $N(H)$
 is the group of changes of marking.
$N(H)$
 is the group of changes of marking.
 Set 
 $\mathbb {D}_H = \mathbb {D}^{\chi } \cup \mathbb {D}^{\bar {\chi }}$
. The group
$\mathbb {D}_H = \mathbb {D}^{\chi } \cup \mathbb {D}^{\bar {\chi }}$
. The group 
 $N(H)$
 acts on
$N(H)$
 acts on 
 $\mathbb {D}_H$
 via an arithmetic subgroup of
$\mathbb {D}_H$
 via an arithmetic subgroup of 
 $O(T(H))$
, respectively
$O(T(H))$
, respectively 
 $U(T(H))$
. Therefore, by [Reference Baily and Borel10] the space
$U(T(H))$
. Therefore, by [Reference Baily and Borel10] the space 
 $\mathbb {D}_H/N(H)$
 is a quasi-projective variety with only finite quotient singularities.
$\mathbb {D}_H/N(H)$
 is a quasi-projective variety with only finite quotient singularities.
Theorem 3.8. The coarse moduli space 
 $\mathcal {F}_H:=\mathcal {M}_H/N(H)$
 of H-markable K3 surfaces admits a bijective period map
$\mathcal {F}_H:=\mathcal {M}_H/N(H)$
 of H-markable K3 surfaces admits a bijective period map 
 $\mathcal {F}_H \to (\mathbb {D}_H \setminus \Delta )/N(H)$
.
$\mathcal {F}_H \to (\mathbb {D}_H \setminus \Delta )/N(H)$
.
Proof. We can use the action of the normalizer to forget the marking and thus obtain a period map 
 $\mathcal {F}_H =\mathcal {M}_H/N(H) \to (\mathbb {D}_H\setminus \Delta )/N(H)$
. That it is bijective follows from Proposition 3.6. Part (1) gives surjectivity and part (2) injectivity. Indeed, if two H polarizable K3 surfaces have the same image, then we can find markings on them such that they lie in the same fiber of the period map
$\mathcal {F}_H =\mathcal {M}_H/N(H) \to (\mathbb {D}_H\setminus \Delta )/N(H)$
. That it is bijective follows from Proposition 3.6. Part (1) gives surjectivity and part (2) injectivity. Indeed, if two H polarizable K3 surfaces have the same image, then we can find markings on them such that they lie in the same fiber of the period map 
 $\mathcal {M}_H \to \mathbb {D}_H$
. Then they are conjugate by Proposition 3.6 (2).
$\mathcal {M}_H \to \mathbb {D}_H$
. Then they are conjugate by Proposition 3.6 (2).
See [Reference Alexeev and Engel4, Reference Alexeev, Engel and Han5] for more on moduli of K3 surfaces and their compactifications.
3.3 Connected components
 We next show that deformation classes of K3 surfaces with finite groups of automorphisms are precisely the connected components of the coarse moduli space of H-markable K3 surfaces 
 $\mathcal {F}_H$
. In the following, for a topological space Y we denote by
$\mathcal {F}_H$
. In the following, for a topological space Y we denote by 
 $\pi _0(Y)$
 the set of (path) connected components of Y.
$\pi _0(Y)$
 the set of (path) connected components of Y.
Theorem 3.9. Let 
 $(X,G)$
 and
$(X,G)$
 and 
 $(X',G')$
 be two pairs consisting of K3 surfaces
$(X',G')$
 be two pairs consisting of K3 surfaces 
 $X, X'$
 and finite groups of automorphisms
$X, X'$
 and finite groups of automorphisms 
 $G \leq \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X)$
,
$G \leq \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X)$
, 
 $G' \leq \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X')$
. Then
$G' \leq \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X')$
. Then 
 $(X,G)$
 and
$(X,G)$
 and 
 $(X',G')$
 are deformation equivalent if and only if they are markable by the same effective subgroup
$(X',G')$
 are deformation equivalent if and only if they are markable by the same effective subgroup 
 $H\leq O(L)$
 and they lie in the same connected component of
$H\leq O(L)$
 and they lie in the same connected component of 
 $\mathcal {F}_H$
.
$\mathcal {F}_H$
.
Proof. Every pair 
 $(X,G)$
 is H-markable for some effective subgroup
$(X,G)$
 is H-markable for some effective subgroup 
 $H\leq O(L)$
.
$H\leq O(L)$
.
 Let 
 $(X',G')$
 be deformation equivalent to
$(X',G')$
 be deformation equivalent to 
 $(X,G)$
. This means that we find a connected family
$(X,G)$
. This means that we find a connected family 
 $\mathcal {X} \to B$
, a group of automorphisms
$\mathcal {X} \to B$
, a group of automorphisms 
 $\mathcal {G}\leq \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(\mathcal {X}/B)$
 and points
$\mathcal {G}\leq \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(\mathcal {X}/B)$
 and points 
 $b,b' \in B$
 such that the fibers above b and
$b,b' \in B$
 such that the fibers above b and 
 $b'$
 are conjugate to
$b'$
 are conjugate to 
 $(X,G)$
 and
$(X,G)$
 and 
 $(X',G')$
. The H-marking of
$(X',G')$
. The H-marking of 
 $(X,G)$
 induces an H-marking of the fiber above b. By parallel transport in the local system
$(X,G)$
 induces an H-marking of the fiber above b. By parallel transport in the local system 
 $R^2 \pi _*\underline {\mathbb {Z}}$
, we move the marking from
$R^2 \pi _*\underline {\mathbb {Z}}$
, we move the marking from 
 $(X,G)$
 to
$(X,G)$
 to 
 $(X',G')$
 along some continuous path
$(X',G')$
 along some continuous path 
 $\gamma $
 in B connecting b and
$\gamma $
 in B connecting b and 
 $b'$
. Therefore, the fiber above
$b'$
. Therefore, the fiber above 
 $b'$
 is H-markable. The isomorphism of the fiber with
$b'$
 is H-markable. The isomorphism of the fiber with 
 $(X',G')$
 allows transporting this marking to
$(X',G')$
 allows transporting this marking to 
 $(X',G')$
. Therefore,
$(X',G')$
. Therefore, 
 $(X',G')$
 is H-markable. Its point in the moduli space
$(X',G')$
 is H-markable. Its point in the moduli space 
 $\mathcal {F}_H$
 of H-markable K3-surfaces coincides with that of the fiber above
$\mathcal {F}_H$
 of H-markable K3-surfaces coincides with that of the fiber above 
 $b'$
. Likewise,
$b'$
. Likewise, 
 $(X,G)$
 gives the same point in
$(X,G)$
 gives the same point in 
 $\mathcal {F}_H$
 as the fiber above b. Since the two fibers lie in the same connected component of
$\mathcal {F}_H$
 as the fiber above b. Since the two fibers lie in the same connected component of 
 $\mathcal {M}_H$
, their images lie in the same connected component of
$\mathcal {M}_H$
, their images lie in the same connected component of 
 $\mathcal {F}_H$
.
$\mathcal {F}_H$
.
 Conversely, let 
 $(X,G)$
 and
$(X,G)$
 and 
 $(X',G')$
 be H-markable and in the same connected component of
$(X',G')$
 be H-markable and in the same connected component of 
 $\mathcal {F}_H$
. Then we can find markings
$\mathcal {F}_H$
. Then we can find markings 
 $\eta $
, and
$\eta $
, and 
 $\eta '$
 such that
$\eta '$
 such that 
 $(X,\eta ,G)$
 and
$(X,\eta ,G)$
 and 
 $(X,\eta ',G')$
 are H-marked. Then
$(X,\eta ',G')$
 are H-marked. Then 
 $\pi _0(\mathcal {F}_H) = \pi _0(\mathcal {M}_H/N(H)) \cong \pi _0(\mathcal {M}_H)/N(H)$
. Since
$\pi _0(\mathcal {F}_H) = \pi _0(\mathcal {M}_H/N(H)) \cong \pi _0(\mathcal {M}_H)/N(H)$
. Since 
 $(X,G)$
 and
$(X,G)$
 and 
 $(X',G')$
 lie in the same connected component of
$(X',G')$
 lie in the same connected component of 
 $\mathcal {F}_H$
, we find
$\mathcal {F}_H$
, we find 
 $n \in N(H)$
 such that
$n \in N(H)$
 such that 
 $(X,\eta ,G)$
 and
$(X,\eta ,G)$
 and 
 $(X,n \circ \eta ',G)$
 lie in the same connected component of
$(X,n \circ \eta ',G)$
 lie in the same connected component of 
 $\mathcal {M}_H$
. Since
$\mathcal {M}_H$
. Since 
 $\mathcal {M}_H$
 is a fine moduli space, it has a universal family, and this gives a deformation of
$\mathcal {M}_H$
 is a fine moduli space, it has a universal family, and this gives a deformation of 
 $(X,\eta ,G)$
 and
$(X,\eta ,G)$
 and 
 $(X,n \circ \eta ',G)$
 as H-marked K3 surfaces. By forgetting the markings, we obtain a deformation of
$(X,n \circ \eta ',G)$
 as H-marked K3 surfaces. By forgetting the markings, we obtain a deformation of 
 $(X,G)$
 with
$(X,G)$
 with 
 $(X',G')$
.
$(X',G')$
.
Corollary 3.10. The set of deformation classes of pairs 
 $(X,G)$
 with X a K3 surface and
$(X,G)$
 with X a K3 surface and 
 $G \leq \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X)$
 with
$G \leq \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X)$
 with 
 $G \neq G_s$
 is in bijection with the set
$G \neq G_s$
 is in bijection with the set 
 $\bigcup _{H \in T} \pi _0(\mathcal {F}_H)$
, where T is a transversal of the set of conjugacy classes effective, nonsymplectic subgroups of
$\bigcup _{H \in T} \pi _0(\mathcal {F}_H)$
, where T is a transversal of the set of conjugacy classes effective, nonsymplectic subgroups of 
 $O(L)$
.
$O(L)$
.
 Let L be a K3 lattice and 
 $H\leq O(L)$
 an effective subgroup. Our next goal is to determine the connected components of the coarse moduli space
$H\leq O(L)$
 an effective subgroup. Our next goal is to determine the connected components of the coarse moduli space 
 $\mathcal {F}_H$
 of H-markable K3 surfaces. Since the period domain
$\mathcal {F}_H$
 of H-markable K3 surfaces. Since the period domain 
 $\mathbb {D}_H \setminus \Delta $
 has exactly two connected components (Proposition 3.6 (3)),
$\mathbb {D}_H \setminus \Delta $
 has exactly two connected components (Proposition 3.6 (3)), 
 $\mathcal {F}_H$
 has at most two components as well. It has only one connected component if and only if the action of
$\mathcal {F}_H$
 has at most two components as well. It has only one connected component if and only if the action of 
 $N(H)$
 on
$N(H)$
 on 
 $\mathbb {D}_H$
 exchanges the two components.
$\mathbb {D}_H$
 exchanges the two components.
 Let 
 $\chi : H \to \mathbb {C}^{\times }$
 be an effective character. For
$\chi : H \to \mathbb {C}^{\times }$
 be an effective character. For 
 $n \in N(H)$
, denote by
$n \in N(H)$
, denote by 
 $\chi ^n$
 the character defined by
$\chi ^n$
 the character defined by 
 $\chi ^n(h) = \chi (n^{-1} h n)$
. Denote by
$\chi ^n(h) = \chi (n^{-1} h n)$
. Denote by 
 $N(\chi )$
 the stabilizer of
$N(\chi )$
 the stabilizer of 
 $\chi $
 in
$\chi $
 in 
 $N(H)$
. For completeness sake, we mention the following proposition.
$N(H)$
. For completeness sake, we mention the following proposition.
Proposition 3.11. Let 
 $\chi \colon H \to \mathbb {C}^{\times }$
 be an effective character and
$\chi \colon H \to \mathbb {C}^{\times }$
 be an effective character and 
 $[H:H_s]>2$
. Then the number of connected components of
$[H:H_s]>2$
. Then the number of connected components of 
 $\mathcal {F}_H$
 is
$\mathcal {F}_H$
 is 
 $2/[N(H):N(\chi )]$
.
$2/[N(H):N(\chi )]$
.
Proof. Since 
 $[H:H_s]>2$
, the connected components of
$[H:H_s]>2$
, the connected components of 
 $\mathcal {M}_H$
 are
$\mathcal {M}_H$
 are 
 $\mathcal {M}_H^{\chi }$
 and
$\mathcal {M}_H^{\chi }$
 and 
 $\mathcal {M}_H^{\bar {\chi }}$
. If
$\mathcal {M}_H^{\bar {\chi }}$
. If 
 $(X,\eta ,G) \in \mathcal {M}_H^{\chi }$
 and
$(X,\eta ,G) \in \mathcal {M}_H^{\chi }$
 and 
 $n \in N(H)$
, then
$n \in N(H)$
, then 
 $(X,n \circ \eta ,G) \in \mathcal {M}_H^{\chi ^n}$
.
$(X,n \circ \eta ,G) \in \mathcal {M}_H^{\chi ^n}$
.
 Let now 
 $[H:H_s]=2$
. Then we have seen that
$[H:H_s]=2$
. Then we have seen that 
 $\chi =\bar {\chi }$
 and
$\chi =\bar {\chi }$
 and 
 $\mathbb {D}^{\chi }$
 has two connected components. This can be dealt with by introducing positive sign structures. Our account follows [Reference Shimada72]. A period
$\mathbb {D}^{\chi }$
 has two connected components. This can be dealt with by introducing positive sign structures. Our account follows [Reference Shimada72]. A period 
 $\mathbb {C} \omega \in \mathbb {D}^{\chi }$
 can be seen as an oriented, positive definite real
$\mathbb {C} \omega \in \mathbb {D}^{\chi }$
 can be seen as an oriented, positive definite real 
 $2$
-plane. Indeed, the two real vectors
$2$
-plane. Indeed, the two real vectors 
 $\operatorname {Re} \omega , \operatorname {Im} \omega \in L_{\mathbb {R}}$
 give an ordered (and thus oriented), orthogonal basis of a positive definite plane in L.
$\operatorname {Re} \omega , \operatorname {Im} \omega \in L_{\mathbb {R}}$
 give an ordered (and thus oriented), orthogonal basis of a positive definite plane in L.
Definition 3.12. Let L be a 
 $\mathbb {Z}$
-lattice of signature
$\mathbb {Z}$
-lattice of signature 
 $(s_+,s_-)$
. Then a sign structure on L is defined as a choice of one of the connected components
$(s_+,s_-)$
. Then a sign structure on L is defined as a choice of one of the connected components 
 $\theta $
 of the manifold parametrizing oriented,
$\theta $
 of the manifold parametrizing oriented, 
 $s_+$
-dimensional, positive definite, real subspaces S of
$s_+$
-dimensional, positive definite, real subspaces S of 
 $L_{\mathbb {R}}$
. Unless L is negative definite, it has exactly two positive sign structures.
$L_{\mathbb {R}}$
. Unless L is negative definite, it has exactly two positive sign structures.
 For 
 $[H:H_s]>2$
, the periods in
$[H:H_s]>2$
, the periods in 
 $\mathbb {D}^{\chi }$
 all give the same sign structure. But for
$\mathbb {D}^{\chi }$
 all give the same sign structure. But for 
 $[H:H_s]=2$
, there are two sign structures which give the two connected components of the period domain. Whether or not
$[H:H_s]=2$
, there are two sign structures which give the two connected components of the period domain. Whether or not 
 $N(H)$
 preserves the sign structure is encoded by a certain character. See section 2.1 for our conventions on the spinor norm.
$N(H)$
 preserves the sign structure is encoded by a certain character. See section 2.1 for our conventions on the spinor norm.
Proposition 3.13 [Reference Looijenga and Wahl50, Reference Miranda and Morrison55]
 Let L be an 
 $\mathbb {R}$
-lattice so that the spinor norm takes values in
$\mathbb {R}$
-lattice so that the spinor norm takes values in 
 $\{\pm 1\}\cong \mathbb {R}^{\times }/\mathbb {R}^{\times 2}$
. The action of an isometry
$\{\pm 1\}\cong \mathbb {R}^{\times }/\mathbb {R}^{\times 2}$
. The action of an isometry 
 $g \in O(L)$
 on the set of positive sign structures of L is trivial if and only if
$g \in O(L)$
 on the set of positive sign structures of L is trivial if and only if 
 $\det (g) \cdot \operatorname {\mathrm {spin}}(g)> 0$
.
$\det (g) \cdot \operatorname {\mathrm {spin}}(g)> 0$
.
 Let L be an 
 $\mathbb {R}$
-lattice. We denote by
$\mathbb {R}$
-lattice. We denote by 
 $O^+(L)=\ker (\det \cdot \operatorname {\mathrm {spin}})$
 the subgroup of orientation preserving isometries. If
$O^+(L)=\ker (\det \cdot \operatorname {\mathrm {spin}})$
 the subgroup of orientation preserving isometries. If 
 $G \leq O(L)$
 is a subgroup, we denote by
$G \leq O(L)$
 is a subgroup, we denote by 
 $G^+ = G \cap O^+(L)$
 its normal subgroup of orientation preserving elements.
$G^+ = G \cap O^+(L)$
 its normal subgroup of orientation preserving elements.
Proposition 3.14. Let 
 $\chi \colon H \to \mathbb {C}^{\times }$
 be an effective character and
$\chi \colon H \to \mathbb {C}^{\times }$
 be an effective character and 
 $[H:H_s]=2$
. Set
$[H:H_s]=2$
. Set 
 $T = T(\chi )$
, let
$T = T(\chi )$
, let 
 $\pi \colon N(H) \to O(T)$
 be the restriction and
$\pi \colon N(H) \to O(T)$
 be the restriction and 
 $N_T= \pi (N(H))$
. Then the number of connected components of
$N_T= \pi (N(H))$
. Then the number of connected components of 
 $\mathcal {F}_H$
 is
$\mathcal {F}_H$
 is 
 $2/[N_T:N_T^+]$
.
$2/[N_T:N_T^+]$
.
Proof. The subgroup of 
 $N(H)$
 fixing the sign structures of
$N(H)$
 fixing the sign structures of 
 $T(\chi )$
 is by the definition
$T(\chi )$
 is by the definition 
 $\pi ^{-1}(N_T^+)$
. Therefore,
$\pi ^{-1}(N_T^+)$
. Therefore, 
 $2/[\pi (N(H)):\pi (N(H))^+]$
 is the number of connected components of
$2/[\pi (N(H)):\pi (N(H))^+]$
 is the number of connected components of 
 $N(H)$
.
$N(H)$
.
Lemma 3.15. Keep the notation of Proposition 3.14. Let 
 ${D_{}} \colon O(T) \to O({D_{T}})$
 be the natural map,
${D_{}} \colon O(T) \to O({D_{T}})$
 be the natural map, 
 $J =D(N_T)$
,
$J =D(N_T)$
, 
 $J^+=D(N_T^+)$
 and
$J^+=D(N_T^+)$
 and 
 $K = \ker {D_{}}$
. Then
$K = \ker {D_{}}$
. Then 
 $[N_T:N_T^+] = [K:K^+][J:J^+]$
.
$[N_T:N_T^+] = [K:K^+][J:J^+]$
.
Proof. We claim that that 
 $K \subseteq N_T$
. By definition any element
$K \subseteq N_T$
. By definition any element 
 $g\in K$
 acts trivially on the discriminant group
$g\in K$
 acts trivially on the discriminant group 
 ${D_{T}}$
. Therefore,
${D_{T}}$
. Therefore, 
 $g\oplus \operatorname {\mathrm {id}}_{\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(\chi )}$
 extends to L. Since the restriction of any
$g\oplus \operatorname {\mathrm {id}}_{\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(\chi )}$
 extends to L. Since the restriction of any 
 $h\in H$
 to T is given by
$h\in H$
 to T is given by 
 $\pm \operatorname {\mathrm {id}}_{T}$
,
$\pm \operatorname {\mathrm {id}}_{T}$
, 
 $g \oplus \operatorname {\mathrm {id}}_{\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(\chi )}$
 commutes with h. The claim is proven. As a consequence, we have
$g \oplus \operatorname {\mathrm {id}}_{\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(\chi )}$
 commutes with h. The claim is proven. As a consequence, we have 
 $N_T = {D_{}}^{-1}(J)$
. Thus, we have a commutative diagram with exact rows
$N_T = {D_{}}^{-1}(J)$
. Thus, we have a commutative diagram with exact rows 

where the vertical arrows are inclusions of normal subgroups. Hence, the cokernels exist and so we obtain the corresponding exact sequence
 $$\begin{align*}1 \to K/K^+ \to N_T/N_T^+ \to J/J^+ \to 1\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}1 \to K/K^+ \to N_T/N_T^+ \to J/J^+ \to 1\end{align*}$$
of the cokernels. To see this follow the proof of the snake lemma, which indeed is valid in this situation.
Remark 3.16. We will see in Proposition 5.4 how to compute the number of components 
 $[N_T:N_T^+]=[K:K^+][J:J^+]$
 using the Miranda–Morrison theory.
$[N_T:N_T^+]=[K:K^+][J:J^+]$
 using the Miranda–Morrison theory.
3.4 Saturated effective subgroups
 By Theorem 3.9, the set of connected components of 
 $\mathcal {F}_H$
 is in bijection with the deformation classes of H-markable K3 surfaces. Our next goal is to enumerate all possible effective groups H up to conjugacy in
$\mathcal {F}_H$
 is in bijection with the deformation classes of H-markable K3 surfaces. Our next goal is to enumerate all possible effective groups H up to conjugacy in 
 $O(L)$
. The symplectic fixed and cofixed lattices
$O(L)$
. The symplectic fixed and cofixed lattices 
 $L^{H_s}$
 and
$L^{H_s}$
 and 
 $L_{H_s}$
 turn out to be the crucial invariants for this task. Let L be a
$L_{H_s}$
 turn out to be the crucial invariants for this task. Let L be a 
 $\mathbb {Z}$
-lattice and M a subset of
$\mathbb {Z}$
-lattice and M a subset of 
 $L \otimes \mathbb {C}$
. We denote by
$L \otimes \mathbb {C}$
. We denote by 
 $O(L,M)=\{f \in O(L) \mid f_{\mathbb {C}}(M)=M\}$
 the stabilizer of M.
$O(L,M)=\{f \in O(L) \mid f_{\mathbb {C}}(M)=M\}$
 the stabilizer of M.
Definition 3.17. Let L be a K3 lattice and 
 $H \leq O(L)$
 an effective subgroup. Then we call the kernel S of
$H \leq O(L)$
 an effective subgroup. Then we call the kernel S of 
 $O(L,L^{H_s}) \to O(L^{H_s})$
 the saturation of
$O(L,L^{H_s}) \to O(L^{H_s})$
 the saturation of 
 $H_s$
. The group generated by H and S is called the saturation of H. For a K3 surface X, we call a finite subgroup
$H_s$
. The group generated by H and S is called the saturation of H. For a K3 surface X, we call a finite subgroup 
 $G\leq \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X)$
 saturated if its image
$G\leq \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X)$
 saturated if its image 
 $\rho _X(G_s)$
 is saturated. We call a saturated symplectic group
$\rho _X(G_s)$
 is saturated. We call a saturated symplectic group 
 $H_s\leq O(L)$
 a heart.
$H_s\leq O(L)$
 a heart.
Remark 3.18. Note that the saturation S of 
 $H_s$
 is the largest subgroup
$H_s$
 is the largest subgroup 
 $S\leq O(L)$
 with
$S\leq O(L)$
 with 
 $L^S=L^{H_s}$
. Further, the saturation of an effective group
$L^S=L^{H_s}$
. Further, the saturation of an effective group 
 $H\leq O(L)$
 is effective. Indeed, if
$H\leq O(L)$
 is effective. Indeed, if 
 $L = \operatorname {\mathrm {H}}^2(X,\mathbb {Z})$
 for some K3 surface X and
$L = \operatorname {\mathrm {H}}^2(X,\mathbb {Z})$
 for some K3 surface X and 
 $G_s$
 a finite group of symplectic automorphisms, then the strong Torelli theorem implies that the saturation of
$G_s$
 a finite group of symplectic automorphisms, then the strong Torelli theorem implies that the saturation of 
 $\rho _X(G_s)=H_s$
 is in the image of
$\rho _X(G_s)=H_s$
 is in the image of 
 $\rho _X$
 by a finite group of symplectic automorphisms containing
$\rho _X$
 by a finite group of symplectic automorphisms containing 
 $G_s$
 and with the same fixed lattice. We conclude that if a pair
$G_s$
 and with the same fixed lattice. We conclude that if a pair 
 $(X,G)$
 is markable by H, then it is also markable by the saturation of H. Therefore, it is enough to enumerate the saturated effective subgroups of
$(X,G)$
 is markable by H, then it is also markable by the saturation of H. Therefore, it is enough to enumerate the saturated effective subgroups of 
 $O(L)$
.
$O(L)$
.
Remark 3.19. For the symplectic groups, the saturated subgroups are known: By a theorem of Hashimoto [Reference Hashimoto34], there are exactly 
 $44$
 conjugacy classes of effective, saturated subgroups
$44$
 conjugacy classes of effective, saturated subgroups 
 $H_s \leq O(L)$
. They are determined by the isometry classes of their fixed and cofixed lattices. The fixed lattices are listed by Hashimoto while the cofixed lattices can be obtained from the permutation representation of the Mathieu group
$H_s \leq O(L)$
. They are determined by the isometry classes of their fixed and cofixed lattices. The fixed lattices are listed by Hashimoto while the cofixed lattices can be obtained from the permutation representation of the Mathieu group 
 $M_{24}$
 on the type
$M_{24}$
 on the type 
 $24 A_1$
 Niemeier lattice. Alternatively, one may obtain them from isometries of the Leech lattice and the tables enumerated in [Reference Höhn and Mason35].
$24 A_1$
 Niemeier lattice. Alternatively, one may obtain them from isometries of the Leech lattice and the tables enumerated in [Reference Höhn and Mason35].
3.5 Enumerating effective characters
 Let 
 $H_s \leq O(L)$
 be a symplectic effective subgroup. We would like to enumerate conjugacy classes of effective characters
$H_s \leq O(L)$
 be a symplectic effective subgroup. We would like to enumerate conjugacy classes of effective characters 
 $\chi \colon H \to \mathbb {C}^{\times }$
 with the given heart
$\chi \colon H \to \mathbb {C}^{\times }$
 with the given heart 
 $H_s$
.
$H_s$
.
Definition 3.20. Let 
 $\chi \colon H \to \mathbb {C}^{\times }$
 be an effective character and
$\chi \colon H \to \mathbb {C}^{\times }$
 be an effective character and 
 $n=[H:H_s]$
. The distinguished generator of
$n=[H:H_s]$
. The distinguished generator of 
 $H/H_s$
 is
$H/H_s$
 is 
 $g H_s$
 with
$g H_s$
 with 
 $\chi (g) = \zeta _n:= \exp (2\pi i /n)$
. Set
$\chi (g) = \zeta _n:= \exp (2\pi i /n)$
. Set 
 $F = L^{H_s}$
 and
$F = L^{H_s}$
 and 
 $C= L_{H_s}$
. The distinguished generator
$C= L_{H_s}$
. The distinguished generator 
 $gH_s$
 restricts to an isometry
$gH_s$
 restricts to an isometry 
 $f=g|_F$
 of F of order n. We call the lattice with isometry
$f=g|_F$
 of F of order n. We call the lattice with isometry 
 $(F,f)$
 the head of H and
$(F,f)$
 the head of H and 
 $H_s$
 its heart. The spine of
$H_s$
 its heart. The spine of 
 $\chi $
 is the glue map
$\chi $
 is the glue map 
 $\phi \colon {D_{F}} \to {D_{C}}$
 with
$\phi \colon {D_{F}} \to {D_{C}}$
 with 
 $L_{\phi } = L$
.
$L_{\phi } = L$
.
Our next goal is to see how heart, head and spine determine the character. The first step is to make the definition of heart and head independent of a character.
Definition 3.21. Let 
 $H_s \leq O(L)$
 be a heart,
$H_s \leq O(L)$
 be a heart, 
 $F=L^{H_s}$
 its fixed lattice and
$F=L^{H_s}$
 its fixed lattice and 
 $f \in O(F)$
 of order n. We call the lattice with isometry
$f \in O(F)$
 of order n. We call the lattice with isometry 
 $(F,f)$
 a head (of
$(F,f)$
 a head (of 
 $H_s$
) if the following hold:
$H_s$
) if the following hold: 
- 
1.  $\ker (f+f^{-1} - \zeta _n - \bar {\zeta }_n)$
 is of signature $\ker (f+f^{-1} - \zeta _n - \bar {\zeta }_n)$
 is of signature $(2,*)$
, $(2,*)$
,
- 
2.  $(\ker \Phi _n(f)\Phi _1(f))^{\perp }$
 does not contain any vector of square $(\ker \Phi _n(f)\Phi _1(f))^{\perp }$
 does not contain any vector of square $(-2)$
. $(-2)$
.
 By abuse of notation, we will identify 
 $O(C)$
 with
$O(C)$
 with 
 $O(C)\times \{\operatorname {\mathrm {id}}_F\} \subseteq O(L\otimes \mathbb {Q})$
. Recall that for a glue map
$O(C)\times \{\operatorname {\mathrm {id}}_F\} \subseteq O(L\otimes \mathbb {Q})$
. Recall that for a glue map 
 $\phi \colon {D_{F}} \to {D_{C}}$
, we denote by
$\phi \colon {D_{F}} \to {D_{C}}$
, we denote by 
 $F \perp C \subseteq L_{\phi }$
 the corresponding primitive extension. Note that
$F \perp C \subseteq L_{\phi }$
 the corresponding primitive extension. Note that 
 $L_{\phi }\cong L$
 is a K3 lattice as well and
$L_{\phi }\cong L$
 is a K3 lattice as well and 
 $H_s$
 preserves
$H_s$
 preserves 
 $L_{\phi }$
 because all its elements act trivially on the discriminant group of C. Suppose that
$L_{\phi }$
 because all its elements act trivially on the discriminant group of C. Suppose that 
 $\phi D_f \phi ^{-1} = D_c$
 for some
$\phi D_f \phi ^{-1} = D_c$
 for some 
 $c \in O(C)$
. Then
$c \in O(C)$
. Then 
 $g = f \oplus c$
 preserves
$g = f \oplus c$
 preserves 
 $L_{\phi }$
. Set
$L_{\phi }$
. Set 
 $H_{\phi } = \langle g , H_s \rangle $
. Since
$H_{\phi } = \langle g , H_s \rangle $
. Since 
 $H_s$
 is saturated, any other choice of c is in
$H_s$
 is saturated, any other choice of c is in 
 $cH_s$
, so
$cH_s$
, so 
 $H_{\phi }$
 is independent of this choice. Let
$H_{\phi }$
 is independent of this choice. Let 
 $\chi _{\phi }\colon H_{\phi } \to \mathbb {C}^{\times }$
 be defined by
$\chi _{\phi }\colon H_{\phi } \to \mathbb {C}^{\times }$
 be defined by 
 $\chi (g)=\zeta _n$
.
$\chi (g)=\zeta _n$
.
Definition 3.22. Let 
 $H_s$
 be a heart and
$H_s$
 be a heart and 
 $(F,f)$
 a head. A glue map
$(F,f)$
 a head. A glue map 
 $\phi \colon {D_{F}} \to {D_{C}}$
 is called a spine if
$\phi \colon {D_{F}} \to {D_{C}}$
 is called a spine if 
- 
1.  $\phi \circ D_f \circ \phi ^{-1}$
 is in the image of $\phi \circ D_f \circ \phi ^{-1}$
 is in the image of $O(C) \to O({D_{C}})$
 and $O(C) \to O({D_{C}})$
 and
- 
2.  $\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(\chi _{\phi })_{H_{\phi }}$
 does not contain any vector of square $\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(\chi _{\phi })_{H_{\phi }}$
 does not contain any vector of square $(-2)$
. $(-2)$
.
Proposition 3.23. Let 
 $H_s$
 be a heart,
$H_s$
 be a heart, 
 $(F,f)$
 a head and
$(F,f)$
 a head and 
 $\phi \colon {D_{F}} \to {D_{C}}$
 a spine. Then the corresponding character
$\phi \colon {D_{F}} \to {D_{C}}$
 a spine. Then the corresponding character 
 $\chi _{\phi } \colon H_{\phi } \to \mathbb {C}^{\times }$
 is effective.
$\chi _{\phi } \colon H_{\phi } \to \mathbb {C}^{\times }$
 is effective.
Proof. This follows immediately from Proposition 3.3 and the definitions.
Definition 3.24. Let 
 $i=1,2$
,
$i=1,2$
, 
 $H_i \leq O(L_i)$
 two effective subgroups and
$H_i \leq O(L_i)$
 two effective subgroups and 
 $\chi _i\colon H_i \to \mathbb {C}^{\times }$
 two effective characters. We say that
$\chi _i\colon H_i \to \mathbb {C}^{\times }$
 two effective characters. We say that 
 $\chi _1$
 is isomorphic to
$\chi _1$
 is isomorphic to 
 $\chi _2$
 if and only if there is an isometry
$\chi _2$
 if and only if there is an isometry 
 $\psi \colon L_1 \to L_2$
 with
$\psi \colon L_1 \to L_2$
 with 
 $H_2 = \psi H_1 \psi ^{-1}$
 and
$H_2 = \psi H_1 \psi ^{-1}$
 and 
 $\chi _1(h) = \chi _2(\psi \circ h \circ \psi ^{-1})$
 for all
$\chi _1(h) = \chi _2(\psi \circ h \circ \psi ^{-1})$
 for all 
 $h \in H_1$
.
$h \in H_1$
.
 If 
 $L_1=L_2$
, then
$L_1=L_2$
, then 
 $\chi _1$
 and
$\chi _1$
 and 
 $\chi _2$
 are isomorphic if and only if they are conjugate. If moreover
$\chi _2$
 are isomorphic if and only if they are conjugate. If moreover 
 $H_1=H_2$
, then they are isomorphic if and only if they are conjugate by an element of
$H_1=H_2$
, then they are isomorphic if and only if they are conjugate by an element of 
 $N(H)$
. Recall that
$N(H)$
. Recall that 
 $U(F,f)$
 denotes the centralizer of f in
$U(F,f)$
 denotes the centralizer of f in 
 $O(F)$
.
$O(F)$
.
Theorem 3.25. Let 
 $H_s$
 be a heart,
$H_s$
 be a heart, 
 $(F,f)$
 a head of
$(F,f)$
 a head of 
 $H_s$
 and S the set of spines
$H_s$
 and S the set of spines 
 $\phi \colon {D_{F}} \to {D_{C}}$
. Then the double coset
$\phi \colon {D_{F}} \to {D_{C}}$
. Then the double coset 
 $$\begin{align*}O(C) \backslash S / U(F,f)\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}O(C) \backslash S / U(F,f)\end{align*}$$
is in bijection with the set of isomorphism classes of effective characters 
 $\chi $
 with the given heart and head.
$\chi $
 with the given heart and head.
Proof. By Proposition 3.23, any spine 
 $\phi \in S$
 determines an effective character
$\phi \in S$
 determines an effective character 
 $\chi _{\phi }\colon H_{\phi } \to \mathbb {C}^{\times }$
 with
$\chi _{\phi }\colon H_{\phi } \to \mathbb {C}^{\times }$
 with 
 $L_{\phi }$
 a K3 lattice. Conversely, any effective character with the given heart and head arises in this fashion.
$L_{\phi }$
 a K3 lattice. Conversely, any effective character with the given heart and head arises in this fashion.
 Let 
 $\phi $
 and
$\phi $
 and 
 $\phi '$
 be two spines. We have to show that
$\phi '$
 be two spines. We have to show that 
 $\chi _{\phi }$
 and
$\chi _{\phi }$
 and 
 $\chi _{\phi '}$
 are conjugate if and only if
$\chi _{\phi '}$
 are conjugate if and only if 
 $\phi ' \in O(C) \phi U(F,f)$
.
$\phi ' \in O(C) \phi U(F,f)$
.
 Suppose 
 $\phi ' = D_a \phi D_b$
 with
$\phi ' = D_a \phi D_b$
 with 
 $a \in O(C)$
 and
$a \in O(C)$
 and 
 $b \in U(F,f)$
. Then
$b \in U(F,f)$
. Then 
 $a \oplus b\colon L_{\phi } \to L_{\phi '}$
 gives the desired isomorphism of the characters.
$a \oplus b\colon L_{\phi } \to L_{\phi '}$
 gives the desired isomorphism of the characters.
 Conversely, let 
 $\psi \colon L_{\phi } \to L_{\phi '}$
 be an isomorphism of
$\psi \colon L_{\phi } \to L_{\phi '}$
 be an isomorphism of 
 $\chi $
 and
$\chi $
 and 
 $\chi '$
. By construction,
$\chi '$
. By construction, 
 $V:=L_{\phi } \otimes \mathbb {Q}=L_{\phi '}\otimes \mathbb {Q}$
. We may view
$V:=L_{\phi } \otimes \mathbb {Q}=L_{\phi '}\otimes \mathbb {Q}$
. We may view 
 $\psi $
 as an element of
$\psi $
 as an element of 
 $O(V)$
. Note that
$O(V)$
. Note that 
 $F \perp C \subseteq V$
. Since
$F \perp C \subseteq V$
. Since 
 $\psi $
 preserves the common heart
$\psi $
 preserves the common heart 
 $H_s$
 and head
$H_s$
 and head 
 $(F,f)$
 of
$(F,f)$
 of 
 $\chi _1$
 and
$\chi _1$
 and 
 $\chi _2$
, we can write it as
$\chi _2$
, we can write it as 
 $\psi = a \oplus b$
 with
$\psi = a \oplus b$
 with 
 $a \in O(C)$
 and
$a \in O(C)$
 and 
 $b \in U(F,f)$
. Then
$b \in U(F,f)$
. Then 
 $ D_a \circ \phi \circ D_b = \phi '$
.
$ D_a \circ \phi \circ D_b = \phi '$
.
Remark 3.26. The previous results yield the following procedure for determining a transversal of the set of isomorphism classes of effective characters.
- 
1. Let  $\mathcal {H}$
 be the set of possible hearts up to conjugacy, which have been determined by Hashimoto [Reference Hashimoto34] (see Remark 3.19). $\mathcal {H}$
 be the set of possible hearts up to conjugacy, which have been determined by Hashimoto [Reference Hashimoto34] (see Remark 3.19).
- 
2. For each  $H_s \in \mathcal {H}$
, determine a transversal of the isomorphism classes of the heads $H_s \in \mathcal {H}$
, determine a transversal of the isomorphism classes of the heads $(F, f)$
, which amounts to classifying conjugacy classes of isometries of finite order n of a given $(F, f)$
, which amounts to classifying conjugacy classes of isometries of finite order n of a given $\mathbb {Z}$
-lattice. This is explained in Section 4; see in particular Remark 4.25 for the possible values of n. $\mathbb {Z}$
-lattice. This is explained in Section 4; see in particular Remark 4.25 for the possible values of n.
- 
3. For each heart  $H_s \in \mathcal {H}$
 and possible head $H_s \in \mathcal {H}$
 and possible head $(L, f)$
 apply Theorem 3.25 to determine a transversal of the double coset of spines and therefore a transversal of the isomorphism classes of the effective characters with the given heart and head. $(L, f)$
 apply Theorem 3.25 to determine a transversal of the double coset of spines and therefore a transversal of the isomorphism classes of the effective characters with the given heart and head.
Altogether, we obtain a transversal of the isomorphism classes of effective characters. Each is represented by some K3 lattice L depending on the character, a finite subgroup 
 $H \leq O(L)$
, a normal subgroup
$H \leq O(L)$
, a normal subgroup 
 $H_s \leq H$
 and a distinguished generator of
$H_s \leq H$
 and a distinguished generator of 
 $H/H_s$
.
$H/H_s$
.
4 Conjugacy classes of isometries
 We have seen that to classify finite subgroups of automorphisms of K3 surfaces up to deformation equivalence we need to classify conjugacy classes of isometries of finite order of a given 
 $\mathbb {Z}$
-lattice. So given a polynomial
$\mathbb {Z}$
-lattice. So given a polynomial 
 $\mu (x) \in \mathbb {Z}[x]$
 and a
$\mu (x) \in \mathbb {Z}[x]$
 and a 
 $\mathbb {Z}$
-lattice L, we seek to classify all conjugacy classes of isometries of L with the given characteristic polynomial p. By general results of Grunewald and Segal [Reference Grunewald and Segal33, Cor. 1] from the theory of arithmetic groups, we know that the number of such conjugacy classes is finite and (in theory) computable. Necessary and sufficient conditions for the existence of an isometry of some unimodular lattice L with a given characteristic polynomial have been worked out by Bayer-Fluckiger and Taelman in [Reference Bayer-Fluckiger and Taelman14, Reference Bayer-Fluckiger12, Reference Bayer-Fluckiger13].
$\mathbb {Z}$
-lattice L, we seek to classify all conjugacy classes of isometries of L with the given characteristic polynomial p. By general results of Grunewald and Segal [Reference Grunewald and Segal33, Cor. 1] from the theory of arithmetic groups, we know that the number of such conjugacy classes is finite and (in theory) computable. Necessary and sufficient conditions for the existence of an isometry of some unimodular lattice L with a given characteristic polynomial have been worked out by Bayer-Fluckiger and Taelman in [Reference Bayer-Fluckiger and Taelman14, Reference Bayer-Fluckiger12, Reference Bayer-Fluckiger13].
4.1 Hermitian lattices and transfer
 In this subsection, E is an étale 
 $\mathbb {Q}$
-algebra with a
$\mathbb {Q}$
-algebra with a 
 $\mathbb {Q}$
-linear involution
$\mathbb {Q}$
-linear involution 
 $\overline {\phantom {x}}\colon E \to E$
.
$\overline {\phantom {x}}\colon E \to E$
.
Definition 4.1. Let V be an E-module. A Hermitian form on V is a sesquilinear form 
 $h \colon V \times V \to E$
 with
$h \colon V \times V \to E$
 with 
 $h(x,y) = \overline {h(y,x)}$
. We call
$h(x,y) = \overline {h(y,x)}$
. We call 
 $(V,h)$
 a Hermitian space over E. For a
$(V,h)$
 a Hermitian space over E. For a 
 $\mathbb {Z}$
-order
$\mathbb {Z}$
-order 
 $\Lambda \subseteq E$
, we call a
$\Lambda \subseteq E$
, we call a 
 $\Lambda $
-module
$\Lambda $
-module 
 $L \subseteq V$
 a Hermitian
$L \subseteq V$
 a Hermitian 
 $\Lambda $
-lattice. All Hermitian forms and lattices are assumed nondegenerate.
$\Lambda $
-lattice. All Hermitian forms and lattices are assumed nondegenerate.
 Let 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}} \colon E \to \mathbb {Q}$
 be the trace. Note that E being étale is equivalent to the trace form
$\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}} \colon E \to \mathbb {Q}$
 be the trace. Note that E being étale is equivalent to the trace form 
 $E\times E \to \mathbb {Q}, (x,y) \mapsto \operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}(xy)$
 being nondegenerate.
$E\times E \to \mathbb {Q}, (x,y) \mapsto \operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}(xy)$
 being nondegenerate.
Definition 4.2 (Transfer)
 A 
 $\mathbb {Q}$
-bilinear form
$\mathbb {Q}$
-bilinear form 
 $b \colon V \times V \to \mathbb {Q}$
 on an E-module V is said to be an E-bilinear form if
$b \colon V \times V \to \mathbb {Q}$
 on an E-module V is said to be an E-bilinear form if 
 $b(ev,w) = b(v,\bar {e} w)$
 for all
$b(ev,w) = b(v,\bar {e} w)$
 for all 
 $v,w \in V$
 and
$v,w \in V$
 and 
 $e \in E$
. Let
$e \in E$
. Let 
 $(V,h)$
 be a Hermitian space over E. Then
$(V,h)$
 be a Hermitian space over E. Then 
 $b = \operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}} \circ h$
 is an E-bilinear form. It is called the trace form of h.
$b = \operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}} \circ h$
 is an E-bilinear form. It is called the trace form of h.
Proposition 4.3 [Reference Milnor53]
Every E-bilinear form on V is the trace form of a unique Hermitian form on V.
Note that an E-linear map preserves a Hermitian form if and only if it preserves the respective trace form. In view of these facts, we may work with E-bilinear forms and Hermitian forms over E interchangeably.
 Given 
 $x^n-1=\mu (x)\in \mathbb {Z}[x]$
 and a lattice L, we seek to classify the conjugacy classes of isometries
$x^n-1=\mu (x)\in \mathbb {Z}[x]$
 and a lattice L, we seek to classify the conjugacy classes of isometries 
 $f\in O(L)$
 satisfying
$f\in O(L)$
 satisfying 
 $\mu (f) = 0$
. To this aim, we put
$\mu (f) = 0$
. To this aim, we put 
 $E:=\mathbb {Q}[x,x^{-1}]/(\mu )\cong \mathbb {Q}[x]/(\mu )$
. This is an étale algebra and
$E:=\mathbb {Q}[x,x^{-1}]/(\mu )\cong \mathbb {Q}[x]/(\mu )$
. This is an étale algebra and 
 $x \mapsto x^{-1}$
 defines an involution
$x \mapsto x^{-1}$
 defines an involution 
 $\overline {\phantom {x}} $
 on E. For
$\overline {\phantom {x}} $
 on E. For 
 $i \in I =: \{i \in \mathbb {N} \mid i \text { divides } n\}$
 set
$i \in I =: \{i \in \mathbb {N} \mid i \text { divides } n\}$
 set 
 $E_i=\mathbb {Q}[x]/(\Phi _i(x))$
. The algebra E splits as a direct product
$E_i=\mathbb {Q}[x]/(\Phi _i(x))$
. The algebra E splits as a direct product 
 $E= \prod _{i \in I} E_i$
 of cyclotomic fields with the induced involution. Let
$E= \prod _{i \in I} E_i$
 of cyclotomic fields with the induced involution. Let 
 $(e_i)_{i \in I}$
 be the corresponding system of primitive idempotents in E such that
$(e_i)_{i \in I}$
 be the corresponding system of primitive idempotents in E such that 
 $\overline {e_i} = e_i$
 and
$\overline {e_i} = e_i$
 and 
 $E_i = E e_i$
.
$E_i = E e_i$
.
 Let 
 $\Lambda = \mathbb {Z}[x]/(\mu )$
 and
$\Lambda = \mathbb {Z}[x]/(\mu )$
 and 
 $\Gamma = \prod _{i \in I} \Lambda e_i$
. The conductor of
$\Gamma = \prod _{i \in I} \Lambda e_i$
. The conductor of 
 $\Gamma $
 in
$\Gamma $
 in 
 $\Lambda $
 is
$\Lambda $
 is 
 $$\begin{align*}\mathfrak{f}_{\Gamma}= \{x \in \Lambda \mid \Gamma x \subseteq \Lambda\}.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\mathfrak{f}_{\Gamma}= \{x \in \Lambda \mid \Gamma x \subseteq \Lambda\}.\end{align*}$$
It is the largest 
 $\Gamma $
-ideal contained in
$\Gamma $
-ideal contained in 
 $\Lambda $
. We obtain the following series of inclusions:
$\Lambda $
. We obtain the following series of inclusions: 
 $$ \begin{align} \mathfrak{f}_{\Gamma} \subseteq \Lambda \subseteq \Gamma = \prod_{i\in I} \Lambda e_i \end{align} $$
$$ \begin{align} \mathfrak{f}_{\Gamma} \subseteq \Lambda \subseteq \Gamma = \prod_{i\in I} \Lambda e_i \end{align} $$
Lemma 4.4. The conductor satisfies 
 $\mathfrak {f}_{\Gamma } = \bigoplus _{i \in I} (\Lambda \cap e_i \Lambda )$
.
$\mathfrak {f}_{\Gamma } = \bigoplus _{i \in I} (\Lambda \cap e_i \Lambda )$
.
Proof. For 
 $x \in \Lambda $
, we have
$x \in \Lambda $
, we have 
 $x = 1 x = \sum _i e_i x$
 and so
$x = 1 x = \sum _i e_i x$
 and so 
 $x \Gamma = \bigoplus _{i \in I} \Lambda e_i x$
 is contained in
$x \Gamma = \bigoplus _{i \in I} \Lambda e_i x$
 is contained in 
 $\Lambda $
 if and only if
$\Lambda $
 if and only if 
 $e_i x \in \Lambda $
 for all
$e_i x \in \Lambda $
 for all 
 $i\in I$
. This means that
$i\in I$
. This means that 
 $e_i x \in \Lambda \cap e_i \Lambda $
.
$e_i x \in \Lambda \cap e_i \Lambda $
.
Example 4.5. Let 
 $p \in \mathbb {Z}$
 be a prime. For
$p \in \mathbb {Z}$
 be a prime. For 
 $\mu (x) = x^p-1 = (x-1)\Phi _p(x)$
, we obtain
$\mu (x) = x^p-1 = (x-1)\Phi _p(x)$
, we obtain 
 $$\begin{align*}E = \mathbb{Q}[x] / (x^p-1) \cong \mathbb{Q}[x]/(x-1) \times \mathbb{Q}[x]/\Phi_p(x) \cong \mathbb{Q} \times \mathbb{Q}[\zeta_p].\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}E = \mathbb{Q}[x] / (x^p-1) \cong \mathbb{Q}[x]/(x-1) \times \mathbb{Q}[x]/\Phi_p(x) \cong \mathbb{Q} \times \mathbb{Q}[\zeta_p].\end{align*}$$
Set 
 $g(x) = \sum _{i=0}^{p-2}(i+1-p)x^i$
. One finds that
$g(x) = \sum _{i=0}^{p-2}(i+1-p)x^i$
. One finds that 
 $p = (x-1)g(x) + \Phi _p(x)$
. Hence,
$p = (x-1)g(x) + \Phi _p(x)$
. Hence, 
 $e_1=\Phi _p(x)/p$
 and
$e_1=\Phi _p(x)/p$
 and 
 $e_p = (x-1)g(x)/p$
. The conductor ideal is
$e_p = (x-1)g(x)/p$
. The conductor ideal is 
 $\mathfrak {f}_{\Gamma }=p e_1 \Lambda + p e_p \Lambda $
. It contains p.
$\mathfrak {f}_{\Gamma }=p e_1 \Lambda + p e_p \Lambda $
. It contains p.
 Let b be the bilinear form of the lattice L. A given isometry 
 $f\in O(L,b)$
 with minimal polynomial
$f\in O(L,b)$
 with minimal polynomial 
 $\mu $
 turns
$\mu $
 turns 
 $(L,b)$
 into a Hermitian
$(L,b)$
 into a Hermitian 
 $\Lambda $
-lattice
$\Lambda $
-lattice 
 $(L,h)$
 by letting the class of x act as f. Note that for
$(L,h)$
 by letting the class of x act as f. Note that for 
 $x,y \in L\otimes E$
 we have
$x,y \in L\otimes E$
 we have 
 $$\begin{align*}h(e_i x, e_j x) = e_i \bar e_j h(x,y) = e_i e_j h(x,y) = \delta_{ij} h(x,y).\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}h(e_i x, e_j x) = e_i \bar e_j h(x,y) = e_i e_j h(x,y) = \delta_{ij} h(x,y).\end{align*}$$
Thus 
 $e_i L$
 is orthogonal to
$e_i L$
 is orthogonal to 
 $e_j L$
 for
$e_j L$
 for 
 $i\neq j$
. Equation (4.1) yields the corresponding chain of finite index inclusions
$i\neq j$
. Equation (4.1) yields the corresponding chain of finite index inclusions 
 $$ \begin{align} \mathfrak{f}_{\Gamma}L \subseteq L \subseteq \Gamma L. \end{align} $$
$$ \begin{align} \mathfrak{f}_{\Gamma}L \subseteq L \subseteq \Gamma L. \end{align} $$
 Setting 
 $L_i = e_i \mathfrak {f}_{\Gamma } L = L \cap e_i L = \ker \Phi _i(f)$
 and
$L_i = e_i \mathfrak {f}_{\Gamma } L = L \cap e_i L = \ker \Phi _i(f)$
 and 
 $L_i' = e_i \Gamma L$
 the outermost lattices are
$L_i' = e_i \Gamma L$
 the outermost lattices are 

Since 
 $\Lambda e_i=\mathbb {Z}[x]/\Phi _i(x) = \mathbb {Z}_{E_i}$
 is the maximal order in
$\Lambda e_i=\mathbb {Z}[x]/\Phi _i(x) = \mathbb {Z}_{E_i}$
 is the maximal order in 
 $E_i$
,
$E_i$
, 
 $L_i$
 and
$L_i$
 and 
 $L_i'$
 are Hermitian lattices over the ring of integers of a number field. Such lattices are well understood. We use the outermost lattices of the sandwich to study the
$L_i'$
 are Hermitian lattices over the ring of integers of a number field. Such lattices are well understood. We use the outermost lattices of the sandwich to study the 
 $\Lambda $
-lattice
$\Lambda $
-lattice 
 $(L,h)$
.
$(L,h)$
.
Example 4.6. Let L be a 
 $\mathbb {Z}$
-lattice and
$\mathbb {Z}$
-lattice and 
 $f\in O(L)$
 an isometry of prime order p. Then
$f\in O(L)$
 an isometry of prime order p. Then 
 $L_1 = \ker \Phi _1(f)$
 and
$L_1 = \ker \Phi _1(f)$
 and 
 $L_p = \ker \Phi _p(f)$
. Since, by Example 4.5,
$L_p = \ker \Phi _p(f)$
. Since, by Example 4.5, 
 $p \in \mathfrak {f}_{\Gamma }$
 we have
$p \in \mathfrak {f}_{\Gamma }$
 we have 
 $$ \begin{align} p L \subseteq \mathfrak{f}_{\Gamma} L= L_1 \perp L_p \subseteq L. \end{align} $$
$$ \begin{align} p L \subseteq \mathfrak{f}_{\Gamma} L= L_1 \perp L_p \subseteq L. \end{align} $$
 The idea for the classification is as follows: Given 
 $\mu (x)$
 and the
$\mu (x)$
 and the 
 $\mathbb {Z}$
-lattice
$\mathbb {Z}$
-lattice 
 $(L,b)$
, we get restrictions on the possible genera of the lattices
$(L,b)$
, we get restrictions on the possible genera of the lattices 
 $(L_i,h_i)$
 from
$(L_i,h_i)$
 from 
 $(L,b)$
 and the conductor. We take L as an overlattice of the orthogonal direct sum
$(L,b)$
 and the conductor. We take L as an overlattice of the orthogonal direct sum 
 up to the action of the product of unitary groups
 up to the action of the product of unitary groups 
 $\prod _{i \in I}U(L_i,h_i)$
. Thanks to eq. (4.2), this is a finite problem. In practice, we successively take equivariant primitive extensions.
$\prod _{i \in I}U(L_i,h_i)$
. Thanks to eq. (4.2), this is a finite problem. In practice, we successively take equivariant primitive extensions.
4.2 Glue estimates
 The caveat of dealing with primitive extensions 
 $A \perp B \subseteq C$
 is that we do not know how to predict the genus of C. Or more precisely, how to enumerate all glue maps such that C lies in a given genus. So we have to resort to check this in line 19 of Algorithm 2 only after constructing C. To reduce the number of glue maps that have to be checked, in this section we prove various necessary conditions.
$A \perp B \subseteq C$
 is that we do not know how to predict the genus of C. Or more precisely, how to enumerate all glue maps such that C lies in a given genus. So we have to resort to check this in line 19 of Algorithm 2 only after constructing C. To reduce the number of glue maps that have to be checked, in this section we prove various necessary conditions.
Proposition 4.7. Let C be an integral 
 $\mathbb {Z}$
-lattice and
$\mathbb {Z}$
-lattice and 
 $f \in O(C)$
 an isometry of prime order p with characteristic polynomial
$f \in O(C)$
 an isometry of prime order p with characteristic polynomial 
 $\Phi _1^{e_1}\Phi _p^{e_p}$
. Set
$\Phi _1^{e_1}\Phi _p^{e_p}$
. Set 
 $A= \ker \Phi _1(f)$
,
$A= \ker \Phi _1(f)$
, 
 $B = \ker \Phi _p(f)$
 and
$B = \ker \Phi _p(f)$
 and 
 $m = \min \{e_1,e_p,l(D_A),l(D_B)\}$
. Then
$m = \min \{e_1,e_p,l(D_A),l(D_B)\}$
. Then 
 $pC \subseteq A \perp B$
 and
$pC \subseteq A \perp B$
 and 
 $[C: A\perp B] \mid p^m$
.
$[C: A\perp B] \mid p^m$
.
Proof. By Equation (4.3) 
 $p C \subseteq A \perp B$
. Let
$p C \subseteq A \perp B$
. Let 
 $D_A \geq H_A \cong C/(A\perp B) =H\cong H_B \leq D_B$
 be the glue between A and B. Note that these are isomorphisms as
$D_A \geq H_A \cong C/(A\perp B) =H\cong H_B \leq D_B$
 be the glue between A and B. Note that these are isomorphisms as 
 $\mathbb {Z}[x]$
-modules and
$\mathbb {Z}[x]$
-modules and 
 $p H =0$
 by Example 4.6.
$p H =0$
 by Example 4.6.
 The polynomial 
 $\Phi _p$
 annihilates B; hence, it annihilates
$\Phi _p$
 annihilates B; hence, it annihilates 
 $B^{\vee }$
 and
$B^{\vee }$
 and 
 $H_B \leq D_B=B^{\vee }/B$
. Let
$H_B \leq D_B=B^{\vee }/B$
. Let 
 $B' \leq p^{-1}B$
 be defined by
$B' \leq p^{-1}B$
 be defined by 
 $B'/B = H_B$
. The
$B'/B = H_B$
. The 
 $\mathbb {Z}[\zeta _p]$
-module
$\mathbb {Z}[\zeta _p]$
-module 
 $B'$
 is a finitely generated torsion-free module of rank
$B'$
 is a finitely generated torsion-free module of rank 
 $e_p$
. By the invariant factor theorem over Dedekind domains [Reference Curtis and Reiner27, (22.13)], any torsion quotient module of
$e_p$
. By the invariant factor theorem over Dedekind domains [Reference Curtis and Reiner27, (22.13)], any torsion quotient module of 
 $B'$
 is generated by at most
$B'$
 is generated by at most 
 $e_p$
 elements. On the other hand, since
$e_p$
 elements. On the other hand, since 
 $H_B \leq D_B$
, it is generated by at most
$H_B \leq D_B$
, it is generated by at most 
 $l(D_B)$
 elements as a
$l(D_B)$
 elements as a 
 $\mathbb {Z}$
-module, in particular as
$\mathbb {Z}$
-module, in particular as 
 $\mathbb {Z}[x]$
-module.
$\mathbb {Z}[x]$
-module.
 Similarly, 
 $H_A$
 is annihilated by
$H_A$
 is annihilated by 
 $\Phi _1$
 and generated by at most
$\Phi _1$
 and generated by at most 
 $\min \{e_1,l(D_A)\}$
 elements. Since the glue map is equivariant, the minimal number n of generators of H as
$\min \{e_1,l(D_A)\}$
 elements. Since the glue map is equivariant, the minimal number n of generators of H as 
 $\mathbb {Z}[x]$
-module satisfies
$\mathbb {Z}[x]$
-module satisfies 
 $n \leq m$
. As
$n \leq m$
. As 
 $H=C/(A\perp B)$
, viewed as a
$H=C/(A\perp B)$
, viewed as a 
 $\mathbb {Z}[\zeta _p]$
-module, is annihilated by the prime ideal P generated by
$\mathbb {Z}[\zeta _p]$
-module, is annihilated by the prime ideal P generated by 
 $\Phi _1(\zeta _p)$
, we have
$\Phi _1(\zeta _p)$
, we have 
 $H\cong (\mathbb {Z}[\zeta _p]/P)^n$
. Since p is totally ramified in
$H\cong (\mathbb {Z}[\zeta _p]/P)^n$
. Since p is totally ramified in 
 $\mathbb {Z}[\zeta _p]$
, the ideal P has norm p and thus
$\mathbb {Z}[\zeta _p]$
, the ideal P has norm p and thus 
 $$\begin{align*}[C:A\perp B]=|\mathbb{Z}[\zeta_p]/P|^n = p^n \mid p^m.\\[-38pt] \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}[C:A\perp B]=|\mathbb{Z}[\zeta_p]/P|^n = p^n \mid p^m.\\[-38pt] \end{align*}$$
 We call a torsion bilinear form 
 $b \colon A \times A \to \mathbb {Q}_2/\mathbb {Z}_2$
 evenif
$b \colon A \times A \to \mathbb {Q}_2/\mathbb {Z}_2$
 evenif 
 $b(x,x)=0$
 for all
$b(x,x)=0$
 for all 
 $x \in A$
, otherwise we call it odd. Imitating [Reference Miranda and Morrison54, II §2], we define the functors
$x \in A$
, otherwise we call it odd. Imitating [Reference Miranda and Morrison54, II §2], we define the functors 
 $\rho _k$
.
$\rho _k$
.
Definition 4.8. Let N be an integral lattice over 
 $\mathbb {Z}_p$
. Set
$\mathbb {Z}_p$
. Set 
 $G_k = G_k(N) = p^{-k}N \cap N^{\vee }$
, and define
$G_k = G_k(N) = p^{-k}N \cap N^{\vee }$
, and define 
 $\rho _k(N) = G_k/(G_{k-1}+pG_{k+1})$
. It is equipped with the nondegenerate torsion bilinear form
$\rho _k(N) = G_k/(G_{k-1}+pG_{k+1})$
. It is equipped with the nondegenerate torsion bilinear form 
 $b_k(\bar x,\bar y) = p^{k-1}xy \bmod \mathbb {Z}_p$
. If
$b_k(\bar x,\bar y) = p^{k-1}xy \bmod \mathbb {Z}_p$
. If 
 $p=2$
 and both
$p=2$
 and both 
 $\rho _{k-1}(N)$
 and
$\rho _{k-1}(N)$
 and 
 $\rho _{k+1}(N)$
 are even, then we call
$\rho _{k+1}(N)$
 are even, then we call 
 $\rho _{k}(N)$
 free. Otherwise, we call it bound. If it is free,
$\rho _{k}(N)$
 free. Otherwise, we call it bound. If it is free, 
 $\rho _{k}(N)$
 carries the torsion quadratic form
$\rho _{k}(N)$
 carries the torsion quadratic form 
 $q_k(\bar x) = 2^{k-1}x^2 \bmod 2\mathbb {Z}_2$
.
$q_k(\bar x) = 2^{k-1}x^2 \bmod 2\mathbb {Z}_2$
.
 Let 
 be a Jordan decomposition with
 be a Jordan decomposition with 
 $f_{j}$
 a unimodular bilinear form. Then one checks that
$f_{j}$
 a unimodular bilinear form. Then one checks that 
 $\rho _j(L) \cong (L_j/pL_j, \bar f_i)$
, where
$\rho _j(L) \cong (L_j/pL_j, \bar f_i)$
, where 
 $\bar f_i$
 is the composition of
$\bar f_i$
 is the composition of 
 $p^{-1}f_i$
 and the natural map
$p^{-1}f_i$
 and the natural map 
 $\mathbb {Q}_p \to \mathbb {Q}_p/\mathbb {Z}_p$
.
$\mathbb {Q}_p \to \mathbb {Q}_p/\mathbb {Z}_p$
.
Remark 4.9. Note that 
 $\bar f_i$
 determines the rank of
$\bar f_i$
 determines the rank of 
 $f_i$
, its parity and its determinant modulo p. Thus, if p is odd, it determines
$f_i$
, its parity and its determinant modulo p. Thus, if p is odd, it determines 
 $f_j$
 up to isometry. For
$f_j$
 up to isometry. For 
 $p=2$
, this is not the case.
$p=2$
, this is not the case.
 Let N be an integral lattice over 
 $\mathbb {Z}_p$
 and
$\mathbb {Z}_p$
 and 
 $l \in \mathbb {Z}$
 such that
$l \in \mathbb {Z}$
 such that 
 $p^{l+1} N^{\vee } \subseteq N$
. Then
$p^{l+1} N^{\vee } \subseteq N$
. Then 
 $G_{l+1}(N)=G_{l+2}(N) = N^{\vee }$
 and
$G_{l+1}(N)=G_{l+2}(N) = N^{\vee }$
 and 
 $G_{l}(N)=p^{-l}N \cap N^{\vee }$
. Using
$G_{l}(N)=p^{-l}N \cap N^{\vee }$
. Using 
 $pN^{\vee } \subseteq p^{-l}N$
, we obtain
$pN^{\vee } \subseteq p^{-l}N$
, we obtain 
 $$\begin{align*}\rho_{l+1}(N) = N^{\vee} /(p^{-l}N \cap N^{\vee}). \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\rho_{l+1}(N) = N^{\vee} /(p^{-l}N \cap N^{\vee}). \end{align*}$$
Multiplication by 
 $p^l$
 gives the isomorphism
$p^l$
 gives the isomorphism 
 $$\begin{align*}\rho_{l+1}(N) \cong p^l N^{\vee}/ (N \cap p^l N^{\vee}) \cong p^lD_N.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\rho_{l+1}(N) \cong p^l N^{\vee}/ (N \cap p^l N^{\vee}) \cong p^lD_N.\end{align*}$$
Proposition 4.10. Let 
 $N_1 \perp N_2 \subseteq L$
 be a primitive extension of
$N_1 \perp N_2 \subseteq L$
 be a primitive extension of 
 $\mathbb {Z}_p$
-lattices with corresponding glue map
$\mathbb {Z}_p$
-lattices with corresponding glue map 
 $D_1 \supseteq H_1 \xrightarrow {\phi } H_2 \subseteq D_2$
, where
$D_1 \supseteq H_1 \xrightarrow {\phi } H_2 \subseteq D_2$
, where 
 $D_i=N_i^{\vee }/N_i$
 is the discriminant group of
$D_i=N_i^{\vee }/N_i$
 is the discriminant group of 
 $N_i$
,
$N_i$
, 
 $i\in \{1,2\}$
. Suppose that
$i\in \{1,2\}$
. Suppose that 
 $p L \subseteq N_1 \perp N_2$
.
$p L \subseteq N_1 \perp N_2$
.
 Then 
 $p^l L^{\vee } \subseteq L$
 if and only if the following four conditions are met.
$p^l L^{\vee } \subseteq L$
 if and only if the following four conditions are met. 
- 
1.  $p^{l+1} D_i = 0$
, that is, $p^{l+1} D_i = 0$
, that is, $p^{l+1}N_i^{\vee }\subseteq N_i$
, $p^{l+1}N_i^{\vee }\subseteq N_i$
,
- 
2.  $p^l D_i \subseteq H_i$
, $p^l D_i \subseteq H_i$
,
- 
3.  $\phi (p^l D_1) = p^l D_2$
, $\phi (p^l D_1) = p^l D_2$
,
- 
4.  $\hat \phi \colon \rho _{l+1}(N_1)\cong p^lD_1 \to p^lD_2 \cong \rho _{l+1}(N_i)$
 is an anti-isometry with respect to the bilinear forms $\hat \phi \colon \rho _{l+1}(N_1)\cong p^lD_1 \to p^lD_2 \cong \rho _{l+1}(N_i)$
 is an anti-isometry with respect to the bilinear forms $b_{l+1}$
. $b_{l+1}$
.
If moreover both 
 $\rho _{l+1}(N_i)$
 are free, then
$\rho _{l+1}(N_i)$
 are free, then 
 $\rho _l(L)$
 is even if and only if
$\rho _l(L)$
 is even if and only if 
- 
(4’)  $\hat \phi $
 is an anti-isometry with respect to the quadratic forms $\hat \phi $
 is an anti-isometry with respect to the quadratic forms $q_{l+1}$
. $q_{l+1}$
.
Proof. Suppose that 
 $p^l L^{\vee } \subseteq L$
. We prove (1)–(4).
$p^l L^{\vee } \subseteq L$
. We prove (1)–(4).
 Let 
 $i \in \{1,2\}$
. By the assumptions,
$i \in \{1,2\}$
. By the assumptions, 
 $$\begin{align*}p^{l+1} L^{\vee} \subseteq p L \subseteq N_1 \perp N_2.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}p^{l+1} L^{\vee} \subseteq p L \subseteq N_1 \perp N_2.\end{align*}$$
Since the extension is primitive, the orthogonal projection 
 $\pi _i \colon L^{\vee } \rightarrow N_i^{\vee }$
 is surjective. Applying
$\pi _i \colon L^{\vee } \rightarrow N_i^{\vee }$
 is surjective. Applying 
 $\pi _i$
 to the chain of inclusions yields
$\pi _i$
 to the chain of inclusions yields 
 $$\begin{align*}p^{l+1} N_i^{\vee} \subseteq p \pi_i(L) \subseteq N_i\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}p^{l+1} N_i^{\vee} \subseteq p \pi_i(L) \subseteq N_i\end{align*}$$
which proves (1).
 For (2), consider the inclusion 
 $p^lL^{\vee } \subseteq L$
. A projection yields
$p^lL^{\vee } \subseteq L$
. A projection yields 
 $p^l N_i^{\vee } \subseteq \pi _i(L)$
. Now (2) follows with
$p^l N_i^{\vee } \subseteq \pi _i(L)$
. Now (2) follows with 
 $D_i = N_i^{\vee } / N_i$
 and
$D_i = N_i^{\vee } / N_i$
 and 
 $H_i = \pi _i(L)/N_i$
.
$H_i = \pi _i(L)/N_i$
.
 (3) We have 
 $\pi _i(p^l L^{\vee }) = p^l N_i^{\vee }$
. Recall that the glue map
$\pi _i(p^l L^{\vee }) = p^l N_i^{\vee }$
. Recall that the glue map 
 $\phi $
 is defined by its graph
$\phi $
 is defined by its graph 
 $L/(N_1 \perp N_2)$
. Its subset
$L/(N_1 \perp N_2)$
. Its subset 
 $$\begin{align*}p^l L^{\vee} / ((N_1 \perp N_2) \cap p^lL^{\vee})\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}p^l L^{\vee} / ((N_1 \perp N_2) \cap p^lL^{\vee})\end{align*}$$
projects onto both 
 $p^l D_1$
 and
$p^l D_1$
 and 
 $p^l D_2$
. This proves the claim.
$p^l D_2$
. This proves the claim.
 (4) Let 
 $i\in {1,2}$
,
$i\in {1,2}$
, 
 $x_i \in N_1^{\vee }$
 and
$x_i \in N_1^{\vee }$
 and 
 $y_i \in N_2^{\vee }$
 with
$y_i \in N_2^{\vee }$
 with 
 $\hat \phi (\bar x_i) = \bar y_i$
, that is,
$\hat \phi (\bar x_i) = \bar y_i$
, that is, 
 $\phi (p^l x_i + N_1) = p^l y_i + N_2$
, that is,
$\phi (p^l x_i + N_1) = p^l y_i + N_2$
, that is, 
 $$\begin{align*}p^l(x_i+y_i) \in L.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}p^l(x_i+y_i) \in L.\end{align*}$$
In fact, from the proof of (3), we know a little more, namely that 
 $p^l(x_i+y_i) \in p^l L^{\vee }$
 so that
$p^l(x_i+y_i) \in p^l L^{\vee }$
 so that 
 $x_i+y_i \in L^{\vee }$
. This implies that
$x_i+y_i \in L^{\vee }$
. This implies that 
 $\langle p^l(x_1+y_1), x_2+y_2 \rangle \in \mathbb {Z}_p$
 which results in
$\langle p^l(x_1+y_1), x_2+y_2 \rangle \in \mathbb {Z}_p$
 which results in 
 $$\begin{align*}b_{l+1}(\bar x_1, \bar x_2) \equiv p^{l}\langle x_1, x_2 \rangle \equiv - p^{l}\langle y_1, y_2 \rangle \equiv - b_{l+1}(\bar y_1, \bar y_2)\quad \mod \mathbb{Z}_p.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}b_{l+1}(\bar x_1, \bar x_2) \equiv p^{l}\langle x_1, x_2 \rangle \equiv - p^{l}\langle y_1, y_2 \rangle \equiv - b_{l+1}(\bar y_1, \bar y_2)\quad \mod \mathbb{Z}_p.\end{align*}$$
 (4’) Suppose furthermore that both 
 $\rho _{l+1}(N_i)$
 are free and that
$\rho _{l+1}(N_i)$
 are free and that 
 $\rho _l(L)$
 is even. Take
$\rho _l(L)$
 is even. Take 
 $x=x_1=x_2 \in N_1^{\vee }$
 and
$x=x_1=x_2 \in N_1^{\vee }$
 and 
 $y=y_1=y_2 \in N_2^{\vee }$
. Then
$y=y_1=y_2 \in N_2^{\vee }$
. Then 
 $2^{l-1}\langle x+y, x+y \rangle {} \in \mathbb {Z}_2$
 since
$2^{l-1}\langle x+y, x+y \rangle {} \in \mathbb {Z}_2$
 since 
 $\rho _{l}(L)$
 is even. Therefore,
$\rho _{l}(L)$
 is even. Therefore, 
 $2^{l}\langle x, x \rangle {} \equiv 2^l\langle y, y \rangle {}\ \ \mod 2 \mathbb {Z}$
.
$2^{l}\langle x, x \rangle {} \equiv 2^l\langle y, y \rangle {}\ \ \mod 2 \mathbb {Z}$
.
 Now, suppose that (1–4) hold for the glue map 
 $\phi $
. Let
$\phi $
. Let 
 $x + y \in L^{\vee }$
. We have to show that
$x + y \in L^{\vee }$
. We have to show that 
 $p^l(x+y) \in L$
.
$p^l(x+y) \in L$
.
 Let 
 $w \in N_1^{\vee }$
, and
$w \in N_1^{\vee }$
, and 
 $z \in N_2^{\vee }$
 with
$z \in N_2^{\vee }$
 with 
 $\hat \phi ( \bar w )=\bar z$
. By the definition of
$\hat \phi ( \bar w )=\bar z$
. By the definition of 
 $\hat \phi $
 and
$\hat \phi $
 and 
 $\phi $
, this implies that
$\phi $
, this implies that 
 $p^l(w+z) \in L$
. Therefore,
$p^l(w+z) \in L$
. Therefore, 
 $$ \begin{align*} b_{l+1}(\bar y - \hat{\phi}(\bar x),\bar z) &= b_{l+1}( \bar y, \bar z) - b_{l+1}(\hat \phi (\bar x), \hat \phi(\bar w))\\ &= b_{l+1}( \bar y, \bar z) + b_{l+1}(\bar x, \bar w)\\ &\equiv p^l\langle y, z \rangle + p^{l}\langle x, w \rangle \\ &\equiv \langle x+y, p^l(w+z) \rangle\\ &\equiv 0\quad \mod \mathbb{Z}_p. \end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*} b_{l+1}(\bar y - \hat{\phi}(\bar x),\bar z) &= b_{l+1}( \bar y, \bar z) - b_{l+1}(\hat \phi (\bar x), \hat \phi(\bar w))\\ &= b_{l+1}( \bar y, \bar z) + b_{l+1}(\bar x, \bar w)\\ &\equiv p^l\langle y, z \rangle + p^{l}\langle x, w \rangle \\ &\equiv \langle x+y, p^l(w+z) \rangle\\ &\equiv 0\quad \mod \mathbb{Z}_p. \end{align*} $$
Since the bilinear form on 
 $\rho _{l+1}(N_2)$
 is nondegenerate, this shows that
$\rho _{l+1}(N_2)$
 is nondegenerate, this shows that 
 $\hat \phi (\bar x)=\bar y$
. By the definition of a glue map, we obtain
$\hat \phi (\bar x)=\bar y$
. By the definition of a glue map, we obtain 
 $p^l(x+y) \in L$
.
$p^l(x+y) \in L$
.
 Suppose furthermore that (4’) holds, so 
 $p=2$
,
$p=2$
, 
 $\rho _{l+1}(N_i)$
 is free and
$\rho _{l+1}(N_i)$
 is free and 
 $\hat \phi $
 preserves the induced quadratic forms. Let
$\hat \phi $
 preserves the induced quadratic forms. Let 
 $x+y \in L^{\vee }$
; we have to show that
$x+y \in L^{\vee }$
; we have to show that 
 $q_l(\overline {x+y})\equiv 0\ \ \mod \mathbb {Z}$
. Indeed,
$q_l(\overline {x+y})\equiv 0\ \ \mod \mathbb {Z}$
. Indeed, 
 $$ \begin{align*} 2q_l(\overline{x+y}) &= 2^{l} \langle x+y, x+y \rangle{}\\ &\equiv q_{l+1}(\bar x)+q_{l+1}(\bar y)\\ &\equiv q_{l+1}(\bar x)+q_{l+1}(\hat \phi(\bar x)) \\ &\equiv 0\quad \mod 2 \mathbb{Z}.\\[-34pt] \end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*} 2q_l(\overline{x+y}) &= 2^{l} \langle x+y, x+y \rangle{}\\ &\equiv q_{l+1}(\bar x)+q_{l+1}(\bar y)\\ &\equiv q_{l+1}(\bar x)+q_{l+1}(\hat \phi(\bar x)) \\ &\equiv 0\quad \mod 2 \mathbb{Z}.\\[-34pt] \end{align*} $$
Definition 4.11. We call a glue map admissible if it satisfies Proposition 4.10 (1)–(3) and (4) respectively (4’).
Example 4.12. In the special case that 
 $l=0$
, we recover the result that the discriminant bilinear forms of
$l=0$
, we recover the result that the discriminant bilinear forms of 
 $N_1$
 and
$N_1$
 and 
 $N_2$
 are anti-isometric. And if further L is even, that the discriminant quadratic forms are anti-isometric.
$N_2$
 are anti-isometric. And if further L is even, that the discriminant quadratic forms are anti-isometric.
Definition 4.13. Let p be a prime number and 
 $A,B,C$
 be integral
$A,B,C$
 be integral 
 $\mathbb {Z}$
-lattices. Let
$\mathbb {Z}$
-lattices. Let 
 $p^{-l}\mathbb {Z} =\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(C^{\vee })$
. We say that the triple
$p^{-l}\mathbb {Z} =\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(C^{\vee })$
. We say that the triple 
 $(A,B,C)$
 is p-admissible if the following hold:
$(A,B,C)$
 is p-admissible if the following hold: 
- 
1.  $(A \perp B) \otimes \mathbb {Z}_q \cong C \otimes \mathbb {Z}_q$
 for all primes $(A \perp B) \otimes \mathbb {Z}_q \cong C \otimes \mathbb {Z}_q$
 for all primes $q\neq p$
, $q\neq p$
,
- 
2.  $\det A\cdot \det B=p^{2g}\det C$
, where $\det A\cdot \det B=p^{2g}\det C$
, where $g \leq l(D_A),(\operatorname {\mathrm {rk}} B)/(p-1),l({D_{B}})$
, $g \leq l(D_A),(\operatorname {\mathrm {rk}} B)/(p-1),l({D_{B}})$
,
- 
3.  $\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(A \perp B)\subseteq \operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(C)$
 and $\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(A \perp B)\subseteq \operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(C)$
 and $p \operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(A^{\vee } \perp B^{\vee }) \subseteq \operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(C^{\vee })$ $p \operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(A^{\vee } \perp B^{\vee }) \subseteq \operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(C^{\vee })$
- 
4.  $\rho _{l+1}(A\otimes \mathbb {Z}_p)$
 and $\rho _{l+1}(A\otimes \mathbb {Z}_p)$
 and $\rho _{l+1}(B\otimes \mathbb {Z}_p)$
 are anti-isometric as torsion bilinear modules. If further $\rho _{l+1}(B\otimes \mathbb {Z}_p)$
 are anti-isometric as torsion bilinear modules. If further $p=2$
, both are free and $p=2$
, both are free and $\rho _l(C\otimes \mathbb {Z}_2)$
 is even, then they are anti-isometric as torsion quadratic modules, $\rho _l(C\otimes \mathbb {Z}_2)$
 is even, then they are anti-isometric as torsion quadratic modules,
- 
5. there exist embeddings  $pC\otimes \mathbb {Z}_p \hookrightarrow (A \perp B) \otimes \mathbb {Z}_p \hookrightarrow C\otimes \mathbb {Z}_p$
, $pC\otimes \mathbb {Z}_p \hookrightarrow (A \perp B) \otimes \mathbb {Z}_p \hookrightarrow C\otimes \mathbb {Z}_p$
,
- 
6.  $\dim \rho _{l+1}(A\otimes \mathbb {Z}_p)\oplus \rho _{l+1}(B \otimes \mathbb {Z}_p) \leq \dim \rho _l(C \otimes \mathbb {Z}_p)$
. $\dim \rho _{l+1}(A\otimes \mathbb {Z}_p)\oplus \rho _{l+1}(B \otimes \mathbb {Z}_p) \leq \dim \rho _l(C \otimes \mathbb {Z}_p)$
.
 Note that 
 $(C,0,C)$
 and
$(C,0,C)$
 and 
 $(0,C,C)$
 are p-admissible for all p. We call a triple
$(0,C,C)$
 are p-admissible for all p. We call a triple 
 $(\mathcal {A},\mathcal {B},\mathcal {C})$
 of genera of
$(\mathcal {A},\mathcal {B},\mathcal {C})$
 of genera of 
 $\mathbb {Z}$
-lattices p-admissible if for any representatives A of
$\mathbb {Z}$
-lattices p-admissible if for any representatives A of 
 $\mathcal {A}$
, B of
$\mathcal {A}$
, B of 
 $\mathcal {B}$
 and C of
$\mathcal {B}$
 and C of 
 $\mathcal {C}$
 the triple
$\mathcal {C}$
 the triple 
 $(A,B,C)$
 is p-admissible.
$(A,B,C)$
 is p-admissible.
Remark 4.14. For the existence of the (not necessarily primitive!) embeddings in (6), there is a necessary and sufficient criterion found in [Reference O’Meara66, Theorem 3]. Note that condition (V) in said theorem is wrong. The correct condition is
 $$\begin{align*}(\mathrm{V}) \qquad 2^i (1+4 \omega) \to (2^i \oplus \mathfrak{L}_{i+1})/ \mathfrak{l}_{[i]}.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}(\mathrm{V}) \qquad 2^i (1+4 \omega) \to (2^i \oplus \mathfrak{L}_{i+1})/ \mathfrak{l}_{[i]}.\end{align*}$$
Thus, being p-admissible is a condition that can be checked easily algorithmically.
Lemma 4.15. Let C be a 
 $\mathbb {Z}$
-lattice and
$\mathbb {Z}$
-lattice and 
 $f \in O(C)$
 an isometry of order p. Let
$f \in O(C)$
 an isometry of order p. Let 
 $A = \ker \Phi _1(f)$
 and
$A = \ker \Phi _1(f)$
 and 
 $B = \ker \Phi _p(f)$
. Then
$B = \ker \Phi _p(f)$
. Then 
 $(A,B,C)$
 is p-admissible.
$(A,B,C)$
 is p-admissible.
Proof. Let 
 $p^{-l}\mathbb {Z} = \operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(C^{\vee })$
. First note that Proposition 4.10 is applicable to
$p^{-l}\mathbb {Z} = \operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(C^{\vee })$
. First note that Proposition 4.10 is applicable to 
 $L = C$
 since
$L = C$
 since 
 $p^{l}C^{\vee } \subseteq C$
 by the definition of l.
$p^{l}C^{\vee } \subseteq C$
 by the definition of l. 
- 
(1) From Proposition 4.7, we obtain  $pC \subseteq A\perp B \subseteq C$
. After tensoring with $pC \subseteq A\perp B \subseteq C$
. After tensoring with $\mathbb {Z}_q$
 for $\mathbb {Z}_q$
 for $q\neq p$
, we obtain (since p is a unit in $q\neq p$
, we obtain (since p is a unit in $\mathbb {Z}_q$
) that $\mathbb {Z}_q$
) that $C \otimes \mathbb {Z}_q = (A\perp B)\otimes \mathbb {Z}_q$
. $C \otimes \mathbb {Z}_q = (A\perp B)\otimes \mathbb {Z}_q$
.
- 
(2) This is Proposition 4.7. 
- 
(3)  $A \perp B \subseteq C$
 gives $A \perp B \subseteq C$
 gives $\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(A\perp B) \subseteq \operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(C)$
. Dualizing $\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(A\perp B) \subseteq \operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(C)$
. Dualizing $pC \subseteq A\perp B$
 yields $pC \subseteq A\perp B$
 yields $p (A^{\vee } \perp B^{\vee }) \subseteq C^{\vee }$
. Now, take the scales. $p (A^{\vee } \perp B^{\vee }) \subseteq C^{\vee }$
. Now, take the scales.
- 
(4) This is Proposition 4.10 (4) and (4’). 
- 
(5) We know that  $pC \subseteq A\perp B \subseteq C$
. $pC \subseteq A\perp B \subseteq C$
.
- 
(6) Let  $x \in A^{\vee }$
 and $x \in A^{\vee }$
 and $y \in B^{\vee }$
 with $y \in B^{\vee }$
 with $\hat {\phi }(\bar x) = \bar y$
, that is, $\hat {\phi }(\bar x) = \bar y$
, that is, $p^l(x+y)\in C$
. By the proof of Proposition 4.10 (4), $p^l(x+y)\in C$
. By the proof of Proposition 4.10 (4), $x+y \in C^{\vee }$
. Suppose that $x+y \in C^{\vee }$
. Suppose that $x+y$
 is zero in $x+y$
 is zero in $\rho _l(C)$
, that is, $\rho _l(C)$
, that is, $x+y \in p^{-l+1}C \cap C^{\vee }$
. Then $x+y \in p^{-l+1}C \cap C^{\vee }$
. Then $p^{l-1} (x+y) \in C\subseteq p^{-1}(A\perp B)$
, therefore $p^{l-1} (x+y) \in C\subseteq p^{-1}(A\perp B)$
, therefore $x \in p^{-l} A$
. Thus, $x \in p^{-l} A$
. Thus, $\bar x = 0$
 in $\bar x = 0$
 in $\rho _{l+1}(A)$
. Similarly, $\rho _{l+1}(A)$
. Similarly, $\bar y = 0$
 in $\bar y = 0$
 in $\rho _{l+1}(B)$
. This shows that the graph $\rho _{l+1}(B)$
. This shows that the graph $\Gamma $
 of $\Gamma $
 of $\hat \phi $
 injects naturally into $\hat \phi $
 injects naturally into $\rho _l(C)$
. Note that $\rho _l(C)$
. Note that $p C \subseteq A^{\vee } \perp B^{\vee }$
 gives $p C \subseteq A^{\vee } \perp B^{\vee }$
 gives $p A^{\vee } \subseteq C^{\vee }$
. Suppose that $p A^{\vee } \subseteq C^{\vee }$
. Suppose that $\bar x \neq 0$
. Since $\bar x \neq 0$
. Since $b_{l+1}$
 is nondegenerate, we find $b_{l+1}$
 is nondegenerate, we find $a \in A^{\vee }$
 with $a \in A^{\vee }$
 with $$\begin{align*}1/p = b_{l+1}(\bar x, \bar a)\equiv p^l \langle x, a \rangle = p^{l-1}\langle x, pa \rangle \equiv b_{l}(\overline{x+y},p a)\quad \mod \mathbb{Z}_p.\end{align*}$$ $$\begin{align*}1/p = b_{l+1}(\bar x, \bar a)\equiv p^l \langle x, a \rangle = p^{l-1}\langle x, pa \rangle \equiv b_{l}(\overline{x+y},p a)\quad \mod \mathbb{Z}_p.\end{align*}$$This shows that the span of  $p A^{\vee }$
 and $p A^{\vee }$
 and $\Gamma $
 in $\Gamma $
 in $\rho _l(C)=C^{\vee }/(p^{-l}C + C^{\vee })$
 is a nondegenerate subspace of dimension $\rho _l(C)=C^{\vee }/(p^{-l}C + C^{\vee })$
 is a nondegenerate subspace of dimension $2 \dim \rho _{l+1}(A)$
. $2 \dim \rho _{l+1}(A)$
.
Definition 4.16. Let L be a 
 $\mathbb {Z}$
-lattice with
$\mathbb {Z}$
-lattice with 
 $p^{l+1} L^{\vee } \subseteq L$
, and let
$p^{l+1} L^{\vee } \subseteq L$
, and let 
 $H\leq {D_{L}}$
 with
$H\leq {D_{L}}$
 with 
 $p^{l} {D_{L}} \leq H$
. We denote by
$p^{l} {D_{L}} \leq H$
. We denote by 
 $O(H,\rho _l(L))$
 the set of isometries g of H which preserve
$O(H,\rho _l(L))$
 the set of isometries g of H which preserve 
 $p^l{D_{L}}$
 and such that the map
$p^l{D_{L}}$
 and such that the map 
 $\hat g$
 induced by g on
$\hat g$
 induced by g on 
 $\rho _L(L)$
 preserves the torsion bilinear (respectively quadratic) form of
$\rho _L(L)$
 preserves the torsion bilinear (respectively quadratic) form of 
 $\rho _l(L)$
.
$\rho _l(L)$
.

Remark 4.17. Genera of 
 $\mathbb {Z}$
-lattices can be described by the Conway–Sloane genus symbol [Reference Conway and Sloane26, 15 §7]. We have implemented an enumeration of all such genus symbols with a given signature and bounds on the scales of the Jordan components in SageMath [74] and Hecke/Oscar [Reference Fieker, Hart, Hofmann and Johansson31].
$\mathbb {Z}$
-lattices can be described by the Conway–Sloane genus symbol [Reference Conway and Sloane26, 15 §7]. We have implemented an enumeration of all such genus symbols with a given signature and bounds on the scales of the Jordan components in SageMath [74] and Hecke/Oscar [Reference Fieker, Hart, Hofmann and Johansson31].
4.3 Enumeration of conjugacy classes of isometries
 Let 
 $p\neq q$
 be prime numbers. In this subsection, we give an algorithm which, for a given genus of
$p\neq q$
 be prime numbers. In this subsection, we give an algorithm which, for a given genus of 
 $\mathbb {Z}$
-lattices
$\mathbb {Z}$
-lattices 
 $\mathcal {L}$
, computes a complete set of representatives for the isomorphism classes of lattices with isometry
$\mathcal {L}$
, computes a complete set of representatives for the isomorphism classes of lattices with isometry 
 $(L,f)$
 of order
$(L,f)$
 of order 
 $p^i q^j$
 such that L is in
$p^i q^j$
 such that L is in 
 $\mathcal {L}$
.
$\mathcal {L}$
.
 Let 
 $(L,f)$
 be a lattice with isometry. As before, we will drop f from the notation and simply denote it by L and the corresponding isometry by
$(L,f)$
 be a lattice with isometry. As before, we will drop f from the notation and simply denote it by L and the corresponding isometry by 
 $f_L$
. If
$f_L$
. If 
 $N \leq L$
 is an f-invariant sublattice, we view it as a lattice with isometry
$N \leq L$
 is an f-invariant sublattice, we view it as a lattice with isometry 
 $f_N = f|_N$
.
$f_N = f|_N$
.
 The data structure we use for lattices with isometry is a triple 
 $(L,f_L,G_L)$
, where
$(L,f_L,G_L)$
, where 
 $G_L$
 is the image of
$G_L$
 is the image of 
 $U(L) \to O({D_{L}})$
 and
$U(L) \to O({D_{L}})$
 and 
 $U(L)$
 denotes the centralizer of
$U(L)$
 denotes the centralizer of 
 $f_L$
 in
$f_L$
 in 
 $O(L)$
.
$O(L)$
.
 By abuse of terminology, we call such a triple a lattice with isometry as well. So every algorithm in this section which returns lattices with isometry actually returns such triples 
 $(L,f_L,G_L)$
 (or at least a function which is able to compute
$(L,f_L,G_L)$
 (or at least a function which is able to compute 
 $G_L$
 when needed). We omit
$G_L$
 when needed). We omit 
 $f_L$
 and
$f_L$
 and 
 $G_L$
 from notation and denote the triple simply by L.
$G_L$
 from notation and denote the triple simply by L.
Definition 4.18. Let A be a lattice with an isometry of finite order m. For a divisor l of m, denote by 
 $H_l$
 the sublattice
$H_l$
 the sublattice 
 $\ker \Phi _{l}(f_A)$
 viewed as a Hermitian
$\ker \Phi _{l}(f_A)$
 viewed as a Hermitian 
 $\mathbb {Z}[\zeta _l]$
-lattice with
$\mathbb {Z}[\zeta _l]$
-lattice with 
 $\zeta _l$
 acting as
$\zeta _l$
 acting as 
 $f_A|H_l$
. Denote by
$f_A|H_l$
. Denote by 
 ${\mathcal {H}}_l$
 its genus as Hermitian lattice. For a divisor
${\mathcal {H}}_l$
 its genus as Hermitian lattice. For a divisor 
 $l \mid m$
, let
$l \mid m$
, let 
 $A_l = \ker (f_A^l-1)$
 and denote by
$A_l = \ker (f_A^l-1)$
 and denote by 
 $\mathcal {A}_l$
 its genus as
$\mathcal {A}_l$
 its genus as 
 $\mathbb {Z}$
-lattice. The type of A is the collection
$\mathbb {Z}$
-lattice. The type of A is the collection 
 $(\mathcal {A}_l,{\mathcal {H}}_l)_{l \mid m}$
 and will be denoted by
$(\mathcal {A}_l,{\mathcal {H}}_l)_{l \mid m}$
 and will be denoted by 
 $t(A) = t(A, f_A)$
.
$t(A) = t(A, f_A)$
.
Since we can encode a genus in terms of its symbol and can check for equivalence of two given symbols efficiently, the type is an effectively computable invariant.

Lemma 4.19. Algorithm 2 is correct.
Proof. Suppose that 
 $A \perp B \subseteq C$
 is an equivariant primitive extension with
$A \perp B \subseteq C$
 is an equivariant primitive extension with 
 $pC \subseteq A \perp B$
 and
$pC \subseteq A \perp B$
 and 
 $t(C,f_C^p)=t(C')$
. Let
$t(C,f_C^p)=t(C')$
. Let 
 $\phi \colon H_A \to H_B$
 be the corresponding glue map. It is admissible by Proposition 4.10. The existence of g in line 2 follows from
$\phi \colon H_A \to H_B$
 be the corresponding glue map. It is admissible by Proposition 4.10. The existence of g in line 2 follows from 
 $(A,B,C')$
 being p-admissible. Further,
$(A,B,C')$
 being p-admissible. Further, 
 $p C \subseteq A \perp B$
, gives
$p C \subseteq A \perp B$
, gives 
 $H_A \subseteq (p^{-1}A\cap A^{\vee })/A$
.
$H_A \subseteq (p^{-1}A\cap A^{\vee })/A$
.
 Since 
 $\phi $
 is equivariant, we get that
$\phi $
 is equivariant, we get that 
 $\mu _B(G_{f_A})$
 vanishes on
$\mu _B(G_{f_A})$
 vanishes on 
 $H_A$
. Hence,
$H_A$
. Hence, 
 $H_A$
 is a g-dimensional subspace of the
$H_A$
 is a g-dimensional subspace of the 
 $\mathbb {F}_p$
-vector space
$\mathbb {F}_p$
-vector space 
 $V_A$
. It is stable under
$V_A$
. It is stable under 
 $f_A$
. Further, by Proposition 4.10, it contains
$f_A$
. Further, by Proposition 4.10, it contains 
 $p^l D_A$
. Similarly,
$p^l D_A$
. Similarly, 
 $H_B$
 is preserved by
$H_B$
 is preserved by 
 $f_B$
, contains
$f_B$
, contains 
 $p^l D_B$
 and is contained in
$p^l D_B$
 and is contained in 
 $V_B$
. Therefore,
$V_B$
. Therefore, 
 $(H_A,H_B)$
 appears in the for loop in line 7.
$(H_A,H_B)$
 appears in the for loop in line 7.
 Since 
 $(A,B,C')$
 is p-admissible, there exists an admissible glue map
$(A,B,C')$
 is p-admissible, there exists an admissible glue map 
 $\psi _0\colon H_A \to H_B$
. It can be computed using normal forms of quadratic or bilinear forms over finite fields. The set of admissible glue maps from
$\psi _0\colon H_A \to H_B$
. It can be computed using normal forms of quadratic or bilinear forms over finite fields. The set of admissible glue maps from 
 $H_A$
 to
$H_A$
 to 
 $H_B$
 is given by
$H_B$
 is given by 
 $O(H_B, \rho _{l+1}(B))\psi _0$
. There exists an admissible equivariant glue map from
$O(H_B, \rho _{l+1}(B))\psi _0$
. There exists an admissible equivariant glue map from 
 $H_A$
 to
$H_A$
 to 
 $H_B$
 if and only if we find
$H_B$
 if and only if we find 
 $g \in O(H_B,\rho _{l+1}(B))$
 with
$g \in O(H_B,\rho _{l+1}(B))$
 with 
 $$\begin{align*}g \psi_0 (f_A|H_A) = (f_B|H_B) g \psi_0.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}g \psi_0 (f_A|H_A) = (f_B|H_B) g \psi_0.\end{align*}$$
Reordering we find 
 $g \psi _0 (f_A|H_A) \psi _0^{-1} g^{-1} = f_B|H_B$
. This justifies lines 8 to 12 of the algorithm. So we continue with
$g \psi _0 (f_A|H_A) \psi _0^{-1} g^{-1} = f_B|H_B$
. This justifies lines 8 to 12 of the algorithm. So we continue with 
 $\psi $
 an equivariant admissible glue map. Now, the set of equivariant admissible glue maps is
$\psi $
 an equivariant admissible glue map. Now, the set of equivariant admissible glue maps is 
 $O(H_B,\rho _{l+1}(B),f_B)\psi $
. Let
$O(H_B,\rho _{l+1}(B),f_B)\psi $
. Let 
 $h \psi $
,
$h \psi $
, 
 $h \in O(H_B,\rho _{l+1}(B),f_B)$
 be an equivariant admissible glue map, and let
$h \in O(H_B,\rho _{l+1}(B),f_B)$
 be an equivariant admissible glue map, and let 
 $a \in S_A$
 and
$a \in S_A$
 and 
 $b \in S_B$
. Then
$b \in S_B$
. Then 
 $$\begin{align*}b h\psi a = (b|_{H_B}) h (\psi a \psi^{-1}) \psi = h' \psi.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}b h\psi a = (b|_{H_B}) h (\psi a \psi^{-1}) \psi = h' \psi.\end{align*}$$
Therefore, 
 $S_B h\psi S_A \mapsto S_B h S_A^{\psi } \psi $
 defines a bijection of
$S_B h\psi S_A \mapsto S_B h S_A^{\psi } \psi $
 defines a bijection of 
 $$\begin{align*}S_B \backslash \{\mbox{equivariant admissible glue maps } \psi\colon H_A \to H_B\}/S_A \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}S_B \backslash \{\mbox{equivariant admissible glue maps } \psi\colon H_A \to H_B\}/S_A \end{align*}$$
with the double coset
 $$\begin{align*}S_B \backslash O(H_B,\rho_{l+1}(B),f_B)/S_A^{\psi}.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}S_B \backslash O(H_B,\rho_{l+1}(B),f_B)/S_A^{\psi}.\end{align*}$$
 Finally, the condition on 
 $(a,b)$
 in the equation for
$(a,b)$
 in the equation for 
 $S_C$
 in line 22 of the algorithm is indeed the one to preserve
$S_C$
 in line 22 of the algorithm is indeed the one to preserve 
 $C/(A\perp B) \leq {D_{A \perp B}}$
. Thus,
$C/(A\perp B) \leq {D_{A \perp B}}$
. Thus, 
 $S_C$
 is the stabilizer of
$S_C$
 is the stabilizer of 
 $C/(A \perp B)$
 in
$C/(A \perp B)$
 in 
 $G_A \times G_B$
.
$G_A \times G_B$
.
Remark 4.20. The computation of representatives and their stabilizers in Steps 6 and 9 of Algorithm 2 can be very costly. In Magma [Reference Bosma, Cannon and Playoust17], based on the algorithms in [Reference O’Brien63], a specialized method OrbitsOfSpaces for linear actions on Grassmannians is provided.

Algorithm 3 relies on an enumeration of genera of Hermitian lattices over maximal orders of number fields with bounds on the determinant and level. Then for each genus a single representative is computed [Reference Kirschmer42, Algorithm 3.5.6] and its type is compared with that of A. Finally, Kneser’s neighbor method [Reference Kirschmer42, §5] is used to compute representatives for the isometry classes of the genus.

Lemma 4.21. Algorithm 4 is correct.
Proof. Let M be a lattice with isometry such that 
 $(M,f^p_M)$
 is of the same type as C. Then the minimal polynomial of
$(M,f^p_M)$
 is of the same type as C. Then the minimal polynomial of 
 $f_M$
 is a divisor of
$f_M$
 is a divisor of 
 $\Phi _{pq^e}\Phi _{q^e}$
. Let
$\Phi _{pq^e}\Phi _{q^e}$
. Let 
 $M_{p^dq}=\ker \Phi _{pq^e}(f_M)$
 and
$M_{p^dq}=\ker \Phi _{pq^e}(f_M)$
 and 
 $M_{p^d}=\ker \Phi _{q^e}(f_M)$
 be the corresponding sublattices. Then
$M_{p^d}=\ker \Phi _{q^e}(f_M)$
 be the corresponding sublattices. Then 
 $(M_{pq^e},M_{q^e},C)$
 is p-admissible by Lemma 4.15 applied to
$(M_{pq^e},M_{q^e},C)$
 is p-admissible by Lemma 4.15 applied to 
 $f_M^{q^e}$
. Hence, their
$f_M^{q^e}$
. Hence, their 
 $\mathbb {Z}$
-genera appear at some point in the for loop in line 2. Similarly, at some point in the for loop in line 5,
$\mathbb {Z}$
-genera appear at some point in the for loop in line 2. Similarly, at some point in the for loop in line 5, 
 $A \cong M_{pq^e}$
 and
$A \cong M_{pq^e}$
 and 
 $B\cong M_{q^e}$
 as Hermitian lattices. Then some lattice with isometry isomorphic to M is a member of E by Proposition 2.2.
$B\cong M_{q^e}$
 as Hermitian lattices. Then some lattice with isometry isomorphic to M is a member of E by Proposition 2.2.
 Conversely, only lattices with isometry 
 $(M,f_M)$
 with
$(M,f_M)$
 with 
 $(M,f_M^p)$
 of the same type as C are contained in E. No two pairs
$(M,f_M^p)$
 of the same type as C are contained in E. No two pairs 
 $(A,B)$
 in line 5 are isomorphic and for a given pair the extensions computed are mutually nonisomorphic by the correctness of Algorithm 2. Thus, no two elements of L can be isomorphic.
$(A,B)$
 in line 5 are isomorphic and for a given pair the extensions computed are mutually nonisomorphic by the correctness of Algorithm 2. Thus, no two elements of L can be isomorphic.

Lemma 4.22. Algorithm 5 is correct.
Proof. If 
 $e=0$
, then
$e=0$
, then 
 $f_C$
 is the identity. So the call of Algorithm 4 in line 3 is valid and returns the correct result.
$f_C$
 is the identity. So the call of Algorithm 4 in line 3 is valid and returns the correct result.
 Let 
 $e\geq 1$
 and M be a lattice with isometry such that
$e\geq 1$
 and M be a lattice with isometry such that 
 $t(M,f_M^p)=t(C)$
. Then
$t(M,f_M^p)=t(C)$
. Then 
 $f_M^{pq^e}=1$
. Set
$f_M^{pq^e}=1$
. Set 
 $f=f_M^{pq^{e-1}}$
 which is of order q. We see that
$f=f_M^{pq^{e-1}}$
 which is of order q. We see that 
 $A_0= \ker (\Phi _q(f))$
 and
$A_0= \ker (\Phi _q(f))$
 and 
 $B_0 = \ker (\Phi _1(f))$
. Therefore,
$B_0 = \ker (\Phi _1(f))$
. Therefore, 
 $A_0 \perp B_0 \subseteq M$
 is a primitive extension and
$A_0 \perp B_0 \subseteq M$
 is a primitive extension and 
 $(A_0,B_0,M)$
 is q-admissible.
$(A_0,B_0,M)$
 is q-admissible.
 Note that 
 $\Phi _{q^e}(f_{A_0})= 0$
 so the input to Split (Algorithm 4) is valid and
$\Phi _{q^e}(f_{A_0})= 0$
 so the input to Split (Algorithm 4) is valid and 
 $\mathcal {A}$
 is a transversal of the classes of lattices A with isometry
$\mathcal {A}$
 is a transversal of the classes of lattices A with isometry 
 $f_A$
 such that
$f_A$
 such that 
 $(A,f_A^p)$
 has the same type as
$(A,f_A^p)$
 has the same type as 
 $A_0$
. The order of
$A_0$
. The order of 
 $f_{B_0}$
 is a divisor of
$f_{B_0}$
 is a divisor of 
 $q^{e-1}$
. By induction on e,
$q^{e-1}$
. By induction on e, 
 $\mathcal {B}$
 consists of all lattices B with isometry
$\mathcal {B}$
 consists of all lattices B with isometry 
 $f_B$
 such that
$f_B$
 such that 
 $(B,f_B^p)$
 is of the same type as
$(B,f_B^p)$
 is of the same type as 
 $B_0$
.
$B_0$
.
 Thus, in line 10 we have 
 $(\Phi _{pq^e}\Phi _{q^e})(f_A)=0$
 and
$(\Phi _{pq^e}\Phi _{q^e})(f_A)=0$
 and 
 $f_B^{pq^{e-1}} = 1$
 (possibly
$f_B^{pq^{e-1}} = 1$
 (possibly 
 $p \nmid \operatorname {\mathrm {ord}}{f_B}$
). The condition in line 11 assures that if
$p \nmid \operatorname {\mathrm {ord}}{f_B}$
). The condition in line 11 assures that if 
 $b=1$
, then the order of
$b=1$
, then the order of 
 $f_A \oplus f_B$
 is indeed
$f_A \oplus f_B$
 is indeed 
 $pq^e$
. Note that
$pq^e$
. Note that 
 $(A,B,C)$
 in line 10 is indeed q-admissible because
$(A,B,C)$
 in line 10 is indeed q-admissible because 
 $(A_0,B_0,C)$
 is. Therefore, the call to PrimitiveExtensions is valid and returns a transversal of the isomorphism classes of lattices with isometry M with
$(A_0,B_0,C)$
 is. Therefore, the call to PrimitiveExtensions is valid and returns a transversal of the isomorphism classes of lattices with isometry M with 
 $(M,f_M^p)$
 of the same type as C.
$(M,f_M^p)$
 of the same type as C.

Lemma 4.23. Algorithm 6 is correct.
Proof. If 
 $e=0$
, then
$e=0$
, then 
 $\Phi _{p^d}(f_C)=0$
, so Representatives does the job. Let M be in the output of PureUp. Since
$\Phi _{p^d}(f_C)=0$
, so Representatives does the job. Let M be in the output of PureUp. Since 
 $d>0$
, we have
$d>0$
, we have 
 $\prod _{i=0}^e\Phi _{p^{d+1}q^i}(f_M)=0$
. Therefore, M is a valid input to PureUp and we can proceed by induction on e. The details are similar to the proof of Algorithm 5.
$\prod _{i=0}^e\Phi _{p^{d+1}q^i}(f_M)=0$
. Therefore, M is a valid input to PureUp and we can proceed by induction on e. The details are similar to the proof of Algorithm 5.

Lemma 4.24. Algorithm 7 is correct.
Proof. If 
 $d=0$
, then
$d=0$
, then 
 $f_C$
 has order
$f_C$
 has order 
 $q^e$
. Hence, we can call FirstP. For
$q^e$
. Hence, we can call FirstP. For 
 $d>0$
,
$d>0$
, 
 $A_0$
 is a valid input for PureUp. The proof proceeds by induction on d since
$A_0$
 is a valid input for PureUp. The proof proceeds by induction on d since 
 $f_{B_0}$
 has order at most
$f_{B_0}$
 has order at most 
 $p^{d-1}q^e$
$p^{d-1}q^e$
 By calling NextP on a complete set of representatives of the types of lattices with isometry of order 
 $p^dq^e$
, we can obtain a complete set of representatives for the isomorphism classes of lattices with isometry of order
$p^dq^e$
, we can obtain a complete set of representatives for the isomorphism classes of lattices with isometry of order 
 $p^{d+1}q^e$
. By iterating this process, we have an algorithm to enumerate representatives for all isomorphism classes of lattices with isometries of a given order
$p^{d+1}q^e$
. By iterating this process, we have an algorithm to enumerate representatives for all isomorphism classes of lattices with isometries of a given order 
 $p^d q^e$
.
$p^d q^e$
.
Remark 4.25. For the application to classifying finite groups of automorphisms of K3 surfaces, we note the following:
- 
1. We only enumerate those lattices with the correct signatures and discard at each stage the lattices which are negative definite and contain  $(-2)$
-vectors since they do not lead to isometries preserving the ample cone. $(-2)$
-vectors since they do not lead to isometries preserving the ample cone.
- 
2. Let G be a finite subgroup of automorphisms of a complex K3 surface. Recall that  $[G:G_s]=n$
 satisfies $[G:G_s]=n$
 satisfies $\varphi (n) \leq 20$
 and $\varphi (n) \leq 20$
 and $n \neq 60$
. The integers with $n \neq 60$
. The integers with $\varphi (n) \leq 20$
 and three prime factors are $\varphi (n) \leq 20$
 and three prime factors are $30$
, $30$
, $42 \ 60$
, $42 \ 60$
, $66$
 with $66$
 with $\varphi (n) = 8 , 12 , 16, 20$
. Suppose $\varphi (n) = 8 , 12 , 16, 20$
. Suppose $n = 66$
. Since $n = 66$
. Since $\varphi (66)=20>12$
, we have $\varphi (66)=20>12$
, we have $G_s=1$
. So G is cyclic and we know by [Reference Keum40] that the pair is unique. We can treat $G_s=1$
. So G is cyclic and we know by [Reference Keum40] that the pair is unique. We can treat $42$
 with similar arguments. Finally, $42$
 with similar arguments. Finally, $30$
 is treated by hand with the help of some of the algorithms described above. $30$
 is treated by hand with the help of some of the algorithms described above.
The actual computation was carried out using SageMath [74], Pari [67], GAP [32] and Magma [Reference Bosma, Cannon and Playoust17].
4.4 Computation of the group 
 $G_L$
$G_L$
 The algorithms of the previous section for enumerating isomorphism classes of lattices with isometry require as input for each lattice with isometry L the group 
 $G_L$
, which is the image of the natural map
$G_L$
, which is the image of the natural map 
 $U(L) \to U(D_L)$
. Recall that we use a recursive approach and for primitive extensions C of lattices with isometry A and B, the group
$U(L) \to U(D_L)$
. Recall that we use a recursive approach and for primitive extensions C of lattices with isometry A and B, the group 
 $G_C$
 can be determined using
$G_C$
 can be determined using 
 $G_A$
 and
$G_A$
 and 
 $G_B$
 (see Algorithm 2). It is therefore sufficient to explain how
$G_B$
 (see Algorithm 2). It is therefore sufficient to explain how 
 $G_L$
 can computed for the lattices constructed in Algorithm 3, which form the base case of the recursive strategy. We therefore consider lattices with isometry L such that
$G_L$
 can computed for the lattices constructed in Algorithm 3, which form the base case of the recursive strategy. We therefore consider lattices with isometry L such that 
 $f_L$
 has irreducible minimal polynomial and
$f_L$
 has irreducible minimal polynomial and 
 $\mathbb {Z}[f_L]$
 is the maximal order of
$\mathbb {Z}[f_L]$
 is the maximal order of 
 $\mathbb {Q}[f_L]$
. We distinguish the following four cases:
$\mathbb {Q}[f_L]$
. We distinguish the following four cases: 
- 
1. The lattice L is definite. Then  $O(L)$
 is finite and can be computed using an algorithm of Plesken and Souvignier [Reference Plesken and Souvignier68]. $O(L)$
 is finite and can be computed using an algorithm of Plesken and Souvignier [Reference Plesken and Souvignier68].
- 
2. The lattice L is indefinite of rank  $2$
 and $2$
 and $f_L = \pm 1$
. For this situation, the computation of $f_L = \pm 1$
. For this situation, the computation of $G_L$
 will be explained in the remainder of this section. $G_L$
 will be explained in the remainder of this section.
- 
3. The lattice L is indefinite of rank  $\geq 3$
 and $\geq 3$
 and $f_L = \pm 1$
. In this case, Miranda–Morison theory [Reference Miranda and Morrison55, Reference Miranda and Morrison56] along with some algorithms by Shimada [Reference Shimada72] solve the problem. A short account of this is given in Section 5. $f_L = \pm 1$
. In this case, Miranda–Morison theory [Reference Miranda and Morrison55, Reference Miranda and Morrison56] along with some algorithms by Shimada [Reference Shimada72] solve the problem. A short account of this is given in Section 5.
- 
4. The automorphism satisfies  $f_L \neq \pm 1$
. This will be addressed in Section 6, where we extend the theory of Miranda–Morison to the Hermitian case. $f_L \neq \pm 1$
. This will be addressed in Section 6, where we extend the theory of Miranda–Morison to the Hermitian case.
 We end this section by describing the computation of 
 $G_L$
 in case (2). Therefore, let L be be an indefinite binary lattice over
$G_L$
 in case (2). Therefore, let L be be an indefinite binary lattice over 
 $\mathbb {Z}$
 and
$\mathbb {Z}$
 and 
 $V = L \otimes \mathbb {Q}$
 the ambient quadratic space of discriminant
$V = L \otimes \mathbb {Q}$
 the ambient quadratic space of discriminant 
 $d \in \mathbb {Q}^{\times }/(\mathbb {Q}^{\times })^2$
.
$d \in \mathbb {Q}^{\times }/(\mathbb {Q}^{\times })^2$
.
 It follows from [Reference Eichler30, §5] that we may assume that V is a two-dimensional étale 
 $\mathbb {Q}$
-algebra and
$\mathbb {Q}$
-algebra and 
 $L \subseteq V$
 is a
$L \subseteq V$
 is a 
 $\mathbb {Z}$
-lattice of rank
$\mathbb {Z}$
-lattice of rank 
 $2$
. More precisely, V is isomorphic to the Clifford algebra
$2$
. More precisely, V is isomorphic to the Clifford algebra 
 $C^+$
, which in turn is isomorphic to
$C^+$
, which in turn is isomorphic to 
 $\mathbb {Q}(\sqrt {d})$
. The
$\mathbb {Q}(\sqrt {d})$
. The 
 $\mathbb {Q}$
-algebra V is a quadratic extension of
$\mathbb {Q}$
-algebra V is a quadratic extension of 
 $\mathbb {Q}$
 if and only if d is not a square, which is the case if and only if V is anisotropic. If d is a square, then
$\mathbb {Q}$
 if and only if d is not a square, which is the case if and only if V is anisotropic. If d is a square, then 
 $V \cong \mathbb {Q} \times \mathbb {Q}$
. If
$V \cong \mathbb {Q} \times \mathbb {Q}$
. If 
 $\sigma \colon V \to V$
 denotes the nontrivial automorphism of V as a
$\sigma \colon V \to V$
 denotes the nontrivial automorphism of V as a 
 $\mathbb {Q}$
-algebra, then the quadratic form q on V is given by
$\mathbb {Q}$
-algebra, then the quadratic form q on V is given by 
 $q(x) = x \sigma (x)$
 for
$q(x) = x \sigma (x)$
 for 
 $x \in V$
. Note that
$x \in V$
. Note that 
 $\sigma \in O(V)$
 and
$\sigma \in O(V)$
 and 
 $\det (\sigma ) = -1$
.
$\det (\sigma ) = -1$
.
 Every element 
 $y \in V$
 induces an endomorphism
$y \in V$
 induces an endomorphism 
 $\tau _y \colon V \to V, \, x \mapsto yx$
 of determinant
$\tau _y \colon V \to V, \, x \mapsto yx$
 of determinant 
 $\det (\tau _y) = y \sigma (y) = q(y)$
. For a subset
$\det (\tau _y) = y \sigma (y) = q(y)$
. For a subset 
 $X \subseteq V$
, set
$X \subseteq V$
, set 
 $X^1 = \{ x \in X \mid q(x) = 1 \}$
. The proper automorphism group
$X^1 = \{ x \in X \mid q(x) = 1 \}$
. The proper automorphism group 
 $SO(V)$
 of V is equal to
$SO(V)$
 of V is equal to 
 $\{ \tau _y \mid y \in V^1\}$
 and
$\{ \tau _y \mid y \in V^1\}$
 and 
 $O(V) = \{ \tau _y, \sigma \tau _y \mid y \in V^1 \}$
. We call two
$O(V) = \{ \tau _y, \sigma \tau _y \mid y \in V^1 \}$
. We call two 
 $\mathbb {Z}$
-lattices
$\mathbb {Z}$
-lattices 
 $I, J$
 of V equivalent, if there exists
$I, J$
 of V equivalent, if there exists 
 $\alpha \in V^1$
 such that
$\alpha \in V^1$
 such that 
 $I = \alpha J$
. Finally, set
$I = \alpha J$
. Finally, set 
 $$\begin{align*}\Lambda = \{ x \in V \mid xL \subseteq L \}, \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\Lambda = \{ x \in V \mid xL \subseteq L \}, \end{align*}$$
which is a 
 $\mathbb {Z}$
-order of V.
$\mathbb {Z}$
-order of V.
Proposition 4.26. The following hold:
- 
1. We have  $SO(L) = \{ \tau _y \mid y \in (\Lambda ^{\times })^1 \}$
. $SO(L) = \{ \tau _y \mid y \in (\Lambda ^{\times })^1 \}$
.
- 
2. If L is not equivalent to  $\sigma (L)$
, then $\sigma (L)$
, then $O(L) = SO(L)$
. $O(L) = SO(L)$
.
- 
3. If L is equivalent to  $\sigma (L)$
, say $\sigma (L)$
, say $L = \alpha \sigma (L)$
, then $L = \alpha \sigma (L)$
, then $O(L) = \langle SO(L), \sigma \tau _{\sigma (\alpha )} \rangle $
. $O(L) = \langle SO(L), \sigma \tau _{\sigma (\alpha )} \rangle $
.
Proof. First, note that for 
 $y \in V$
 we have
$y \in V$
 we have 
 $\tau _y(L) \subseteq L$
 if and only if
$\tau _y(L) \subseteq L$
 if and only if 
 $y \in \Lambda $
. This shows part (1).
$y \in \Lambda $
. This shows part (1).
 Any isometry of L extends uniquely to an isometry of V and is—if the determinant is not 
 $1$
—thus of the form
$1$
—thus of the form 
 $\sigma \tau _{\alpha }$
 for some
$\sigma \tau _{\alpha }$
 for some 
 $\alpha \in V$
. Hence,
$\alpha \in V$
. Hence, 
 $L = (\sigma \tau _{\alpha })(L) = \sigma (\alpha ) \sigma (L)$
, that is, L and
$L = (\sigma \tau _{\alpha })(L) = \sigma (\alpha ) \sigma (L)$
, that is, L and 
 $\sigma (L)$
 are equivalent. This shows part (2).
$\sigma (L)$
 are equivalent. This shows part (2).
 Now, assume that 
 $L = \alpha \sigma (L)$
. Then
$L = \alpha \sigma (L)$
. Then 
 $(\sigma \tau _{\sigma (\alpha )})(L) = L$
 and thus
$(\sigma \tau _{\sigma (\alpha )})(L) = L$
 and thus 
 $\sigma \tau _{\sigma (\alpha )} \in O(L) \setminus SO(L)$
. If
$\sigma \tau _{\sigma (\alpha )} \in O(L) \setminus SO(L)$
. If 
 $\sigma \tau _{\sigma (\beta )} \in O(L)$
 is any nonproper isometry, then
$\sigma \tau _{\sigma (\beta )} \in O(L)$
 is any nonproper isometry, then 
 $\sigma (\beta ) L = \sigma (L) = \sigma (\alpha ) L$
 and thus
$\sigma (\beta ) L = \sigma (L) = \sigma (\alpha ) L$
 and thus 
 $\sigma (\beta \alpha ^{-1}) \in (\Lambda ^{\times })^1$
. This shows part (3) since
$\sigma (\beta \alpha ^{-1}) \in (\Lambda ^{\times })^1$
. This shows part (3) since 
 $\sigma \tau _{\sigma (\beta )} = \sigma \tau _{\sigma (\alpha )}\tau _{\sigma (\beta \alpha ^{-1})}$
.
$\sigma \tau _{\sigma (\beta )} = \sigma \tau _{\sigma (\alpha )}\tau _{\sigma (\beta \alpha ^{-1})}$
.
Remark 4.27. We briefly describe how the previous result can be turned into an algorithm for determining generators of 
 $O(L)$
 for an indefinite binary lattice. We may assume that the ambient space V is an étale
$O(L)$
 for an indefinite binary lattice. We may assume that the ambient space V is an étale 
 $\mathbb {Q}$
-algebra of dimension two. The group
$\mathbb {Q}$
-algebra of dimension two. The group 
 $\Lambda ^{\times }$
 is a finitely generated abelian group and generators can be computed as described in [Reference Bley and Endres16, Reference Klüners and Pauli44]. Given generators of
$\Lambda ^{\times }$
 is a finitely generated abelian group and generators can be computed as described in [Reference Bley and Endres16, Reference Klüners and Pauli44]. Given generators of 
 $\Lambda ^{\times }$
, determining generators of
$\Lambda ^{\times }$
, determining generators of 
 $(\Lambda ^{\times })^1$
 is just a kernel computation. Finally, testing whether two
$(\Lambda ^{\times })^1$
 is just a kernel computation. Finally, testing whether two 
 $\mathbb {Z}$
-lattices of V are equivalent can be accomplished using [Reference Bley and Endres16, Reference Marseglia52].
$\mathbb {Z}$
-lattices of V are equivalent can be accomplished using [Reference Bley and Endres16, Reference Marseglia52].
5 Quadratic Miranda–Morrison theory
 In this section, we review classical Miranda–Morrison theory for even indefinite 
 $\mathbb {Z}$
-lattices L of rank at least
$\mathbb {Z}$
-lattices L of rank at least 
 $3$
, as introduced by Miranda and Morrison in [Reference Miranda and Morrison55, Reference Miranda and Morrison56]. Akyol and Degtyarev [Reference Akyol and Degtyarev1] incorporated sign structures to study connected components of the moduli spaces of plane sextics. We follow their example.
$3$
, as introduced by Miranda and Morrison in [Reference Miranda and Morrison55, Reference Miranda and Morrison56]. Akyol and Degtyarev [Reference Akyol and Degtyarev1] incorporated sign structures to study connected components of the moduli spaces of plane sextics. We follow their example.
The purpose of this is twofold. First, this allows us to sketch the computation of the image of
 $$\begin{align*}O(L) \to O({D_{L}})\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}O(L) \to O({D_{L}})\end{align*}$$
settling case (3) in Section 4.4. Second by incorporating the action on the sign structure, we obtain a way to compute the image of
 $$\begin{align*}O^+(L) \to O({D_{L}})\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}O^+(L) \to O({D_{L}})\end{align*}$$
which yields the number of connected components of the moduli space 
 $\mathcal {F}_H$
 (see Proposition 3.14 and Remark 3.16).
$\mathcal {F}_H$
 (see Proposition 3.14 and Remark 3.16).
 We denote by 
 $\mathbb {A}$
 the ring of finite adeles and by
$\mathbb {A}$
 the ring of finite adeles and by 
 $\mathbb {Z}_{\mathbb {A}}$
 the ring of finite integral adeles. For a ring R, set
$\mathbb {Z}_{\mathbb {A}}$
 the ring of finite integral adeles. For a ring R, set 
 $\Gamma _R= \{\pm 1\} \times R^{\times }/(R^{\times })^2$
. We define
$\Gamma _R= \{\pm 1\} \times R^{\times }/(R^{\times })^2$
. We define 
 $O^{\sharp }(L\otimes R)$
 as the kernel of
$O^{\sharp }(L\otimes R)$
 as the kernel of 
 $O(L \otimes R) \to O(D_L \otimes R)$
. We note that
$O(L \otimes R) \to O(D_L \otimes R)$
. We note that 
 $\Gamma _{\mathbb {Q}}$
 has a natural diagonal embedding into
$\Gamma _{\mathbb {Q}}$
 has a natural diagonal embedding into 
 $\Gamma _{\mathbb {A}}$
 and
$\Gamma _{\mathbb {A}}$
 and 
 $D_L \cong D_L \otimes \mathbb {Z}_{\mathbb {A}}\cong {D_{L \otimes \mathbb {Z}_{\mathbb {A}}}}$
 naturally.
$D_L \cong D_L \otimes \mathbb {Z}_{\mathbb {A}}\cong {D_{L \otimes \mathbb {Z}_{\mathbb {A}}}}$
 naturally.
The homomorphisms
 $$\begin{align*}\sigma_p \colon O(L\otimes \mathbb{Q}_p) \to \Gamma_{\mathbb{Q}_p}, \quad g \mapsto (\det(g),\operatorname{\mathrm{spin}}(g))\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\sigma_p \colon O(L\otimes \mathbb{Q}_p) \to \Gamma_{\mathbb{Q}_p}, \quad g \mapsto (\det(g),\operatorname{\mathrm{spin}}(g))\end{align*}$$
induce a homomorphism
 $$\begin{align*}\sigma\colon O(L \otimes \mathbb{A}) \to \Gamma_{\mathbb{A}}.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\sigma\colon O(L \otimes \mathbb{A}) \to \Gamma_{\mathbb{A}}.\end{align*}$$
Let 
 $\Sigma ^{\sharp }(L \otimes {\mathbb {Z}_p})$
 be the image of
$\Sigma ^{\sharp }(L \otimes {\mathbb {Z}_p})$
 be the image of 
 $O^{\sharp }(L \otimes {\mathbb {Z}_p})$
 under
$O^{\sharp }(L \otimes {\mathbb {Z}_p})$
 under 
 $\sigma _p$
. We set
$\sigma _p$
. We set 
 $\Sigma (L) =\sigma (O(L\otimes \mathbb {Z}_{\mathbb {A}}))=\prod _p \Sigma (L \otimes \mathbb {Z}_p)$
 and
$\Sigma (L) =\sigma (O(L\otimes \mathbb {Z}_{\mathbb {A}}))=\prod _p \Sigma (L \otimes \mathbb {Z}_p)$
 and 
 $\Sigma ^{\sharp }(L) = \sigma (O^{\sharp }(L \otimes \mathbb {Z}_{\mathbb {A}}))=\prod _p \Sigma ^{\sharp }(L\otimes \mathbb {Z}_p)$
. By [Reference Miranda and Morrison54, VII 12.11], we have
$\Sigma ^{\sharp }(L) = \sigma (O^{\sharp }(L \otimes \mathbb {Z}_{\mathbb {A}}))=\prod _p \Sigma ^{\sharp }(L\otimes \mathbb {Z}_p)$
. By [Reference Miranda and Morrison54, VII 12.11], we have 
 $\Sigma (L\otimes \mathbb {Z}_p)=\Sigma ^{\sharp }(L \otimes {\mathbb {Z}_p})=\Gamma _{\mathbb {Z}_p}$
 whenever
$\Sigma (L\otimes \mathbb {Z}_p)=\Sigma ^{\sharp }(L \otimes {\mathbb {Z}_p})=\Gamma _{\mathbb {Z}_p}$
 whenever 
 $L\otimes {\mathbb {Z}_p}$
 is unimodular. By [Reference Miranda and Morrison54, IV.2.14 and IV.5.9], the natural map
$L\otimes {\mathbb {Z}_p}$
 is unimodular. By [Reference Miranda and Morrison54, IV.2.14 and IV.5.9], the natural map 
 $O(L\otimes \mathbb {A}) \to O({D_{L}})$
 is surjective. The following commutative diagram with exact rows and columns summarizes the situation (where by abuse of notation we denote restriction of
$O(L\otimes \mathbb {A}) \to O({D_{L}})$
 is surjective. The following commutative diagram with exact rows and columns summarizes the situation (where by abuse of notation we denote restriction of 
 $\sigma $
 by
$\sigma $
 by 
 $\sigma $
 as well).
$\sigma $
 as well). 

 If V is an indefinite 
 $\mathbb {Q}$
-lattice of rank
$\mathbb {Q}$
-lattice of rank 
 $\geq 3$
, then the restriction
$\geq 3$
, then the restriction 
 $O(V) \to \Gamma _{\mathbb {Q}}$
 of
$O(V) \to \Gamma _{\mathbb {Q}}$
 of 
 $\sigma $
 is surjective by [Reference Miranda and Morrison54, VIII 3.1].
$\sigma $
 is surjective by [Reference Miranda and Morrison54, VIII 3.1].
Theorem 5.1 [Reference Miranda and Morrison54, VIII 5.1]
 Let L be an indefinite 
 $\mathbb {Z}$
-lattice of rank at least
$\mathbb {Z}$
-lattice of rank at least 
 $3$
. Then we have the following exact sequence
$3$
. Then we have the following exact sequence 
 $$\begin{align*}1 \to O^{\sharp}(L) \to O(L) \to O(D_L) \xrightarrow{\bar{\sigma}} \Sigma(L)/(\Sigma^{\sharp}(L)\cdot (\Gamma_{\mathbb{Q}} \cap \Sigma(L))) \to 1. \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}1 \to O^{\sharp}(L) \to O(L) \to O(D_L) \xrightarrow{\bar{\sigma}} \Sigma(L)/(\Sigma^{\sharp}(L)\cdot (\Gamma_{\mathbb{Q}} \cap \Sigma(L))) \to 1. \end{align*}$$
 We need an analogous sequence with 
 $O(L)$
 replaced by
$O(L)$
 replaced by 
 $O^+(L)$
 to compute connected components of the coarse moduli space of H-markable K3 surfaces. Define
$O^+(L)$
 to compute connected components of the coarse moduli space of H-markable K3 surfaces. Define 
 $\Gamma _{\mathbb {Q}}^+$
 as the kernel of
$\Gamma _{\mathbb {Q}}^+$
 as the kernel of 
 $\Gamma _{\mathbb {Q}} \to \{\pm 1\}$
,
$\Gamma _{\mathbb {Q}} \to \{\pm 1\}$
, 
 $(d,s) \mapsto \operatorname {\mathrm {sign}}(ds)$
. Then for any indefinite
$(d,s) \mapsto \operatorname {\mathrm {sign}}(ds)$
. Then for any indefinite 
 $\mathbb {Q}$
-lattice V of rank
$\mathbb {Q}$
-lattice V of rank 
 $\geq 3$
 the homomorphism
$\geq 3$
 the homomorphism 
 $\sigma ^+\colon O^+(V) \to \Gamma _{\mathbb {Q}}^+$
 is surjective.
$\sigma ^+\colon O^+(V) \to \Gamma _{\mathbb {Q}}^+$
 is surjective.
Theorem 5.2. Let L be an indefinite 
 $\mathbb {Z}$
-lattice of rank at least
$\mathbb {Z}$
-lattice of rank at least 
 $3$
. Then we have the following exact sequence
$3$
. Then we have the following exact sequence 
 $$\begin{align*}O^+(L) \xrightarrow{D_+} O(D_L) \xrightarrow{\bar{\sigma}_+} \Sigma(L)/(\Sigma^{\sharp}(L)\cdot (\Gamma_{\mathbb{Q}}^+ \cap \Sigma(L))) \to 1. \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}O^+(L) \xrightarrow{D_+} O(D_L) \xrightarrow{\bar{\sigma}_+} \Sigma(L)/(\Sigma^{\sharp}(L)\cdot (\Gamma_{\mathbb{Q}}^+ \cap \Sigma(L))) \to 1. \end{align*}$$
Proof. We prove 
 $\ker \bar {\sigma }_+ \subseteq \operatorname {Im} D_+$
: Let
$\ker \bar {\sigma }_+ \subseteq \operatorname {Im} D_+$
: Let 
 $\bar g \in O(D_L)$
, and suppose that
$\bar g \in O(D_L)$
, and suppose that 
 $\bar {\sigma }_+(\bar g) = 1$
. This means that
$\bar {\sigma }_+(\bar g) = 1$
. This means that 
 $\bar g$
 lifts to an element
$\bar g$
 lifts to an element 
 $g \in O(L\otimes \mathbb {Z}_{\mathbb {A}})$
 with
$g \in O(L\otimes \mathbb {Z}_{\mathbb {A}})$
 with 
 $D_g=\bar g$
 and
$D_g=\bar g$
 and 
 $\sigma (g)\in \Sigma ^{\sharp }(L)\cdot (\Gamma _{\mathbb {Q}}^+ \cap \Sigma (L))$
. After multiplying g with an element in
$\sigma (g)\in \Sigma ^{\sharp }(L)\cdot (\Gamma _{\mathbb {Q}}^+ \cap \Sigma (L))$
. After multiplying g with an element in 
 $O^{\sharp }(L\otimes \mathbb {Z}_{\mathbb {A}})$
, we may assume that
$O^{\sharp }(L\otimes \mathbb {Z}_{\mathbb {A}})$
, we may assume that 
 $$\begin{align*}\sigma(g) \in \Gamma_{\mathbb{Q}}^+ \cap \Sigma(L).\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\sigma(g) \in \Gamma_{\mathbb{Q}}^+ \cap \Sigma(L).\end{align*}$$
Hence, there exists an element 
 $h \in O(L\otimes \mathbb {Q})$
 with
$h \in O(L\otimes \mathbb {Q})$
 with 
 $\sigma (h)=\sigma (g)$
.
$\sigma (h)=\sigma (g)$
.
 Since 
 $\sigma (h^{-1}g)=1$
 and
$\sigma (h^{-1}g)=1$
 and 
 $h^{-1}g(L\otimes \mathbb {Z}_p)=L \otimes \mathbb {Z}_p$
 for all but finitely many primes, we can use the strong approximation theorem (see, e.g.,[Reference Kirschmer42, 5.1.3], [Reference Kneser45]) to get
$h^{-1}g(L\otimes \mathbb {Z}_p)=L \otimes \mathbb {Z}_p$
 for all but finitely many primes, we can use the strong approximation theorem (see, e.g.,[Reference Kirschmer42, 5.1.3], [Reference Kneser45]) to get 
 $f \in O(L\otimes \mathbb {Q})$
 with
$f \in O(L\otimes \mathbb {Q})$
 with 
 $\sigma (f)=1$
 and
$\sigma (f)=1$
 and 
 $f(L \otimes {\mathbb {Z}_p}) = h^{-1}g(L \otimes {\mathbb {Z}_p})$
 at all primes and approximating
$f(L \otimes {\mathbb {Z}_p}) = h^{-1}g(L \otimes {\mathbb {Z}_p})$
 at all primes and approximating 
 $h^{-1}g$
 at the finitely many primes dividing the discriminant. This yields (once the approximation is good enough)
$h^{-1}g$
 at the finitely many primes dividing the discriminant. This yields (once the approximation is good enough) 
 $D_f = D_{h^{-1}g}$
 (cf [Reference Miranda and Morrison54, VIII 2.2]).
$D_f = D_{h^{-1}g}$
 (cf [Reference Miranda and Morrison54, VIII 2.2]).
 By construction, 
 $h f \in O(L \otimes \mathbb {Q})$
 preserves L and
$h f \in O(L \otimes \mathbb {Q})$
 preserves L and 
 $$\begin{align*}D_{hf} = D_{h} \circ D_f = D_{h} \circ D_{h^{-1}g} = D_g\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}D_{hf} = D_{h} \circ D_f = D_{h} \circ D_{h^{-1}g} = D_g\end{align*}$$
as desired. We have 
 $\sigma (hf) = \sigma (h) \in \Gamma _{\mathbb {Q}}^+$
. So
$\sigma (hf) = \sigma (h) \in \Gamma _{\mathbb {Q}}^+$
. So 
 $hf \in O^+(L)$
.
$hf \in O^+(L)$
.
 We prove 
 $\ker \bar {\sigma }_+ \supseteq \operatorname {Im} D_+$
: Let
$\ker \bar {\sigma }_+ \supseteq \operatorname {Im} D_+$
: Let 
 $ g \in O^+(L)$
. Then
$ g \in O^+(L)$
. Then 
 $\sigma (g) \in \Gamma ^+_{\mathbb {Q}}$
 and since
$\sigma (g) \in \Gamma ^+_{\mathbb {Q}}$
 and since 
 $O(L) \subseteq O(L\otimes \mathbb {Z}_{\mathbb {A}})$
 we have
$O(L) \subseteq O(L\otimes \mathbb {Z}_{\mathbb {A}})$
 we have 
 $\sigma (g) \in \Sigma (L)$
 as well.
$\sigma (g) \in \Sigma (L)$
 as well.
 The group 
 $\Sigma (L)$
 appearing in Theorems 5.1 and 5.2 is infinite and infinitely generated. However its quotient by
$\Sigma (L)$
 appearing in Theorems 5.1 and 5.2 is infinite and infinitely generated. However its quotient by 
 $\Sigma ^{\sharp }(L)$
 is a finite group. We explain how to write it in terms of finite groups only so that it may be represented in a computer. Let T be the set of primes with
$\Sigma ^{\sharp }(L)$
 is a finite group. We explain how to write it in terms of finite groups only so that it may be represented in a computer. Let T be the set of primes with 
 $\Sigma ^{\sharp }(L\otimes \mathbb {Z}_p)=\Sigma (L\otimes \mathbb {Z}_p)=\Gamma _{\mathbb {Z}_p}$
 and S its complement. We know that S is contained in the set of primes dividing
$\Sigma ^{\sharp }(L\otimes \mathbb {Z}_p)=\Sigma (L\otimes \mathbb {Z}_p)=\Gamma _{\mathbb {Z}_p}$
 and S its complement. We know that S is contained in the set of primes dividing 
 $\det L$
. We can project the quotient
$\det L$
. We can project the quotient 
 $\Sigma (L)/\Sigma ^{\sharp }(L)$
 isomorphically to a subquotient of the finite group
$\Sigma (L)/\Sigma ^{\sharp }(L)$
 isomorphically to a subquotient of the finite group 
 $ \Gamma _S' = \prod _{p \in S} \Gamma _{\mathbb {Q}_p}$
 and are thus reduced to a finite computation.
$ \Gamma _S' = \prod _{p \in S} \Gamma _{\mathbb {Q}_p}$
 and are thus reduced to a finite computation.
 Indeed, denote by 
 $\pi _S\colon \Gamma _{\mathbb {A}} \to \Gamma _S'$
 the natural projection. Set
$\pi _S\colon \Gamma _{\mathbb {A}} \to \Gamma _S'$
 the natural projection. Set 
 $$\begin{align*}\Sigma_S(L) = \pi_S(\Sigma(L)), \quad \Sigma^{\sharp}_S(L)= \pi_S(\Sigma^{\sharp}(L)),\quad \Gamma_T=\prod_{p \in T} \Gamma_{\mathbb{Z}_p},\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\Sigma_S(L) = \pi_S(\Sigma(L)), \quad \Sigma^{\sharp}_S(L)= \pi_S(\Sigma^{\sharp}(L)),\quad \Gamma_T=\prod_{p \in T} \Gamma_{\mathbb{Z}_p},\end{align*}$$
 $$\begin{align*}\Gamma_S = \pi_S(\Gamma_{\mathbb{Q}}\cap \Gamma_T \times \Gamma_S') \qquad \Gamma_S^+=\pi_S(\Gamma^+_{\mathbb{Q}}\cap \Gamma_T \times \Gamma_S').\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\Gamma_S = \pi_S(\Gamma_{\mathbb{Q}}\cap \Gamma_T \times \Gamma_S') \qquad \Gamma_S^+=\pi_S(\Gamma^+_{\mathbb{Q}}\cap \Gamma_T \times \Gamma_S').\end{align*}$$
 
 $\Gamma _S^+$
 is spanned by the images of
$\Gamma _S^+$
 is spanned by the images of 
 $\{(1,p) \mid p \in S\} \cup \{(-1,-1)\} \subseteq \Gamma _{\mathbb {Q}}^+\subseteq \Gamma _{\mathbb {A}}$
 under
$\{(1,p) \mid p \in S\} \cup \{(-1,-1)\} \subseteq \Gamma _{\mathbb {Q}}^+\subseteq \Gamma _{\mathbb {A}}$
 under 
 $\pi _S$
. Since
$\pi _S$
. Since 
 $\Gamma _{\mathbb {Q}}/\Gamma _{\mathbb {Q}}^+$
 is spanned by
$\Gamma _{\mathbb {Q}}/\Gamma _{\mathbb {Q}}^+$
 is spanned by 
 $(-1,1)$
,
$(-1,1)$
, 
 $\Gamma _S$
 is spanned by the generators of
$\Gamma _S$
 is spanned by the generators of 
 $\Gamma _S^+$
 together with
$\Gamma _S^+$
 together with 
 $\pi _S((-1,1))$
.
$\pi _S((-1,1))$
.
Proposition 5.3. The projection 
 $\pi _S$
 induces isomorphisms
$\pi _S$
 induces isomorphisms 
 $$\begin{align*}\Sigma(L)/(\Sigma^{\sharp}(L)\cdot (\Gamma_{\mathbb{Q}}^+ \cap \Sigma(L)))\cong \Sigma_{S}(L)/(\Sigma^{\sharp}_S(L)\cdot (\Gamma_S^+ \cap \Sigma_S(L)))\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\Sigma(L)/(\Sigma^{\sharp}(L)\cdot (\Gamma_{\mathbb{Q}}^+ \cap \Sigma(L)))\cong \Sigma_{S}(L)/(\Sigma^{\sharp}_S(L)\cdot (\Gamma_S^+ \cap \Sigma_S(L)))\end{align*}$$
and
 $$\begin{align*}\Sigma(L)/(\Sigma^{\sharp}(L)\cdot (\Gamma_{\mathbb{Q}} \cap \Sigma(L)))\cong \Sigma_{S}(L)/(\Sigma^{\sharp}_S(L)\cdot (\Gamma_S \cap \Sigma_S(L))).\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\Sigma(L)/(\Sigma^{\sharp}(L)\cdot (\Gamma_{\mathbb{Q}} \cap \Sigma(L)))\cong \Sigma_{S}(L)/(\Sigma^{\sharp}_S(L)\cdot (\Gamma_S \cap \Sigma_S(L))).\end{align*}$$
Proof. Note that 
 $\pi _S(\Gamma _{\mathbb {Q}}^+ \cap \Sigma (L)) = \Gamma _S^+ \cap \Sigma _S(L)$
. Therefore
$\pi _S(\Gamma _{\mathbb {Q}}^+ \cap \Sigma (L)) = \Gamma _S^+ \cap \Sigma _S(L)$
. Therefore 
 $$\begin{align*}K:=\pi_S^{-1}(\Sigma_S^{\sharp}(L)\cdot(\Gamma^+_S \cap \Sigma_S(L)))=\Sigma^{\sharp}(L)\cdot(\Gamma_{\mathbb{Q}}^+ \cap \Sigma(L)).\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}K:=\pi_S^{-1}(\Sigma_S^{\sharp}(L)\cdot(\Gamma^+_S \cap \Sigma_S(L)))=\Sigma^{\sharp}(L)\cdot(\Gamma_{\mathbb{Q}}^+ \cap \Sigma(L)).\end{align*}$$
Hence, the surjection
 $$\begin{align*}\psi \colon \Sigma(L) \to \Sigma_{S}(L)/(\Sigma^{\sharp}_S(L)\cdot (\Gamma_S^+ \cap \Sigma_S(L)))\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\psi \colon \Sigma(L) \to \Sigma_{S}(L)/(\Sigma^{\sharp}_S(L)\cdot (\Gamma_S^+ \cap \Sigma_S(L)))\end{align*}$$
induced by 
 $\pi _S$
 has kernel K. We conclude by applying the homomorphism theorem to
$\pi _S$
 has kernel K. We conclude by applying the homomorphism theorem to 
 $\psi $
. To prove the second isomorphism remove the
$\psi $
. To prove the second isomorphism remove the 
 $+$
.
$+$
.
 The groups 
 $\Sigma _S(L)$
 and
$\Sigma _S(L)$
 and 
 $\Sigma _S^{\sharp }(L)$
 are found in the tables in [Reference Miranda and Morrison54, VII] in terms of the discriminant form of L and its signature pair.
$\Sigma _S^{\sharp }(L)$
 are found in the tables in [Reference Miranda and Morrison54, VII] in terms of the discriminant form of L and its signature pair.
Proposition 5.4. Let L be an indefinite 
 $\mathbb {Z}$
-lattice of rank at least
$\mathbb {Z}$
-lattice of rank at least 
 $3$
 and J a subgroup of the image of the natural map
$3$
 and J a subgroup of the image of the natural map 
 $D \colon O(L) \to O({D_{L}})$
. Set
$D \colon O(L) \to O({D_{L}})$
. Set 
 $J^+ = D(O^+(L)) \cap J$
 and let
$J^+ = D(O^+(L)) \cap J$
 and let 
 $K = \ker D=O^{\sharp }(L)$
. Then
$K = \ker D=O^{\sharp }(L)$
. Then 
 $[J:J^+]=| \sigma _+(J)|$
 and
$[J:J^+]=| \sigma _+(J)|$
 and 
 $$\begin{align*}[K:K^+]= [\Gamma_{\mathbb{Q}} \cap \Sigma^{\sharp}(L): \Gamma_{\mathbb{Q}}^+ \cap \Sigma^{\sharp}(L)] = [\Gamma_S \cap \Sigma^{\sharp}_S(L): \Gamma_S^+ \cap \Sigma^{\sharp}_S(L)].\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}[K:K^+]= [\Gamma_{\mathbb{Q}} \cap \Sigma^{\sharp}(L): \Gamma_{\mathbb{Q}}^+ \cap \Sigma^{\sharp}(L)] = [\Gamma_S \cap \Sigma^{\sharp}_S(L): \Gamma_S^+ \cap \Sigma^{\sharp}_S(L)].\end{align*}$$
Proof. We have 
 $J^+ = \ker (\bar {\bar {\sigma }}_+) \cap J = \ker (\bar {\sigma } _+|_J)$
. Therefore,
$J^+ = \ker (\bar {\bar {\sigma }}_+) \cap J = \ker (\bar {\sigma } _+|_J)$
. Therefore, 
 $J/J_+ \cong \sigma _+(J)$
.
$J/J_+ \cong \sigma _+(J)$
.
 The strong approximation theorem implies the equality 
 $\sigma (O^{\sharp }(L)) = \Sigma ^{\sharp }(L) \cap \Gamma _{\mathbb {Q}}$
 and that
$\sigma (O^{\sharp }(L)) = \Sigma ^{\sharp }(L) \cap \Gamma _{\mathbb {Q}}$
 and that 
 $\sigma (O^{\sharp }(L)^+) = \Sigma ^{\sharp }(L) \cap \Gamma _{\mathbb {Q}}$
.
$\sigma (O^{\sharp }(L)^+) = \Sigma ^{\sharp }(L) \cap \Gamma _{\mathbb {Q}}$
.
Remark 5.5. The theorems allow us to compute the image of 
 $O(L) \to O(D_L)$
 for L an indefinite
$O(L) \to O(D_L)$
 for L an indefinite 
 $\mathbb {Z}$
-lattice of rank at least
$\mathbb {Z}$
-lattice of rank at least 
 $3$
. Namely, one computes generators of
$3$
. Namely, one computes generators of 
 $O(D_L)$
 and lifts them p-adically to elements of
$O(D_L)$
 and lifts them p-adically to elements of 
 $L\otimes \mathbb {Z}_p$
 with sufficient precision. Then one can use these lifts to compute their spinor norm. See the work of Shimada [Reference Shimada72] for further details. An algorithm for p-adic lifting and generators for
$L\otimes \mathbb {Z}_p$
 with sufficient precision. Then one can use these lifts to compute their spinor norm. See the work of Shimada [Reference Shimada72] for further details. An algorithm for p-adic lifting and generators for 
 $O(D_L)$
 are given in [Reference Brandhorst and Veniani23].
$O(D_L)$
 are given in [Reference Brandhorst and Veniani23].
6 Hermitian Miranda–Morrison theory
 Let L be a lattice with isometry with irreducible minimal polynomial. In this section, we use the transfer construction to compute the image of 
 $U(L) \to D({D_{L}})$
, thus settling case (4) of Section 4.4. To this end, we develop the analogue of Miranda–Morrison theory for Hermitian lattices over the ring of integers of a number field.
$U(L) \to D({D_{L}})$
, thus settling case (4) of Section 4.4. To this end, we develop the analogue of Miranda–Morrison theory for Hermitian lattices over the ring of integers of a number field.
6.1 Preliminaries on Hermitian lattices
In this section, we recall some basics on Hermitian lattices over the ring of integers of a number field or a local field. See [Reference Kirschmer42] for an overview of the theory.
 Let K be a finite extension of 
 $F=\mathbb {Q}$
 (global case) or
$F=\mathbb {Q}$
 (global case) or 
 $F=\mathbb {Q}_p$
 (local case) and E an étale K-algebra of dimension
$F=\mathbb {Q}_p$
 (local case) and E an étale K-algebra of dimension 
 $2$
. Let
$2$
. Let 
 $\mathcal {O}$
 be the maximal order of E and
$\mathcal {O}$
 be the maximal order of E and 
 ${\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} $
 be the maximal order of K.
${\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} $
 be the maximal order of K.
Definition 6.1. For E an étale K-algebra, we denote by 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}^E_K \colon E \to K$
 the trace and by
$\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}^E_K \colon E \to K$
 the trace and by 
 $\mathfrak {D}_{E/K}^{-1}=\{ x \in E \mid \operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}^E_K(x \mathcal {O}) \subseteq {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} \}$
 the inverse of the different.
$\mathfrak {D}_{E/K}^{-1}=\{ x \in E \mid \operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}^E_K(x \mathcal {O}) \subseteq {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} \}$
 the inverse of the different.
 In the local case, we let 
 $\mathfrak {P}\subseteq \mathcal {O}$
 be the largest ideal invariant under the involution of
$\mathfrak {P}\subseteq \mathcal {O}$
 be the largest ideal invariant under the involution of 
 $E/K$
 and
$E/K$
 and 
 $\mathfrak {p}$
 the maximal ideal of
$\mathfrak {p}$
 the maximal ideal of 
 ${\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} $
. Define e by
${\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} $
. Define e by 
 $\mathfrak {P}^e = \mathfrak {D}_{E/K}$
 and a by
$\mathfrak {P}^e = \mathfrak {D}_{E/K}$
 and a by 
 $\mathfrak {P}^a = \mathfrak {D}_{E/F}$
.
$\mathfrak {P}^a = \mathfrak {D}_{E/F}$
.
Definition 6.2. Let 
 $(L,h)$
 be a Hermitian
$(L,h)$
 be a Hermitian 
 $\mathcal O$
-lattice. Its scale is the ideal
$\mathcal O$
-lattice. Its scale is the ideal 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(L)=h(L,L)\subseteq \mathcal {O}$
, and its norm is the ideal
$\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(L)=h(L,L)\subseteq \mathcal {O}$
, and its norm is the ideal 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {n}}}(L)=\sum \{ h( x,x){\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} \mid x \in L \} \subseteq {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} $
.
$\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {n}}}(L)=\sum \{ h( x,x){\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} \mid x \in L \} \subseteq {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} $
.
It is known that
 $$ \begin{align} \mathfrak{D}_{E/K} \operatorname{\mathrm{\mathfrak{s}}}(L) \subseteq \operatorname{\mathrm{\mathfrak{n}}}(L) \subseteq \operatorname{\mathrm{\mathfrak{s}}}(L). \end{align} $$
$$ \begin{align} \mathfrak{D}_{E/K} \operatorname{\mathrm{\mathfrak{s}}}(L) \subseteq \operatorname{\mathrm{\mathfrak{n}}}(L) \subseteq \operatorname{\mathrm{\mathfrak{s}}}(L). \end{align} $$
6.2 The trace lattice
 In this subsection, 
 $(L,h)$
 is a Hermitian
$(L,h)$
 is a Hermitian 
 $\mathcal {O}$
-lattice. By transfer, we obtain its trace
$\mathcal {O}$
-lattice. By transfer, we obtain its trace 
 $\mathbb {Z}_F$
-lattice
$\mathbb {Z}_F$
-lattice 
 $(L,b)$
 with
$(L,b)$
 with 
 $b = \operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}^E_{F} \circ h$
. Our primary interest is in even
$b = \operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}^E_{F} \circ h$
. Our primary interest is in even 
 $\mathbb {Z}$
-lattices. So our next goal is to give necessary and sufficient conditions for the trace lattice to be integral and even.
$\mathbb {Z}$
-lattices. So our next goal is to give necessary and sufficient conditions for the trace lattice to be integral and even.
The Hermitian dual lattice is
 $$\begin{align*}L^{\sharp} = \{x \in L \otimes E \mid h(x,L) \subseteq \mathcal{O}\}\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}L^{\sharp} = \{x \in L \otimes E \mid h(x,L) \subseteq \mathcal{O}\}\end{align*}$$
and 
 $L^{\vee } = (L,b)^{\vee }$
 is the dual lattice with respect to the trace form.
$L^{\vee } = (L,b)^{\vee }$
 is the dual lattice with respect to the trace form.
Proposition 6.3. We have
 $$\begin{align*}L^{\vee} = {\mathfrak{D}_{E/F}^{-1}} L^{\sharp}.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}L^{\vee} = {\mathfrak{D}_{E/F}^{-1}} L^{\sharp}.\end{align*}$$
The trace form on L is integral if and only if 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(L) {\mathfrak {D}_{E/F}} \subseteq \mathcal {O}$
.
$\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(L) {\mathfrak {D}_{E/F}} \subseteq \mathcal {O}$
.
The proof is left to the reader. We continue by determining the parity of the trace lattice. To this end, we first establish that the transfer construction behaves well with respect to completions, as expected.
 For a place 
 $\nu $
 of K, we use the following notation: For an
$\nu $
 of K, we use the following notation: For an 
 ${\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} $
-module M denote by
${\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} $
-module M denote by 
 $M_{\nu } = M \otimes {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} _{\nu }$
 the completion of M at
$M_{\nu } = M \otimes {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} _{\nu }$
 the completion of M at 
 $\nu $
 and similar for K-vector spaces.
$\nu $
 and similar for K-vector spaces.
Proposition 6.4. Let 
 $F = \mathbb {Q}$
,
$F = \mathbb {Q}$
, 
 $E/K$
 a degree two extension of number fields and p a prime number. Then
$E/K$
 a degree two extension of number fields and p a prime number. Then 

where 
 $\nu $
 runs over all places extending the p-adic place of
$\nu $
 runs over all places extending the p-adic place of 
 $\mathbb {Q}$
.
$\mathbb {Q}$
.
Proof. To this end, consider the canonical isomorphism 
 $K \otimes \mathbb {Q}_p \cong \prod _{\nu \mid p} K_{\nu }$
, where the product runs over the prolongations of the p-adic valuation to K. By [Reference Serre71, Chap. II, §3, Prop. 4], this induces a canonical isomorphism
$K \otimes \mathbb {Q}_p \cong \prod _{\nu \mid p} K_{\nu }$
, where the product runs over the prolongations of the p-adic valuation to K. By [Reference Serre71, Chap. II, §3, Prop. 4], this induces a canonical isomorphism 
 $$\begin{align*}{\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} \otimes \mathbb{Z}_p \cong \prod_{\nu \mid p} {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}}_{\nu},\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}{\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} \otimes \mathbb{Z}_p \cong \prod_{\nu \mid p} {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}}_{\nu},\end{align*}$$
where 
 ${\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} _{\nu }$
 is the maximal order of
${\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} _{\nu }$
 is the maximal order of 
 $K_{\nu }$
. We obtain a corresponding canonical decomposition (using a system of primitive idempotents)
$K_{\nu }$
. We obtain a corresponding canonical decomposition (using a system of primitive idempotents) 

where each summand is a Hermitian 
 $\mathcal {O}_{\nu }$
-lattice. Note that
$\mathcal {O}_{\nu }$
-lattice. Note that 
 $\mathcal {O}_{\nu }$
 is indeed the maximal order of
$\mathcal {O}_{\nu }$
 is indeed the maximal order of 
 $E_{\nu }$
. The decomposition
$E_{\nu }$
. The decomposition 
 $E \otimes \mathbb {Q}_p \cong \prod _{\nu \mid p} E_{\nu }$
 and viewing
$E \otimes \mathbb {Q}_p \cong \prod _{\nu \mid p} E_{\nu }$
 and viewing 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}$
 as the trace of the left multiplication endomorphism shows that
$\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}$
 as the trace of the left multiplication endomorphism shows that 
 $$\begin{align*}\operatorname{\mathrm{Tr}}^{E \otimes \mathbb{Q}_p}_{\mathbb{Q}_p}= \sum_{\nu \mid p} \operatorname{\mathrm{Tr}}^{E_{\nu}}_{\mathbb{Q}_p}.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\operatorname{\mathrm{Tr}}^{E \otimes \mathbb{Q}_p}_{\mathbb{Q}_p}= \sum_{\nu \mid p} \operatorname{\mathrm{Tr}}^{E_{\nu}}_{\mathbb{Q}_p}.\end{align*}$$
Therefore, the trace commutes with the decomposition in eq. (6.3).
Lemma 6.5. Let K be a non-Archimedian dyadic local field of characteristic 
 $0$
. Assume that
$0$
. Assume that 
 $B \subseteq {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} $
 is a
$B \subseteq {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} $
 is a 
 $\mathbb {Z}$
-module such that
$\mathbb {Z}$
-module such that 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}^E_K(\mathcal {O}) \subseteq B$
,
$\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}^E_K(\mathcal {O}) \subseteq B$
, 
 $1 \in B$
 and
$1 \in B$
 and 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {N}}^E_K(\mathcal {O})B \subseteq B$
. Then
$\operatorname {\mathrm {N}}^E_K(\mathcal {O})B \subseteq B$
. Then 
 ${\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} \subseteq B$
.
${\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} \subseteq B$
.
Proof. If 
 $E/K$
 is split or unramified, then
$E/K$
 is split or unramified, then 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}^E_K(\mathcal {O})={\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} $
. So let
$\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}^E_K(\mathcal {O})={\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} $
. So let 
 $E/K$
 be ramified. By [Reference Johnson38, §6], there exists
$E/K$
 be ramified. By [Reference Johnson38, §6], there exists 
 $u_0 \in K$
 such that
$u_0 \in K$
 such that 
 ${\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} ^{\times } = \operatorname {\mathrm {N}}^E_K(\mathcal {O}^{\times }) \cup (1+u_0) N^E_K(\mathcal {O}^{\times })$
 and
${\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} ^{\times } = \operatorname {\mathrm {N}}^E_K(\mathcal {O}^{\times }) \cup (1+u_0) N^E_K(\mathcal {O}^{\times })$
 and 
 $u_0 {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} = \mathfrak {p}^{e-1}$
. Since
$u_0 {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} = \mathfrak {p}^{e-1}$
. Since 
 $\mathfrak {p}^{e-1} \subseteq \mathfrak {p}^{\lfloor \frac {e}{2}\rfloor }=\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}^E_K(\mathcal {O})$
 by [Reference Serre71, Ch. V,§3, Lemma 3], we have
$\mathfrak {p}^{e-1} \subseteq \mathfrak {p}^{\lfloor \frac {e}{2}\rfloor }=\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}^E_K(\mathcal {O})$
 by [Reference Serre71, Ch. V,§3, Lemma 3], we have 
 $(1+u_0) \operatorname {\mathrm {N}}^E_K(\mathcal {O}^{\times }) \subseteq B$
. Thus,
$(1+u_0) \operatorname {\mathrm {N}}^E_K(\mathcal {O}^{\times }) \subseteq B$
. Thus, 
 ${\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} ^{\times } \subseteq B$
 and therefore
${\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} ^{\times } \subseteq B$
 and therefore 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {N}}^E_K(\mathcal {O}) {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} ^{\times } \subseteq B$
. As
$\operatorname {\mathrm {N}}^E_K(\mathcal {O}) {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} ^{\times } \subseteq B$
. As 
 $E/K$
 is ramified it follows that
$E/K$
 is ramified it follows that 
 ${\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} = \operatorname {\mathrm {N}}^E_K(\mathcal {O}) {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} ^{\times }.$
${\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} = \operatorname {\mathrm {N}}^E_K(\mathcal {O}) {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} ^{\times }.$
The following proof is inspired by [Reference Jürgens39, 3.1.9].
Proposition 6.6. Let K be a non-Archimedian local field of characteristic 
 $0$
 and
$0$
 and 
 $(L,h)$
 a Hermitian
$(L,h)$
 a Hermitian 
 $\mathcal {O}$
-lattice. The trace form
$\mathcal {O}$
-lattice. The trace form 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}^E_F \circ h$
 is even if and only if
$\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}^E_F \circ h$
 is even if and only if 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {n}}}(L) \subseteq \mathfrak {D}_{K/F}^{-1}$
.
$\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {n}}}(L) \subseteq \mathfrak {D}_{K/F}^{-1}$
.
Proof. Suppose that 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {n}}}(L) \subseteq {\mathfrak {D}_{K/F}^{-1}}$
. We have
$\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {n}}}(L) \subseteq {\mathfrak {D}_{K/F}^{-1}}$
. We have 
 $$\begin{align*}\operatorname{\mathrm{Tr}}^E_F(h(x,x))= 2 \operatorname{\mathrm{Tr}}^K_F(h(x,x)) \in 2 \operatorname{\mathrm{Tr}}^K_F(\operatorname{\mathrm{\mathfrak{n}}}(L)) \subseteq 2 \operatorname{\mathrm{Tr}}^K_F({\mathfrak{D}_{K/F}^{-1}})=2 \mathbb{Z}_F.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\operatorname{\mathrm{Tr}}^E_F(h(x,x))= 2 \operatorname{\mathrm{Tr}}^K_F(h(x,x)) \in 2 \operatorname{\mathrm{Tr}}^K_F(\operatorname{\mathrm{\mathfrak{n}}}(L)) \subseteq 2 \operatorname{\mathrm{Tr}}^K_F({\mathfrak{D}_{K/F}^{-1}})=2 \mathbb{Z}_F.\end{align*}$$
 Now, suppose that the trace form is even. In particular, it is integral. We may assume that 
 $F = \mathbb {Q}_2$
 is dyadic. Let B be the set of all
$F = \mathbb {Q}_2$
 is dyadic. Let B be the set of all 
 $\omega \in K$
 such that
$\omega \in K$
 such that 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}^{E}_F(\omega h(x,x))\subseteq 2\mathbb {Z}_2$
 for all
$\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}^{E}_F(\omega h(x,x))\subseteq 2\mathbb {Z}_2$
 for all 
 $x \in L$
. Then
$x \in L$
. Then 
 $\lambda \bar {\lambda } \omega h(x,x)=\omega h(\lambda x,\lambda x)$
 for
$\lambda \bar {\lambda } \omega h(x,x)=\omega h(\lambda x,\lambda x)$
 for 
 $\lambda \in \mathcal {O}$
 gives
$\lambda \in \mathcal {O}$
 gives 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {N}}(\mathcal {O}) B \subseteq B$
 and
$\operatorname {\mathrm {N}}(\mathcal {O}) B \subseteq B$
 and 
 $1 \in B$
. We calculate
$1 \in B$
. We calculate 
 $$\begin{align*}\operatorname{\mathrm{Tr}}^E_F((\lambda +\bar{\lambda}) h(x,x)) = \operatorname{\mathrm{Tr}}^E_F (\lambda h(x,x))+ \operatorname{\mathrm{Tr}}^E_F (\overline{ \lambda h(x,x)}) = 2 \operatorname{\mathrm{Tr}}^E_F(h(\lambda x,x)) \in 2\mathbb{Z}_2 \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\operatorname{\mathrm{Tr}}^E_F((\lambda +\bar{\lambda}) h(x,x)) = \operatorname{\mathrm{Tr}}^E_F (\lambda h(x,x))+ \operatorname{\mathrm{Tr}}^E_F (\overline{ \lambda h(x,x)}) = 2 \operatorname{\mathrm{Tr}}^E_F(h(\lambda x,x)) \in 2\mathbb{Z}_2 \end{align*}$$
for all 
 $\lambda \in \mathcal {O}$
. This gives
$\lambda \in \mathcal {O}$
. This gives 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}^E_K(\mathcal {O}) \subseteq B$
. By Lemma 6.5
$\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}^E_K(\mathcal {O}) \subseteq B$
. By Lemma 6.5 
 ${\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} \subseteq B$
. Therefore,
${\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} \subseteq B$
. Therefore, 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}^K_F({\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} h(x,x))\subseteq \mathbb {Z}_2$
 which means
$\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}^K_F({\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} h(x,x))\subseteq \mathbb {Z}_2$
 which means 
 $h(x,x)\in {\mathfrak {D}_{K/F}^{-1}}$
.
$h(x,x)\in {\mathfrak {D}_{K/F}^{-1}}$
.
We show that the same result holds in the global setting.
Corollary 6.7. Let 
 $F=\mathbb {Q}$
 and
$F=\mathbb {Q}$
 and 
 $E/K$
 a degree two extension of number fields. Let
$E/K$
 a degree two extension of number fields. Let 
 $(L,h)$
 be a Hermitian
$(L,h)$
 be a Hermitian 
 $\mathcal {O}$
-lattice. The trace form
$\mathcal {O}$
-lattice. The trace form 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}^E_F \circ h$
 is even if and only if
$\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}^E_F \circ h$
 is even if and only if 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {n}}}(L) \subseteq {\mathfrak {D}_{K/F}^{-1}}$
.
$\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {n}}}(L) \subseteq {\mathfrak {D}_{K/F}^{-1}}$
.
Proof. We use Proposition 6.4 and note that the orthogonal sum is even if and only if each summand is even. We apply Proposition 6.6 to each summand and obtain the condition that 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {n}}}(L_{\nu }) \subseteq \mathfrak {D}^{K_{\nu }}_{\mathbb {Q}_2}$
 for all
$\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {n}}}(L_{\nu }) \subseteq \mathfrak {D}^{K_{\nu }}_{\mathbb {Q}_2}$
 for all 
 $\nu \mid 2$
. We conclude with
$\nu \mid 2$
. We conclude with 
 $\nu (\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {n}}}(L)) = \nu (\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {n}}}(L_{\nu }))$
.
$\nu (\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {n}}}(L)) = \nu (\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {n}}}(L_{\nu }))$
.
 Note that even implies integral and similarly 
 ${\mathfrak {D}_{E/K}} \operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(L) \subseteq \operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {n}}}(L)\mathcal {O} \subseteq {\mathfrak {D}_{K/F}^{-1}}\mathcal {O}$
 implies that
${\mathfrak {D}_{E/K}} \operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(L) \subseteq \operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {n}}}(L)\mathcal {O} \subseteq {\mathfrak {D}_{K/F}^{-1}}\mathcal {O}$
 implies that 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(L) \subseteq {\mathfrak {D}_{E/F}^{-1}}$
 which matches up perfectly with Proposition 6.3 and Corollary 6.7.
$\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(L) \subseteq {\mathfrak {D}_{E/F}^{-1}}$
 which matches up perfectly with Proposition 6.3 and Corollary 6.7.
6.3 Discriminant form and transfer
 Suppose that 
 $L \subseteq L^{\vee } := {\mathfrak {D}_{E/F}^{-1}} L^{\sharp }$
. Define a torsion Hermitian form on
$L \subseteq L^{\vee } := {\mathfrak {D}_{E/F}^{-1}} L^{\sharp }$
. Define a torsion Hermitian form on 
 $D_L=L^{\vee }/L$
 as follows
$D_L=L^{\vee }/L$
 as follows 
 $$\begin{align*}\bar h\colon D_L \times D_L \to E/{\mathfrak{D}_{E/F}^{-1}}, \quad ([x],[y]) \mapsto [h(x,y)].\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\bar h\colon D_L \times D_L \to E/{\mathfrak{D}_{E/F}^{-1}}, \quad ([x],[y]) \mapsto [h(x,y)].\end{align*}$$
Suppose further that 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {n}}}(L) \subseteq {\mathfrak {D}_{K/F}^{-1}}$
, that is, the trace form on L is even. Then we define the torsion quadratic form
$\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {n}}}(L) \subseteq {\mathfrak {D}_{K/F}^{-1}}$
, that is, the trace form on L is even. Then we define the torsion quadratic form 
 $$\begin{align*}\bar q\colon D_L \to K{/}{\mathfrak{D}_{K/F}^{-1}},\quad [x] \mapsto [h(x,x)].\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\bar q\colon D_L \to K{/}{\mathfrak{D}_{K/F}^{-1}},\quad [x] \mapsto [h(x,x)].\end{align*}$$
Note that 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}^E_K({\mathfrak {D}_{E/F}^{-1}})={\mathfrak {D}_{K/F}^{-1}}$
. For a lattice L with even trace form, we set
$\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}^E_K({\mathfrak {D}_{E/F}^{-1}})={\mathfrak {D}_{K/F}^{-1}}$
. For a lattice L with even trace form, we set 
 $U(D_L)$
 to be the group of
$U(D_L)$
 to be the group of 
 $\mathcal {O}$
-linear automorphisms of
$\mathcal {O}$
-linear automorphisms of 
 $D_L$
 preserving
$D_L$
 preserving 
 $\bar q$
.
$\bar q$
.
Proposition 6.8. Let 
 $(L,h)$
 be a Hermitian
$(L,h)$
 be a Hermitian 
 $\mathcal {O}$
-lattice with even trace form and
$\mathcal {O}$
-lattice with even trace form and 
 $g \in U(D_L)$
. Then g preserves
$g \in U(D_L)$
. Then g preserves 
 $\bar h$
.
$\bar h$
.
Proof. For 
 $x \in L^{\vee }$
, let
$x \in L^{\vee }$
, let 
 $gx$
 denote a representative of
$gx$
 denote a representative of 
 $g(x+L)$
. Let
$g(x+L)$
. Let 
 $x,y \in L^{\vee }$
. Then
$x,y \in L^{\vee }$
. Then 
 $$\begin{align*}\operatorname{\mathrm{Tr}}^E_K h(x,y) = h(x+y,x+y) - h(x,x) - h(y,y).\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\operatorname{\mathrm{Tr}}^E_K h(x,y) = h(x+y,x+y) - h(x,x) - h(y,y).\end{align*}$$
Set 
 $\delta (x,y) = h(x,y) - h(gx,gy)$
. We have to prove that
$\delta (x,y) = h(x,y) - h(gx,gy)$
. We have to prove that 
 $\delta (x,y) \in {\mathfrak {D}_{E/F}^{-1}}$
. Since g preserves
$\delta (x,y) \in {\mathfrak {D}_{E/F}^{-1}}$
. Since g preserves 
 $\bar q$
,
$\bar q$
, 
 $$\begin{align*}\operatorname{\mathrm{Tr}}^E_K( \delta(x,y)) \in {\mathfrak{D}_{K/F}^{-1}} =\operatorname{\mathrm{Tr}}^E_K({\mathfrak{D}_{E/F}^{-1}}). \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\operatorname{\mathrm{Tr}}^E_K( \delta(x,y)) \in {\mathfrak{D}_{K/F}^{-1}} =\operatorname{\mathrm{Tr}}^E_K({\mathfrak{D}_{E/F}^{-1}}). \end{align*}$$
By the 
 $\mathcal {O}$
-linearity of g, we have
$\mathcal {O}$
-linearity of g, we have 
 $\alpha gx - g\alpha x \in L$
 for all
$\alpha gx - g\alpha x \in L$
 for all 
 $\alpha \in \mathcal {O}$
. Therefore, using
$\alpha \in \mathcal {O}$
. Therefore, using 
 $L^{\vee } = {\mathfrak {D}_{E/F}^{-1}}L^{\sharp }$
, we have for any
$L^{\vee } = {\mathfrak {D}_{E/F}^{-1}}L^{\sharp }$
, we have for any 
 $\alpha \in \mathcal {O}$
 that
$\alpha \in \mathcal {O}$
 that 
 $\alpha \delta (x,y) \equiv \delta (\alpha x,y)\ \ \mod {\mathfrak {D}_{E/F}^{-1}}$
. Hence,
$\alpha \delta (x,y) \equiv \delta (\alpha x,y)\ \ \mod {\mathfrak {D}_{E/F}^{-1}}$
. Hence, 
 $$\begin{align*}\operatorname{\mathrm{Tr}}^E_K(\mathcal{O} \delta(x,y)) \subseteq {\mathfrak{D}_{K/F}^{-1}}.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\operatorname{\mathrm{Tr}}^E_K(\mathcal{O} \delta(x,y)) \subseteq {\mathfrak{D}_{K/F}^{-1}}.\end{align*}$$
This means that 
 $\delta (x,y) \in {\mathfrak {D}_{K/F}^{-1}}{\mathfrak {D}_{E/K}^{-1}}={\mathfrak {D}_{E/F}^{-1}}$
.
$\delta (x,y) \in {\mathfrak {D}_{K/F}^{-1}}{\mathfrak {D}_{E/K}^{-1}}={\mathfrak {D}_{E/F}^{-1}}$
.
 Recall that for an even lattice with isometry 
 $(L,b,f)$
 we have defined
$(L,b,f)$
 we have defined 
 $U(D_L)$
 as the centralizer of
$U(D_L)$
 as the centralizer of 
 $D_f$
 in
$D_f$
 in 
 $O(D_L)$
. By the transfer construction in Section 4.1, we may view L as a Hermitian lattice as well. The following proposition reconciles the two definitions of
$O(D_L)$
. By the transfer construction in Section 4.1, we may view L as a Hermitian lattice as well. The following proposition reconciles the two definitions of 
 $U(D_L)$
.
$U(D_L)$
.
Proposition 6.9. Let 
 $(L,b,f)$
 be an even lattice with isometry with irreducible minimal polynomial and
$(L,b,f)$
 be an even lattice with isometry with irreducible minimal polynomial and 
 $(L,h)$
 the corresponding Hermitian
$(L,h)$
 the corresponding Hermitian 
 $\mathbb {Z}[f]$
-lattice. Let
$\mathbb {Z}[f]$
-lattice. Let 
 $E \cong \mathbb {Q}[f]$
,
$E \cong \mathbb {Q}[f]$
, 
 $K\cong \mathbb {Q}[f+f^{-1}]$
 and
$K\cong \mathbb {Q}[f+f^{-1}]$
 and 
 $\mathcal {O}$
 be the maximal order of E. Suppose that
$\mathcal {O}$
 be the maximal order of E. Suppose that 
 $(L,h)$
 is invariant under
$(L,h)$
 is invariant under 
 $\mathcal {O}$
, that is,
$\mathcal {O}$
, that is, 
 $(L, h)$
 is a Hermitian
$(L, h)$
 is a Hermitian 
 $\mathcal {O}$
-lattice (this is true if
$\mathcal {O}$
-lattice (this is true if 
 $\mathbb {Z}[f] = \mathcal {O}$
). Then
$\mathbb {Z}[f] = \mathcal {O}$
). Then 
 $U(D_L)$
 is the centralizer of
$U(D_L)$
 is the centralizer of 
 $D_f$
 in
$D_f$
 in 
 $O(D_L)$
.
$O(D_L)$
.
Proof. It is clear that 
 $U(D_L)$
 centralizes
$U(D_L)$
 centralizes 
 $D_f$
. So let
$D_f$
. So let 
 $g \in O(D_L)$
 centralize
$g \in O(D_L)$
 centralize 
 $D_f$
. This implies that g is
$D_f$
. This implies that g is 
 $\mathcal {O}$
-linear. It remains to show that g preserves
$\mathcal {O}$
-linear. It remains to show that g preserves 
 $\bar q$
. Since
$\bar q$
. Since 
 and
 and 
 $U({D_{L}})=\prod _{\nu }U({D_{L_{\nu }}})$
, we may assume that K is complete.
$U({D_{L}})=\prod _{\nu }U({D_{L_{\nu }}})$
, we may assume that K is complete.
 For 
 $x + L \in D_L$
, write
$x + L \in D_L$
, write 
 $gx$
 for a representative of
$gx$
 for a representative of 
 $g(x+L)$
. Set
$g(x+L)$
. Set 
 $\delta = h(x,x)-h(gx,gx)$
. We have to show that
$\delta = h(x,x)-h(gx,gx)$
. We have to show that 
 $\delta \in \operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}^E_K({\mathfrak {D}_{E/F}^{-1}})=\mathfrak {D}_{K/F}^{-1}$
. Since g preserves the discriminant form
$\delta \in \operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}^E_K({\mathfrak {D}_{E/F}^{-1}})=\mathfrak {D}_{K/F}^{-1}$
. Since g preserves the discriminant form 
 $q_{(L,b)}$
, we have
$q_{(L,b)}$
, we have 
 $2\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}^K_F(\delta )=\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}^E_F(\delta ) \in 2 \mathbb {Z}_F$
. Let B be the set of all
$2\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}^K_F(\delta )=\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}^E_F(\delta ) \in 2 \mathbb {Z}_F$
. Let B be the set of all 
 $\omega \in {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} $
 such that
$\omega \in {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} $
 such that 
 $ \operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}^K_F(\omega \delta ) \in \mathbb {Z}_F$
. As in the proof of Proposition 6.6 one sees that
$ \operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}^K_F(\omega \delta ) \in \mathbb {Z}_F$
. As in the proof of Proposition 6.6 one sees that 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {N}}(\mathcal {O}) B \subseteq B$
,
$\operatorname {\mathrm {N}}(\mathcal {O}) B \subseteq B$
, 
 $1 \in B$
 and
$1 \in B$
 and 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}^E_K(\mathcal {O}) \subseteq B$
. Then Lemma 6.5 provides
$\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}^E_K(\mathcal {O}) \subseteq B$
. Then Lemma 6.5 provides 
 $B = {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} $
. Thus,
$B = {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} $
. Thus, 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}^K_F(\mathcal {O} \delta ) \subseteq \mathbb {Z}_F$
, that is,
$\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}^K_F(\mathcal {O} \delta ) \subseteq \mathbb {Z}_F$
, that is, 
 $\delta \in {\mathfrak {D}_{K/F}}$
.
$\delta \in {\mathfrak {D}_{K/F}}$
.
Remark 6.10. Proposition 6.9 provides a practical way to compute 
 $U(D_L)$
. We can write down a system of generators for
$U(D_L)$
. We can write down a system of generators for 
 $O(D_L)$
. Then the computation of a centralizer is a standard task in computational group theory.
$O(D_L)$
. Then the computation of a centralizer is a standard task in computational group theory.
6.4 Local surjectivity of 
 $\mathbf {U(L) \to U(D_L)}$
$\mathbf {U(L) \to U(D_L)}$
 In this subsection, we assume that K is a non-Archimedian local field of characteristic 
 $0$
,
$0$
, 
 $\pi $
 a prime element of
$\pi $
 a prime element of 
 $\mathcal {O}$
,
$\mathcal {O}$
, 
 $p = \pi \bar {\pi }$
, and L a Hermitian
$p = \pi \bar {\pi }$
, and L a Hermitian 
 $\mathcal {O}$
-lattice with
$\mathcal {O}$
-lattice with 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {n}}}(L)\subseteq \mathfrak {D}_{K/F}^{-1}$
, that is, its trace lattice is even. Recall that
$\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {n}}}(L)\subseteq \mathfrak {D}_{K/F}^{-1}$
, that is, its trace lattice is even. Recall that 
 $\mathfrak {P}\subseteq \mathcal {O}$
 is the largest ideal invariant under the involution of
$\mathfrak {P}\subseteq \mathcal {O}$
 is the largest ideal invariant under the involution of 
 $E/K$
,
$E/K$
, 
 $\mathfrak {p}$
 the maximal ideal of
$\mathfrak {p}$
 the maximal ideal of 
 ${\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} $
 and the integers
${\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} $
 and the integers 
 $a, e$
 satisfy
$a, e$
 satisfy 
 $\mathfrak {P}^e = \mathfrak {D}_{E/K}$
 and
$\mathfrak {P}^e = \mathfrak {D}_{E/K}$
 and 
 $\mathfrak {P}^a = \mathfrak {D}_{E/F}$
.
$\mathfrak {P}^a = \mathfrak {D}_{E/F}$
.
 If 
 $E/K$
 is a ramified field extension, then by [Reference Serre71, Ch. V,§3, Lemma 3] we have for all
$E/K$
 is a ramified field extension, then by [Reference Serre71, Ch. V,§3, Lemma 3] we have for all 
 $i \in \mathbb {Z}$
 that
$i \in \mathbb {Z}$
 that 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}(\mathfrak {P}^i) = \mathfrak {p}^{\lfloor \frac {i+e}{2}\rfloor }$
. Therefore,
$\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}(\mathfrak {P}^i) = \mathfrak {p}^{\lfloor \frac {i+e}{2}\rfloor }$
. Therefore, 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}(\mathfrak {P}^{1-e})={\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} $
 and
$\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}(\mathfrak {P}^{1-e})={\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} $
 and 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}(\mathfrak {P}^{2-e})=\mathfrak {p}$
. So there exists
$\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}(\mathfrak {P}^{2-e})=\mathfrak {p}$
. So there exists 
 $\rho \in E$
 with
$\rho \in E$
 with 
 $\rho \mathcal {O} = \mathfrak {P}^{1-e}$
 and
$\rho \mathcal {O} = \mathfrak {P}^{1-e}$
 and 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}(\rho )=1$
. If
$\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}(\rho )=1$
. If 
 $E/K$
 is an unramified field extension, then we find
$E/K$
 is an unramified field extension, then we find 
 $\rho \in \mathcal {O}^{\times }$
 with
$\rho \in \mathcal {O}^{\times }$
 with 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}(\rho )=1$
. If
$\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}(\rho )=1$
. If 
 $E = K \times K$
, then we can take
$E = K \times K$
, then we can take 
 $\rho = (1, 0) \in {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} \times {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} =\mathcal {O}$
 which satisfies
$\rho = (1, 0) \in {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} \times {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} =\mathcal {O}$
 which satisfies 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}(\rho ) = 1$
 as well.
$\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}(\rho ) = 1$
 as well.
 For a Hermitian matrix 
 $G \in E^{n \times n}$
, set
$G \in E^{n \times n}$
, set 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(G)=\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(L)$
 and
$\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(G)=\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(L)$
 and 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {n}}}(G)=\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {n}}}(L)$
, where L is the free
$\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {n}}}(G)=\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {n}}}(L)$
, where L is the free 
 $\mathcal {O}$
-lattice with gram matrix G.
$\mathcal {O}$
-lattice with gram matrix G.

Theorem 6.11. Algorithm 8 is correct.
Proof. With 
 $X=(U + \rho D)\bar F^{-t}$
 and
$X=(U + \rho D)\bar F^{-t}$
 and 
 $F' = F + XG^{-1}$
, we calculate
$F' = F + XG^{-1}$
, we calculate 
 $$ \begin{align*} F' G \bar F^{\prime t} &= F G \bar F^t + U + \bar U^t + \operatorname{\mathrm{Tr}}^E_K(\rho)D + XG^{-1} \bar X^t\\ &= G + X G^{-1} \bar X^t. \end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*} F' G \bar F^{\prime t} &= F G \bar F^t + U + \bar U^t + \operatorname{\mathrm{Tr}}^E_K(\rho)D + XG^{-1} \bar X^t\\ &= G + X G^{-1} \bar X^t. \end{align*} $$
Hence, 
 $R' = -XG^{-1}X^t$
. Since
$R' = -XG^{-1}X^t$
. Since 
 $R \equiv 0\ \ \mod \operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(R)$
,
$R \equiv 0\ \ \mod \operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(R)$
, 
 $D\equiv 0\ \ \mod \operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {n}}}(R)$
, we have
$D\equiv 0\ \ \mod \operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {n}}}(R)$
, we have 
 $U + \rho D \equiv 0\ \ \mod \operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(R)+\rho \operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {n}}}(R) \subseteq \mathfrak {P}^{l-a}$
, hence
$U + \rho D \equiv 0\ \ \mod \operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(R)+\rho \operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {n}}}(R) \subseteq \mathfrak {P}^{l-a}$
, hence 
 $U + \rho D \equiv 0\ \ \mod \mathfrak {P}^{l-a}$
. Together with
$U + \rho D \equiv 0\ \ \mod \mathfrak {P}^{l-a}$
. Together with 
 $F \in \operatorname {\mathrm {GL}}_n(\mathcal {O})$
 this implies
$F \in \operatorname {\mathrm {GL}}_n(\mathcal {O})$
 this implies 
 $$\begin{align*}X \equiv 0\quad \mod \mathfrak{P}^{l-a}.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}X \equiv 0\quad \mod \mathfrak{P}^{l-a}.\end{align*}$$
Hence,
 $$\begin{align*}\operatorname{\mathrm{\mathfrak{s}}}(R')=\operatorname{\mathrm{\mathfrak{s}}}(X G^{-1} \overline{X}^t) \subseteq \mathfrak{P}^{2l-2a}\operatorname{\mathrm{\mathfrak{s}}}(G^{-1})\subseteq\mathfrak{P}^{2l+1-a}\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\operatorname{\mathrm{\mathfrak{s}}}(R')=\operatorname{\mathrm{\mathfrak{s}}}(X G^{-1} \overline{X}^t) \subseteq \mathfrak{P}^{2l-2a}\operatorname{\mathrm{\mathfrak{s}}}(G^{-1})\subseteq\mathfrak{P}^{2l+1-a}\end{align*}$$
and
 $$\begin{align*}\rho \operatorname{\mathrm{\mathfrak{n}}}(R') = \mathfrak{P}^{2l-2a}\rho\operatorname{\mathrm{\mathfrak{n}}}(G^{-1})\subseteq\mathfrak{P}^{2l+1-a}=\mathfrak{P}^{2l+1-a}.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\rho \operatorname{\mathrm{\mathfrak{n}}}(R') = \mathfrak{P}^{2l-2a}\rho\operatorname{\mathrm{\mathfrak{n}}}(G^{-1})\subseteq\mathfrak{P}^{2l+1-a}=\mathfrak{P}^{2l+1-a}.\end{align*}$$
It remains to show that 
 $F' \in \operatorname {\mathrm {GL}}_n(\mathcal {O})$
. Since
$F' \in \operatorname {\mathrm {GL}}_n(\mathcal {O})$
. Since 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(G^{-1})\subseteq \mathfrak {P}^{1+a}$
, we have
$\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(G^{-1})\subseteq \mathfrak {P}^{1+a}$
, we have 
 $\mathfrak {P}^l \mathcal {O}^{n \times n} \pi ^{-a}G^{-1} \subseteq \mathfrak {P}^{l+1}\mathcal {O}^{n \times n}$
. Therefore,
$\mathfrak {P}^l \mathcal {O}^{n \times n} \pi ^{-a}G^{-1} \subseteq \mathfrak {P}^{l+1}\mathcal {O}^{n \times n}$
. Therefore, 
 $F \equiv F'\ \ \mod \mathfrak {P}^{l+1}$
.
$F \equiv F'\ \ \mod \mathfrak {P}^{l+1}$
.
Theorem 6.12. Let K be a non-Archimedian local field of characteristic 
 $0$
 and L a Hermitian
$0$
 and L a Hermitian 
 $\mathcal {O}$
-lattice with even trace lattice. Then
$\mathcal {O}$
-lattice with even trace lattice. Then 
 $U(L) \to U(D_L)$
 is surjective.
$U(L) \to U(D_L)$
 is surjective.
Proof. We take an orthogonal splitting 
 $L = M \perp N$
 with M being
$L = M \perp N$
 with M being 
 ${\mathfrak {D}_{E/F}^{-1}}$
-modular and
${\mathfrak {D}_{E/F}^{-1}}$
-modular and 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(N) \subsetneq {\mathfrak {D}_{E/F}^{-1}}$
. Then
$\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(N) \subsetneq {\mathfrak {D}_{E/F}^{-1}}$
. Then 
 ${\mathfrak {D}_{E/F}^{-1}} L^{\sharp }/L \cong {\mathfrak {D}_{E/F}^{-1}} N^{\sharp }/N$
. After replacing L with by N, we may and will assume that
${\mathfrak {D}_{E/F}^{-1}} L^{\sharp }/L \cong {\mathfrak {D}_{E/F}^{-1}} N^{\sharp }/N$
. After replacing L with by N, we may and will assume that 
 $ \operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(L) \subsetneq {\mathfrak {D}_{E/F}^{-1}}$
.
$ \operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(L) \subsetneq {\mathfrak {D}_{E/F}^{-1}}$
.
 Recall that 
 $\mathfrak {P}^a =\mathfrak {D}_{E/F}$
. Identify
$\mathfrak {P}^a =\mathfrak {D}_{E/F}$
. Identify 
 $L^{\vee }={\mathfrak {D}_{E/F}^{-1}}L^{\sharp }$
 with
$L^{\vee }={\mathfrak {D}_{E/F}^{-1}}L^{\sharp }$
 with 
 $\mathcal {O}^n= \mathcal {O}^{1 \times n}$
 by choosing a basis. Let G be the respective gram matrix of
$\mathcal {O}^n= \mathcal {O}^{1 \times n}$
 by choosing a basis. Let G be the respective gram matrix of 
 ${\mathfrak {D}_{E/F}^{-1}}L^{\sharp }$
. We have
${\mathfrak {D}_{E/F}^{-1}}L^{\sharp }$
. We have 
 $L = \mathcal {O}^n \pi ^{-a} G^{-1}$
 and
$L = \mathcal {O}^n \pi ^{-a} G^{-1}$
 and 
 $p^{-a} G^{-1}$
 is the corresponding Gram matrix of L. Therefore
$p^{-a} G^{-1}$
 is the corresponding Gram matrix of L. Therefore 
 $$\begin{align*}\operatorname{\mathrm{\mathfrak{s}}}(G^{-1}) \subseteq \mathfrak{P}^{1+a} \text{ and }\operatorname{\mathrm{\mathfrak{n}}}(G^{-1})\subseteq \mathfrak{P}^{e+a}.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\operatorname{\mathrm{\mathfrak{s}}}(G^{-1}) \subseteq \mathfrak{P}^{1+a} \text{ and }\operatorname{\mathrm{\mathfrak{n}}}(G^{-1})\subseteq \mathfrak{P}^{e+a}.\end{align*}$$
 If 
 $E/K$
 is unramified or split, then
$E/K$
 is unramified or split, then 
 $e=0$
,
$e=0$
, 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(G^{-1})=\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {n}}}(G^{-1})$
 by eq. (6.1) and we find
$\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(G^{-1})=\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {n}}}(G^{-1})$
 by eq. (6.1) and we find 
 $\rho \in \mathcal {O}$
 with
$\rho \in \mathcal {O}$
 with 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}(\rho )=1$
. Therefore
$\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}(\rho )=1$
. Therefore 
 $\rho \operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {n}}}(G^{-1}) =\rho \operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(G^{-1}) \subseteq \operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(G^{-1})\subseteq \mathfrak {P}^{1+a}$
 holds. If
$\rho \operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {n}}}(G^{-1}) =\rho \operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(G^{-1}) \subseteq \operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(G^{-1})\subseteq \mathfrak {P}^{1+a}$
 holds. If 
 $E/K$
 is ramified, we find
$E/K$
 is ramified, we find 
 $\rho \in E$
 with
$\rho \in E$
 with 
 $\rho \mathcal {O} = \mathfrak {P}^{1-e}$
. Then
$\rho \mathcal {O} = \mathfrak {P}^{1-e}$
. Then 
 $\rho \operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {n}}}(G^{-1}) \subseteq \mathfrak {P}^{1-e+e+a}=\mathfrak {P}^{1+a}$
 as well.
$\rho \operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {n}}}(G^{-1}) \subseteq \mathfrak {P}^{1-e+e+a}=\mathfrak {P}^{1+a}$
 as well.
 Let 
 $f \in U({D_{L}})$
 be represented by
$f \in U({D_{L}})$
 be represented by 
 $F \in \operatorname {\mathrm {GL}}_n(\mathcal {O})$
, that is,
$F \in \operatorname {\mathrm {GL}}_n(\mathcal {O})$
, that is, 
 $$\begin{align*}f(x + L) = x F + L = x F + \mathcal{O}^{n} \pi^{-a}G^{-1} .\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}f(x + L) = x F + L = x F + \mathcal{O}^{n} \pi^{-a}G^{-1} .\end{align*}$$
Set 
 $R = G - F G \bar F^t$
. Since f preserves
$R = G - F G \bar F^t$
. Since f preserves 
 $\bar h$
 and
$\bar h$
 and 
 $\bar q$
, we have
$\bar q$
, we have 
 $$\begin{align*}\operatorname{\mathrm{\mathfrak{s}}}(R) \subseteq \mathfrak{P}^{-a} \text{ and } \rho\operatorname{\mathrm{\mathfrak{n}}}(R) \subseteq \rho\mathcal{D}_{K/F}^{-1}\subseteq\rho\mathfrak{P}^{e-a}\subseteq\mathfrak{P}^{-a},\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\operatorname{\mathrm{\mathfrak{s}}}(R) \subseteq \mathfrak{P}^{-a} \text{ and } \rho\operatorname{\mathrm{\mathfrak{n}}}(R) \subseteq \rho\mathcal{D}_{K/F}^{-1}\subseteq\rho\mathfrak{P}^{e-a}\subseteq\mathfrak{P}^{-a},\end{align*}$$
where in the last equality we used that 
 $\rho \mathfrak {P}^e \subseteq \mathcal {O}$
 irrespective of
$\rho \mathfrak {P}^e \subseteq \mathcal {O}$
 irrespective of 
 $E/K$
 being inert, split or ramified. Set
$E/K$
 being inert, split or ramified. Set 
 $F_0 = F$
. We inductively define a sequence by setting
$F_0 = F$
. We inductively define a sequence by setting 
 $F_{i+1}$
 to be the output of Algorithm 8 with
$F_{i+1}$
 to be the output of Algorithm 8 with 
 $l = 2^i-1$
,
$l = 2^i-1$
, 
 $F \gets F_i$
,
$F \gets F_i$
, 
 $G \gets G$
 as given and
$G \gets G$
 as given and 
 $R \gets R_i:= G - F_i G \bar F_i^t$
. Then
$R \gets R_i:= G - F_i G \bar F_i^t$
. Then 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(R_i) \subseteq \mathfrak {P}^{2^i-1 -a }$
 and
$\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(R_i) \subseteq \mathfrak {P}^{2^i-1 -a }$
 and 
 $\rho \operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {n}}}(R_i) \subseteq \mathfrak {P}^{2^i-1-a}$
. Since
$\rho \operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {n}}}(R_i) \subseteq \mathfrak {P}^{2^i-1-a}$
. Since 
 $F_i \equiv F_{i+1}\ \ \mod \mathfrak {P}^{2^i}$
, the sequence
$F_i \equiv F_{i+1}\ \ \mod \mathfrak {P}^{2^i}$
, the sequence 
 $(F_i)_{i \in \mathbb {N}}$
 converges. Its limit is the desired lift.
$(F_i)_{i \in \mathbb {N}}$
 converges. Its limit is the desired lift.
 For a Hermitian lattice L with even trace lattice, we denote by 
 $U^{\sharp }(L)$
 the kernel of
$U^{\sharp }(L)$
 the kernel of 
 $U(L) \to U({D_{L}})$
.
$U(L) \to U({D_{L}})$
.
6.5 Local to global
 Let 
 $E/K$
 be a quadratic extension of number fields with nontrivial automorphism
$E/K$
 be a quadratic extension of number fields with nontrivial automorphism 
 $\bar {\phantom {x}} \colon E \to E$
. Let
$\bar {\phantom {x}} \colon E \to E$
. Let 
 ${\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} $
 be the maximal order of K and
${\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} $
 be the maximal order of K and 
 $\mathcal {O}$
 the maximal order of E. In this section, L is a Hermitian
$\mathcal {O}$
 the maximal order of E. In this section, L is a Hermitian 
 $\mathcal {O}$
-lattice with even trace lattice. The goal of this subsection is to compute the image of the natural map
$\mathcal {O}$
-lattice with even trace lattice. The goal of this subsection is to compute the image of the natural map 
 $$\begin{align*}D\colon U(L) \rightarrow U({D_{L}}).\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}D\colon U(L) \rightarrow U({D_{L}}).\end{align*}$$
 Denote by 
 $\mathbb {A}_K$
 the ring of finite adeles of K. Denote by
$\mathbb {A}_K$
 the ring of finite adeles of K. Denote by 
 ${\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} _{\mathbb {A}}$
 the ring of integral finite adeles of K. We have natural isomorphisms
${\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} _{\mathbb {A}}$
 the ring of integral finite adeles of K. We have natural isomorphisms 
 ${D_{L}} \cong {D_{L}} \otimes {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} _{\mathbb {A}} \cong {D_{L \otimes {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} _{\mathbb {A}}}}$
. Via the diagonal embedding we view K as a subring of
${D_{L}} \cong {D_{L}} \otimes {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} _{\mathbb {A}} \cong {D_{L \otimes {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} _{\mathbb {A}}}}$
. Via the diagonal embedding we view K as a subring of 
 $\mathbb {A}_K$
. This induces the inclusion
$\mathbb {A}_K$
. This induces the inclusion 
 $U(V)\subseteq U(L \otimes \mathbb {A}_K)$
. Let
$U(V)\subseteq U(L \otimes \mathbb {A}_K)$
. Let 
 $\det \colon U(L \otimes \mathbb {A}_K) \to \prod _{\mathfrak {p}} E_{\mathfrak {p}}$
 denote the componentwise determinant. Set
$\det \colon U(L \otimes \mathbb {A}_K) \to \prod _{\mathfrak {p}} E_{\mathfrak {p}}$
 denote the componentwise determinant. Set 
 $$\begin{align*}\mathcal{F}(E) = \{(x)_{\mathfrak{p}} \in \prod_{\mathfrak{p}} E_{\mathfrak{p}} \mid x \in E,\, x \bar x = 1\},\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\mathcal{F}(E) = \{(x)_{\mathfrak{p}} \in \prod_{\mathfrak{p}} E_{\mathfrak{p}} \mid x \in E,\, x \bar x = 1\},\end{align*}$$
 $$ \begin{align*} &\mathcal{F}(L_{\mathfrak{p}}) = \det(U(L_{\mathfrak{p}})), &&\mathcal{F}^{\sharp}(L_{\mathfrak{p}})=\det(U^{\sharp}(L_{\mathfrak{p}})), \\ &\mathcal{F}(L) =\det(U(L \otimes {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}}_{\mathbb{A}})), & &\mathcal{F}^{\sharp}(L) = \det(U^{\sharp}(L\otimes {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}}_{\mathbb{A}})). \end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*} &\mathcal{F}(L_{\mathfrak{p}}) = \det(U(L_{\mathfrak{p}})), &&\mathcal{F}^{\sharp}(L_{\mathfrak{p}})=\det(U^{\sharp}(L_{\mathfrak{p}})), \\ &\mathcal{F}(L) =\det(U(L \otimes {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}}_{\mathbb{A}})), & &\mathcal{F}^{\sharp}(L) = \det(U^{\sharp}(L\otimes {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}}_{\mathbb{A}})). \end{align*} $$
Note that 
 $U(L \otimes {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} _{\mathbb {A}}) \to U({D_{L}})$
 is surjective by Theorem 6.12. The following commutative diagram
$U(L \otimes {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} _{\mathbb {A}}) \to U({D_{L}})$
 is surjective by Theorem 6.12. The following commutative diagram 

with exact rows and columns summarizes the situation.
Proposition 6.13. Let V be a nondegenerate Hermitian space over 
 $E/K$
. Then
$E/K$
. Then 
 $\det (U(V))=\mathcal {F}(E)$
.
$\det (U(V))=\mathcal {F}(E)$
.
Proof. We know 
 $\det (U(V))\subseteq \mathcal {F}(E)$
. The other inclusion is clear when
$\det (U(V))\subseteq \mathcal {F}(E)$
. The other inclusion is clear when 
 $\dim _E V$
 is one. Since we can always split a subspace of dimension one, the statement follows.
$\dim _E V$
 is one. Since we can always split a subspace of dimension one, the statement follows.
 Set 
 $\mathcal {O}_{\mathbb {A}}:= \mathcal {O} \otimes {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} _{\mathbb {A}}$
. For an isometry
$\mathcal {O}_{\mathbb {A}}:= \mathcal {O} \otimes {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} _{\mathbb {A}}$
. For an isometry 
 $f\colon L \to M$
 of Hermitian
$f\colon L \to M$
 of Hermitian 
 $\mathcal {O}_{\mathbb {A}}$
-lattices, we denote by
$\mathcal {O}_{\mathbb {A}}$
-lattices, we denote by 
 $D_f=(D_{f_{\mathfrak {p}}})_{\mathfrak {p}}$
 the induced map on the discriminant forms. Let
$D_f=(D_{f_{\mathfrak {p}}})_{\mathfrak {p}}$
 the induced map on the discriminant forms. Let 
 $L \subseteq L^{\vee }$
 be a Hermitian
$L \subseteq L^{\vee }$
 be a Hermitian 
 $\mathcal {O}_{\mathbb {A}}$
-lattice. Then
$\mathcal {O}_{\mathbb {A}}$
-lattice. Then 
 $\sigma \in O(L \otimes \mathbb {A}_K)$
 induces an isometry
$\sigma \in O(L \otimes \mathbb {A}_K)$
 induces an isometry 
 $\sigma \colon L \to \sigma (L)$
 of
$\sigma \colon L \to \sigma (L)$
 of 
 $\mathcal {O}_{\mathbb {A}}$
-lattices and an isometry
$\mathcal {O}_{\mathbb {A}}$
-lattices and an isometry 
 $D_{\sigma }\colon {D_{L}} \to {D_{\sigma (L)}}$
 of the respective discriminant groups.
$D_{\sigma }\colon {D_{L}} \to {D_{\sigma (L)}}$
 of the respective discriminant groups.
Proposition 6.14. Let L be an indefinite Hermitian 
 $\mathcal {O}$
-lattice with
$\mathcal {O}$
-lattice with 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {rk}}(L)\geq 2$
. For
$\operatorname {\mathrm {rk}}(L)\geq 2$
. For 
 $\sigma \in U(L\otimes \mathbb {A}_K)$
, the following are equivalent:
$\sigma \in U(L\otimes \mathbb {A}_K)$
, the following are equivalent: 
- 
1. There is a map  $\varphi \in U(L \otimes K)$
 such that $\varphi \in U(L \otimes K)$
 such that $D_{\varphi }=D_{\sigma }$
 and $D_{\varphi }=D_{\sigma }$
 and $\varphi (L \otimes {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} _{\mathbb {A}})=\sigma (L\otimes {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} _{\mathbb {A}})$
. $\varphi (L \otimes {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} _{\mathbb {A}})=\sigma (L\otimes {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} _{\mathbb {A}})$
.
- 
2.  $\det (\sigma ) \in \mathcal {F}(E)\cdot \mathcal {F}^{\sharp }(L)$
. $\det (\sigma ) \in \mathcal {F}(E)\cdot \mathcal {F}^{\sharp }(L)$
.
Proof. First, suppose that a map 
 $\varphi $
 as in (1) exists. Since
$\varphi $
 as in (1) exists. Since 
 $\varphi (L\otimes {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} _{\mathbb {A}})=\sigma (L\otimes {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} _{\mathbb {A}})$
 and
$\varphi (L\otimes {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} _{\mathbb {A}})=\sigma (L\otimes {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} _{\mathbb {A}})$
 and 
 $D_{\varphi } = D_{\sigma }$
, we have
$D_{\varphi } = D_{\sigma }$
, we have 
 $\varphi ^{-1} \circ \sigma \in U^{\sharp }(L\otimes {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} _{\mathbb {A}})$
. Thus,
$\varphi ^{-1} \circ \sigma \in U^{\sharp }(L\otimes {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} _{\mathbb {A}})$
. Thus, 
 $$\begin{align*}\det(\sigma) \in\mathcal{F}(E)\cdot \mathcal{F}^{\sharp}(L).\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\det(\sigma) \in\mathcal{F}(E)\cdot \mathcal{F}^{\sharp}(L).\end{align*}$$
 Now, suppose that 
 $\det (\sigma ) \in \mathcal {F}(E)\cdot \mathcal {F}^{\sharp }(L)$
. Then there exists
$\det (\sigma ) \in \mathcal {F}(E)\cdot \mathcal {F}^{\sharp }(L)$
. Then there exists 
 $u \in \mathcal {F}(E)$
 and
$u \in \mathcal {F}(E)$
 and 
 $\rho \in U^{\sharp }(L \otimes {{\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} _{\mathbb {A}}})$
 such that
$\rho \in U^{\sharp }(L \otimes {{\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} _{\mathbb {A}}})$
 such that 
 $\det (\sigma ) = u \det (\rho )$
. By Proposition 6.13, there exists
$\det (\sigma ) = u \det (\rho )$
. By Proposition 6.13, there exists 
 $\psi \in U(L\otimes K)$
 with
$\psi \in U(L\otimes K)$
 with 
 $\det (\psi )=u$
. Let
$\det (\psi )=u$
. Let 
 $\phi := \psi ^{-1} \circ \sigma \circ \rho ^{-1}$
. Then
$\phi := \psi ^{-1} \circ \sigma \circ \rho ^{-1}$
. Then 
 $\det (\phi )=1$
. By the strong approximation theorem [Reference Kneser45], there exists
$\det (\phi )=1$
. By the strong approximation theorem [Reference Kneser45], there exists 
 $\eta \in U(L\otimes K)$
 with
$\eta \in U(L\otimes K)$
 with 
 $\eta (L \otimes {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} _{\mathbb {A}})=\phi (L\otimes {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} _{\mathbb {A}})$
 and
$\eta (L \otimes {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} _{\mathbb {A}})=\phi (L\otimes {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} _{\mathbb {A}})$
 and 
 $D_{\eta } = D_{\phi }$
 (approximate
$D_{\eta } = D_{\phi }$
 (approximate 
 $\phi $
 at the finitely many primes dividing the discriminant and those with
$\phi $
 at the finitely many primes dividing the discriminant and those with 
 $\phi _{\mathfrak {p}}(L_{\mathfrak {p}})\neq L_{\mathfrak {p}}$
). Set
$\phi _{\mathfrak {p}}(L_{\mathfrak {p}})\neq L_{\mathfrak {p}}$
). Set 
 $\varphi := \psi \circ \eta \in U(L \otimes K)$
. Then
$\varphi := \psi \circ \eta \in U(L \otimes K)$
. Then 
 $$\begin{align*}\varphi(L\otimes {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}}_{\mathbb{A}}) = (\psi \circ \eta)(L\otimes {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}}_{\mathbb{A}}) = (\psi \circ \phi)(L\otimes {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}}_{\mathbb{A}}) = (\sigma \circ \rho^{-1})(L\otimes {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}}_{\mathbb{A}})=\sigma(L\otimes {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}}_{\mathbb{A}}).\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\varphi(L\otimes {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}}_{\mathbb{A}}) = (\psi \circ \eta)(L\otimes {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}}_{\mathbb{A}}) = (\psi \circ \phi)(L\otimes {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}}_{\mathbb{A}}) = (\sigma \circ \rho^{-1})(L\otimes {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}}_{\mathbb{A}})=\sigma(L\otimes {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}}_{\mathbb{A}}).\end{align*}$$
Further,
 $$\begin{align*}D_{\varphi} =D_{\psi} \circ D_{\eta}= D_{\sigma} \circ D_{\rho}^{-1} = D_{\sigma}\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}D_{\varphi} =D_{\psi} \circ D_{\eta}= D_{\sigma} \circ D_{\rho}^{-1} = D_{\sigma}\end{align*}$$
since 
 $D_{\rho }$
 is the identity because
$D_{\rho }$
 is the identity because 
 $\rho \in U^{\sharp }(L \otimes {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} _{\mathbb {A}})$
.
$\rho \in U^{\sharp }(L \otimes {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} _{\mathbb {A}})$
.
Theorem 6.15. Let L be an indefinite Hermitian 
 $\mathcal {O}$
-lattice with
$\mathcal {O}$
-lattice with 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {rk}}(L)\geq 2$
. Then there is an exact sequence
$\operatorname {\mathrm {rk}}(L)\geq 2$
. Then there is an exact sequence 
 $$\begin{align*}U(L)\rightarrow U({D_{L}}) \xrightarrow[]{\delta} \mathcal{F}(L)/(\mathcal{F}(E)\cap \mathcal{F}(L))\cdot \mathcal{F}^{\sharp}(L) \rightarrow 1,\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}U(L)\rightarrow U({D_{L}}) \xrightarrow[]{\delta} \mathcal{F}(L)/(\mathcal{F}(E)\cap \mathcal{F}(L))\cdot \mathcal{F}^{\sharp}(L) \rightarrow 1,\end{align*}$$
where 
 $\delta $
 is induced by the determinant.
$\delta $
 is induced by the determinant.
Proof. Let 
 $\hat \gamma \in U({D_{L}})$
, and lift it to some
$\hat \gamma \in U({D_{L}})$
, and lift it to some 
 $\gamma \in U(L \otimes {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} _{\mathbb {A}})$
 with
$\gamma \in U(L \otimes {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} _{\mathbb {A}})$
 with 
 $D_{\gamma }=\bar {\gamma }$
. By Proposition 6.14,
$D_{\gamma }=\bar {\gamma }$
. By Proposition 6.14, 
 $\gamma $
 lies in
$\gamma $
 lies in 
 $U(L\otimes K)$
 if and only if
$U(L\otimes K)$
 if and only if 
 $\det (\gamma ) \in \mathcal {F}(E)\cdot \mathcal {F}^{\sharp }(L)$
 which is equivalent to
$\det (\gamma ) \in \mathcal {F}(E)\cdot \mathcal {F}^{\sharp }(L)$
 which is equivalent to 
 $$\begin{align*}\det(\gamma) \in (\mathcal{F}(E)\cdot \mathcal{F}^{\sharp}(L)) \cap \mathcal{F}(L)= (\mathcal{F}(E) \cap \mathcal{F}(L)) \cdot \mathcal{F}^{\sharp}(L) \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\det(\gamma) \in (\mathcal{F}(E)\cdot \mathcal{F}^{\sharp}(L)) \cap \mathcal{F}(L)= (\mathcal{F}(E) \cap \mathcal{F}(L)) \cdot \mathcal{F}^{\sharp}(L) \end{align*}$$
and this does not depend on the choice of lift 
 $\gamma $
 of
$\gamma $
 of 
 $\bar {\gamma }$
. We conclude with the general fact that
$\bar {\gamma }$
. We conclude with the general fact that 
 $U(L) = U(L \otimes K) \cap U(L \otimes {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} _{\mathbb {A}})$
.
$U(L) = U(L \otimes K) \cap U(L \otimes {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} _{\mathbb {A}})$
.
 In order to make Theorem 6.15 effective, we will compute the groups 
 $\mathcal {F}^{\sharp }(L_{\mathfrak {p}})$
 and
$\mathcal {F}^{\sharp }(L_{\mathfrak {p}})$
 and 
 $\mathcal {F}(L_{\mathfrak {p}})$
 in Section 6.6. See Theorem 6.25 for the exact values.
$\mathcal {F}(L_{\mathfrak {p}})$
 in Section 6.6. See Theorem 6.25 for the exact values.
Remark 6.16. Let S be the set of primes of K dividing the order of 
 ${D_{L}}$
. For practical purposes, we note that
${D_{L}}$
. For practical purposes, we note that 
 $\mathcal {F}(L_{\mathfrak {p}})=\mathcal {F}^{\sharp }(L_{\mathfrak {p}})$
 for the primes not in S. Hence,
$\mathcal {F}(L_{\mathfrak {p}})=\mathcal {F}^{\sharp }(L_{\mathfrak {p}})$
 for the primes not in S. Hence, 
 $\mathcal {F}(L)/\mathcal {F}^{\sharp }(L)\cong \prod _{\mathfrak {p} \in S}\mathcal {F}(L_{\mathfrak {p}})/\mathcal {F}^{\sharp }(L_{\mathfrak {p}})$
 and it is enough to compute
$\mathcal {F}(L)/\mathcal {F}^{\sharp }(L)\cong \prod _{\mathfrak {p} \in S}\mathcal {F}(L_{\mathfrak {p}})/\mathcal {F}^{\sharp }(L_{\mathfrak {p}})$
 and it is enough to compute 
 $\delta _{\mathfrak {p}}$
 for the primes in S. This can be achieved by lifting
$\delta _{\mathfrak {p}}$
 for the primes in S. This can be achieved by lifting 
 $\bar {\gamma } \in U({D_{L_{\mathfrak {p}}}})$
 to some
$\bar {\gamma } \in U({D_{L_{\mathfrak {p}}}})$
 to some 
 $\gamma \in U(L_{\mathfrak {p}})$
 with sufficient precision using Algorithm 8.
$\gamma \in U(L_{\mathfrak {p}})$
 with sufficient precision using Algorithm 8.
6.6 Generation of 
 $\mathbf {U^{\sharp }(L)}$
 by symmetries
$\mathbf {U^{\sharp }(L)}$
 by symmetries
 Let K be a finite extension of 
 $F= \mathbb {Q}_p$
 and
$F= \mathbb {Q}_p$
 and 
 $E/K$
 a ramified quadratic extension. Let
$E/K$
 a ramified quadratic extension. Let 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}} = \operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}^E_K$
 be the trace. Recall that
$\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}} = \operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}^E_K$
 be the trace. Recall that 
 $\mathfrak {P}\subseteq \mathcal {O}$
 is the largest ideal invariant under the involution of
$\mathfrak {P}\subseteq \mathcal {O}$
 is the largest ideal invariant under the involution of 
 $E/K$
,
$E/K$
, 
 $\mathfrak {p}$
 the maximal ideal of
$\mathfrak {p}$
 the maximal ideal of 
 ${\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} $
 and the integers
${\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} $
 and the integers 
 $a, e$
 satisfy
$a, e$
 satisfy 
 $\mathfrak {P}^e = \mathfrak {D}_{E/K}$
 and
$\mathfrak {P}^e = \mathfrak {D}_{E/K}$
 and 
 $\mathfrak {P}^a = \mathfrak {D}_{E/F}$
. Note that as
$\mathfrak {P}^a = \mathfrak {D}_{E/F}$
. Note that as 
 $E/K$
 is ramified we have
$E/K$
 is ramified we have 
 $a \equiv e\ \ \mod 2$
. Let
$a \equiv e\ \ \mod 2$
. Let 
 $\pi \in \mathcal {O}$
 be a prime element and
$\pi \in \mathcal {O}$
 be a prime element and 
 $p = \pi \bar {\pi }$
. For any
$p = \pi \bar {\pi }$
. For any 
 $v \equiv e\ \ \mod 2$
, there exists a skew element
$v \equiv e\ \ \mod 2$
, there exists a skew element 
 $\omega \in E^{\times }$
 with
$\omega \in E^{\times }$
 with 
 $\nu _{\mathfrak {P}}(\omega )=v$
.
$\nu _{\mathfrak {P}}(\omega )=v$
.
 Let V be a nondegenerate Hermitian space over E. In what follows, L is a full 
 $\mathcal {O}$
-lattice in V with even trace form. Therefore, its scale and norm satisfy
$\mathcal {O}$
-lattice in V with even trace form. Therefore, its scale and norm satisfy 
 $$\begin{align*}\operatorname{\mathrm{\mathfrak{s}}}(L)=:\mathfrak{P}^i\subseteq \mathfrak{P}^{-a}\text{ and }\operatorname{\mathrm{\mathfrak{n}}}(L)=:\mathfrak{p}^k\subseteq \mathfrak{D}_{K/F}^{-1} = \mathfrak{P}^{e-a}.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\operatorname{\mathrm{\mathfrak{s}}}(L)=:\mathfrak{P}^i\subseteq \mathfrak{P}^{-a}\text{ and }\operatorname{\mathrm{\mathfrak{n}}}(L)=:\mathfrak{p}^k\subseteq \mathfrak{D}_{K/F}^{-1} = \mathfrak{P}^{e-a}.\end{align*}$$
This gives the inequalities 
 $0 \leq i+a$
 and
$0 \leq i+a$
 and 
 $0 \leq 2k+a-e$
 and by eq. (6.1)
$0 \leq 2k+a-e$
 and by eq. (6.1) 
 $i \leq 2k \leq i+e$
. We say that L is subnormal if
$i \leq 2k \leq i+e$
. We say that L is subnormal if 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {n}}}(L)\mathcal {O}\subsetneq \operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(L)$
, that is,
$\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {n}}}(L)\mathcal {O}\subsetneq \operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(L)$
, that is, 
 $i<2k$
. A sublattice of rank two is called a plane and a sublattice of rank one a line. By [Reference Jacobowitz37, Propositions 4.3, 4.4], the lattice L decomposes into an orthogonal direct sum of lines and subnormal planes.
$i<2k$
. A sublattice of rank two is called a plane and a sublattice of rank one a line. By [Reference Jacobowitz37, Propositions 4.3, 4.4], the lattice L decomposes into an orthogonal direct sum of lines and subnormal planes.
 The group 
 $U^{\sharp }(L)$
 is the kernel of the natural map
$U^{\sharp }(L)$
 is the kernel of the natural map 
 $$\begin{align*}U(L) \rightarrow U({D_{L}}).\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}U(L) \rightarrow U({D_{L}}).\end{align*}$$
For 
 $\varphi \in U(L)$
, we have
$\varphi \in U(L)$
, we have 
 $\varphi \in U^{\sharp }(L)$
 if and only if
$\varphi \in U^{\sharp }(L)$
 if and only if 
 $(\varphi - \operatorname {\mathrm {id}}_L)(L^{\vee }) \subseteq L$
. For
$(\varphi - \operatorname {\mathrm {id}}_L)(L^{\vee }) \subseteq L$
. For 
 $x,y \in L$
, we write
$x,y \in L$
, we write 
 $x \equiv y \ \ \mod \mathfrak {P}^i$
 if
$x \equiv y \ \ \mod \mathfrak {P}^i$
 if 
 $x-y \in \mathfrak {P}^i L$
.
$x-y \in \mathfrak {P}^i L$
.
 We single out the elements of 
 $U(V)$
 fixing a hyperplane—the symmetries.
$U(V)$
 fixing a hyperplane—the symmetries.
Definition 6.17. Let V be a Hermitian space, 
 $s \in V$
 and
$s \in V$
 and 
 $\sigma \in E^{\times }$
 with
$\sigma \in E^{\times }$
 with 
 $h( s,s)=\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}(\sigma )$
. We call the linear map
$h( s,s)=\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}(\sigma )$
. We call the linear map 
 $$\begin{align*}S_{s,\sigma} \colon V \to V, \quad x \mapsto x -h( x, )s \sigma^{-1}s\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}S_{s,\sigma} \colon V \to V, \quad x \mapsto x -h( x, )s \sigma^{-1}s\end{align*}$$
a symmetry of V. It preserves the Hermitian form 
 $h( \cdot \,, \cdot )$
. If s is isotropic, then we have
$h( \cdot \,, \cdot )$
. If s is isotropic, then we have 
 $\det (S_{s, \sigma }) = 1$
 and otherwise
$\det (S_{s, \sigma }) = 1$
 and otherwise 
 $\det (S_{s,\sigma })=-\overline \sigma /\sigma $
. The inverse is given by
$\det (S_{s,\sigma })=-\overline \sigma /\sigma $
. The inverse is given by 
 $S_{s,\sigma }^{-1}=S_{s,\bar {\sigma } }$
. Note that the symmetry
$S_{s,\sigma }^{-1}=S_{s,\bar {\sigma } }$
. Note that the symmetry 
 $S_{s, \sigma }$
 of V preserves L if
$S_{s, \sigma }$
 of V preserves L if 
 $s \in L$
 and
$s \in L$
 and 
 $h( L, )s \subseteq \mathcal {O} \sigma $
. We denote the subgroup of
$h( L, )s \subseteq \mathcal {O} \sigma $
. We denote the subgroup of 
 $U(L)$
 generated by the symmetries preserving L by
$U(L)$
 generated by the symmetries preserving L by 
 $S(L)$
 and set
$S(L)$
 and set 
 $S^{\sharp }(L) = U^{\sharp }(L) \cap S(L)$
.
$S^{\sharp }(L) = U^{\sharp }(L) \cap S(L)$
.
 By [Reference Brandhorst, Hofmann and Manthe22], symmetries generate the unitary group 
 $S(L)=U(L)$
 if
$S(L)=U(L)$
 if 
 $\mathcal {O}/\mathfrak {P} \neq \mathbb {F}_2$
. Otherwise, one has to include so called rescaled Eichler isometries, which are isometries fixing subspaces of codimension
$\mathcal {O}/\mathfrak {P} \neq \mathbb {F}_2$
. Otherwise, one has to include so called rescaled Eichler isometries, which are isometries fixing subspaces of codimension 
 $2$
. Fortunately, as we will see, symmetries suffice to generate
$2$
. Fortunately, as we will see, symmetries suffice to generate 
 $U^{\sharp }(L)$
. The condition that the trace form on L is even eliminates all the technical difficulties of [Reference Brandhorst, Hofmann and Manthe22].
$U^{\sharp }(L)$
. The condition that the trace form on L is even eliminates all the technical difficulties of [Reference Brandhorst, Hofmann and Manthe22].
Lemma 6.18. Let 
 $\varphi \in U^{\sharp }(L)$
 and
$\varphi \in U^{\sharp }(L)$
 and 
 $x \in L$
. Then
$x \in L$
. Then 
 $\varphi (x) - x \in h( x, L) \mathfrak {P}^a L$
.
$\varphi (x) - x \in h( x, L) \mathfrak {P}^a L$
.
Proof. For any 
 $x \in L$
, the inclusion
$x \in L$
, the inclusion 
 $h( x, L)^{-1}x \subseteq L^{\sharp }$
 gives
$h( x, L)^{-1}x \subseteq L^{\sharp }$
 gives 
 $$\begin{align*}\mathfrak{P}^{-a}h( x, L)^{-1} x \subseteq \mathfrak{P}^{-a}L^{\sharp} = L^{\vee} .\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\mathfrak{P}^{-a}h( x, L)^{-1} x \subseteq \mathfrak{P}^{-a}L^{\sharp} = L^{\vee} .\end{align*}$$
Hence, 
 $(\varphi (x) -x)h( x, L)^{-1}\mathfrak {P}^{-a} \subseteq (\varphi - \operatorname {\mathrm {id}}_V)(L^{\vee }) \subseteq L$
. Multiply by the ideal
$(\varphi (x) -x)h( x, L)^{-1}\mathfrak {P}^{-a} \subseteq (\varphi - \operatorname {\mathrm {id}}_V)(L^{\vee }) \subseteq L$
. Multiply by the ideal 
 $h( x, L)\mathfrak {P}^{a}$
 to reach the conclusion.
$h( x, L)\mathfrak {P}^{a}$
 to reach the conclusion.
Lemma 6.19. Let 
 $S_{s, \sigma }$
 be a symmetry of V with
$S_{s, \sigma }$
 be a symmetry of V with 
 $s \in \mathfrak {P}^{i+a} L$
. Then
$s \in \mathfrak {P}^{i+a} L$
. Then 
 $S_{s, \sigma } \in U^{\sharp }(L)$
 if
$S_{s, \sigma } \in U^{\sharp }(L)$
 if 
 $\mathfrak {P}^{2i+a} \subseteq \sigma \mathcal {O}$
.
$\mathfrak {P}^{2i+a} \subseteq \sigma \mathcal {O}$
.
Proof. We have 
 $(\operatorname {\mathrm {id}}_V-S_{s,\sigma })(\mathfrak {P}^{-a}L^{\sharp }) = h( \mathfrak {P}^{-a}L^{\sharp }, s)\sigma ^{-1}s \subseteq \mathfrak {P}^{i} \sigma ^{-1} s \subseteq L$
.
$(\operatorname {\mathrm {id}}_V-S_{s,\sigma })(\mathfrak {P}^{-a}L^{\sharp }) = h( \mathfrak {P}^{-a}L^{\sharp }, s)\sigma ^{-1}s \subseteq \mathfrak {P}^{i} \sigma ^{-1} s \subseteq L$
.
Lemma 6.20. Let 
 $x, x' \in L$
 with
$x, x' \in L$
 with 
 $h( x,x)=h( x',x')$
,
$h( x,x)=h( x',x')$
, 
 $h( x, L)=h( x', L)=\mathfrak {P}^i$
 and
$h( x, L)=h( x', L)=\mathfrak {P}^i$
 and 
 $x \equiv x' \ \ \mod \mathfrak {P}^{i+a}$
. Then there is an element
$x \equiv x' \ \ \mod \mathfrak {P}^{i+a}$
. Then there is an element 
 $\varphi \in S^{\sharp }(L)$
 with
$\varphi \in S^{\sharp }(L)$
 with 
 $\varphi (x) = x'$
.
$\varphi (x) = x'$
.
Proof. Note that 
 $h( x, x-x') \in \mathfrak {P}^{2i+a}$
. If
$h( x, x-x') \in \mathfrak {P}^{2i+a}$
. If 
 $h( x, x-x')\mathcal {O} =\mathfrak {P}^{2i+a}$
, then with
$h( x, x-x')\mathcal {O} =\mathfrak {P}^{2i+a}$
, then with 
 $\sigma = h( x, x-x')$
 and
$\sigma = h( x, x-x')$
 and 
 $s = x - x'$
 we have
$s = x - x'$
 we have 
 $S_{s, \sigma }(x) = x'$
, and Lemma 6.19 implies that
$S_{s, \sigma }(x) = x'$
, and Lemma 6.19 implies that 
 $S_{s,\sigma } \in U^{\sharp }(L)$
.
$S_{s,\sigma } \in U^{\sharp }(L)$
.
 If 
 $h( x, x-x')\mathcal {O} \subseteq \mathfrak {P}^{2i+a+1}$
, choose
$h( x, x-x')\mathcal {O} \subseteq \mathfrak {P}^{2i+a+1}$
, choose 
 $s \in \mathfrak {P}^{i+a}L$
 with
$s \in \mathfrak {P}^{i+a}L$
 with 
 $$\begin{align*}h( s, x)\mathcal{O} = h( s, x')\mathcal{O} = \mathfrak{P}^{2i+a} \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}h( s, x)\mathcal{O} = h( s, x')\mathcal{O} = \mathfrak{P}^{2i+a} \end{align*}$$
which is possible since 
 $h( x, L)=h( x', L)=\mathfrak {P}^i$
. We have
$h( x, L)=h( x', L)=\mathfrak {P}^i$
. We have 
 $\nu _{\mathfrak {P}}(h( s,s)s \rho )\geq 2i+2a+2k+1-e> 2i + a$
 and
$\nu _{\mathfrak {P}}(h( s,s)s \rho )\geq 2i+2a+2k+1-e> 2i + a$
 and 
 $2i+a \equiv e \ \ \mod 2$
. With
$2i+a \equiv e \ \ \mod 2$
. With 
 $\omega \in E$
 a skew element of valuation
$\omega \in E$
 a skew element of valuation 
 $2i+a$
,
$2i+a$
, 
 $\sigma := h( s,s)\rho + \omega $
 satisfies
$\sigma := h( s,s)\rho + \omega $
 satisfies 
 $\nu _{\mathfrak {P}}(\sigma )=2i+a$
. By Lemma 6.19, we have
$\nu _{\mathfrak {P}}(\sigma )=2i+a$
. By Lemma 6.19, we have 
 $S_{s,\sigma } \in S^{\sharp }(L)$
. Then
$S_{s,\sigma } \in S^{\sharp }(L)$
. Then 
 $$\begin{align*}h( x, x - S_{s,\sigma}(x'))=h( x, x-x') + h( x, s)h( s, x')\bar{\sigma} ^{-1}\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}h( x, x - S_{s,\sigma}(x'))=h( x, x-x') + h( x, s)h( s, x')\bar{\sigma} ^{-1}\end{align*}$$
gives 
 $h( x, x - S_{s,\sigma }(x'))\mathcal {O} = \mathfrak {P}^{2i+a}$
. Further,
$h( x, x - S_{s,\sigma }(x'))\mathcal {O} = \mathfrak {P}^{2i+a}$
. Further, 
 $x \equiv S_{s,\sigma }(x') \ \ \mod \mathfrak {P}^{i+a}$
. Thus, by the first case we can map x to
$x \equiv S_{s,\sigma }(x') \ \ \mod \mathfrak {P}^{i+a}$
. Thus, by the first case we can map x to 
 $S_{s,\sigma }(x')$
.
$S_{s,\sigma }(x')$
.
Lemma 6.21. Let 
 $L = P \perp M$
, with P a subnormal plane. Then
$L = P \perp M$
, with P a subnormal plane. Then 
 $U^{\sharp }(L) = S^{\sharp }(L)U^{\sharp }(M)$
.
$U^{\sharp }(L) = S^{\sharp }(L)U^{\sharp }(M)$
.
Proof. By [Reference Jacobowitz37], there exists a basis 
 $u, v \in P$
 with
$u, v \in P$
 with 
 $h( u,u) = p^k$
,
$h( u,u) = p^k$
, 
 $h( v,v)\in \mathfrak {p}^{k}$
 and
$h( v,v)\in \mathfrak {p}^{k}$
 and 
 $h( u, v)=\pi ^i$
. Note that L subnormal implies
$h( u, v)=\pi ^i$
. Note that L subnormal implies 
 $i<2k$
. Let
$i<2k$
. Let 
 $\varphi \in U^{\sharp }(L)$
. By Lemma 6.20, there exists a symmetry
$\varphi \in U^{\sharp }(L)$
. By Lemma 6.20, there exists a symmetry 
 $S \in S^{\sharp }(L)$
 with
$S \in S^{\sharp }(L)$
 with 
 $S(u) = \varphi (u)$
. Therefore, we may and will assume that
$S(u) = \varphi (u)$
. Therefore, we may and will assume that 
 $\varphi (u) = u$
.
$\varphi (u) = u$
.
 Write 
 $\varphi (v) = \gamma u + \delta v + m$
 for some
$\varphi (v) = \gamma u + \delta v + m$
 for some 
 $m \in \mathfrak {P}^{i+a}L$
 and
$m \in \mathfrak {P}^{i+a}L$
 and 
 $\gamma ,1-\delta \in \mathfrak {P}^{i+a}$
. Then we have
$\gamma ,1-\delta \in \mathfrak {P}^{i+a}$
. Then we have 
 $$\begin{align*}h( v, v-\varphi(v))\mathcal{O}=(-\bar{\gamma} \bar{\pi}^i+(1-\bar{\delta})h( v,v))\mathcal{O}\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}h( v, v-\varphi(v))\mathcal{O}=(-\bar{\gamma} \bar{\pi}^i+(1-\bar{\delta})h( v,v))\mathcal{O}\end{align*}$$
 $$ \begin{align} h( u, v-\varphi(v)) = h( u, v)-h( \varphi(u), \varphi(v)) = 0. \end{align} $$
$$ \begin{align} h( u, v-\varphi(v)) = h( u, v)-h( \varphi(u), \varphi(v)) = 0. \end{align} $$
The symmetry 
 $S_{s,\sigma } \in U(L\otimes E)$
 with
$S_{s,\sigma } \in U(L\otimes E)$
 with 
 $s=v - \varphi (v)$
 and
$s=v - \varphi (v)$
 and 
 $\sigma = h( v, v-\varphi (v))$
 preserves u and maps v to
$\sigma = h( v, v-\varphi (v))$
 preserves u and maps v to 
 $\varphi (v)$
. If
$\varphi (v)$
. If 
 $\nu _{\mathfrak {P}}(\gamma ) = i+a$
, then
$\nu _{\mathfrak {P}}(\gamma ) = i+a$
, then 
 $$\begin{align*}\nu_{\mathfrak{P}}((1 - \bar{\delta})h( v,v)v) \geq i + a + 2k> 2i + a = \nu_{\mathfrak{P}}(-\bar{\gamma} \bar{\pi}^i). \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\nu_{\mathfrak{P}}((1 - \bar{\delta})h( v,v)v) \geq i + a + 2k> 2i + a = \nu_{\mathfrak{P}}(-\bar{\gamma} \bar{\pi}^i). \end{align*}$$
Thus, 
 $h( v, v-\varphi (v))\mathcal {O} = \mathfrak {P}^{2i+a}$
. It follows that
$h( v, v-\varphi (v))\mathcal {O} = \mathfrak {P}^{2i+a}$
. It follows that 
 $S_{s,\sigma } \in S^{\sharp }(L)$
 by Lemma 6.19 and we are done.
$S_{s,\sigma } \in S^{\sharp }(L)$
 by Lemma 6.19 and we are done.
 Let now 
 $\nu _{\mathfrak {P}}(\gamma )> i +a$
. We consider
$\nu _{\mathfrak {P}}(\gamma )> i +a$
. We consider 
 $v' = u - \pi ^i p^{k-i}v \in L$
. It satisfies
$v' = u - \pi ^i p^{k-i}v \in L$
. It satisfies 
 $$\begin{align*}h( u, ){v'} = 0, \quad h( v', v)\equiv \pi^i \quad \mod \mathfrak{P}^{i+1} \quad \text{and} \quad v' \equiv u \quad \mod \mathfrak{P}.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}h( u, ){v'} = 0, \quad h( v', v)\equiv \pi^i \quad \mod \mathfrak{P}^{i+1} \quad \text{and} \quad v' \equiv u \quad \mod \mathfrak{P}.\end{align*}$$
In particular, 
 $v_{\mathfrak {P}}(h( v', v)) = i$
. Set
$v_{\mathfrak {P}}(h( v', v)) = i$
. Set 
 $s = \pi ^{i+a}v'$
, and let
$s = \pi ^{i+a}v'$
, and let 
 $\omega \in E$
 be a skew element such that
$\omega \in E$
 be a skew element such that 
 $\nu _{\mathfrak {P}}(\omega ) = 2i + a$
. Since
$\nu _{\mathfrak {P}}(\omega ) = 2i + a$
. Since 
 $\nu _{\mathfrak {P}}(h( s,s) \rho )> 2i+a$
, the element
$\nu _{\mathfrak {P}}(h( s,s) \rho )> 2i+a$
, the element 
 $\sigma = \rho h( s,s) + \omega $
 satisfies
$\sigma = \rho h( s,s) + \omega $
 satisfies 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}(\sigma ) = h( s,s)$
 and
$\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}(\sigma ) = h( s,s)$
 and 
 $\nu _{\mathfrak {P}}(\sigma ) = 2i + a$
.
$\nu _{\mathfrak {P}}(\sigma ) = 2i + a$
.
 We have 
 $S_{s,\sigma } \in S^{\sharp }(L)$
,
$S_{s,\sigma } \in S^{\sharp }(L)$
, 
 $S_{s,\sigma }(u) = u$
 and
$S_{s,\sigma }(u) = u$
 and 
 $S_{s,\sigma }(\varphi (v)) = \gamma ' u + \delta ' v + w$
 with
$S_{s,\sigma }(\varphi (v)) = \gamma ' u + \delta ' v + w$
 with 
 $\gamma ',\delta ' \in \mathcal {O}$
 and
$\gamma ',\delta ' \in \mathcal {O}$
 and 
 $$\begin{align*}\gamma' = \gamma - h( \gamma u + \delta v, \pi^{i+a}v')\sigma^{-1} \pi^{i+a} = \gamma - \delta h( v, v') p^{i+a}\sigma^{-1}.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\gamma' = \gamma - h( \gamma u + \delta v, \pi^{i+a}v')\sigma^{-1} \pi^{i+a} = \gamma - \delta h( v, v') p^{i+a}\sigma^{-1}.\end{align*}$$
Since 
 $\delta \in \mathcal {O}^{\times }$
 by eq. (6.4) and
$\delta \in \mathcal {O}^{\times }$
 by eq. (6.4) and 
 $\nu _{\mathfrak {P}}(\gamma )>i+a$
, we have
$\nu _{\mathfrak {P}}(\gamma )>i+a$
, we have 
 $\nu _{\mathfrak {P}}(\gamma ') = i+a$
. We conclude as in the first case.
$\nu _{\mathfrak {P}}(\gamma ') = i+a$
. We conclude as in the first case.
Theorem 6.22. Let 
 $E/K$
 be ramified. Then we have
$E/K$
 be ramified. Then we have 
 $U^{\sharp }(L) = S^{\sharp }(L)$
.
$U^{\sharp }(L) = S^{\sharp }(L)$
.
Proof. We proceed by induction on the rank of L. We know that 
 $L = M \perp N$
 with M a line or a subnormal plane. By Lemmas 6.20 and 6.21, we have
$L = M \perp N$
 with M a line or a subnormal plane. By Lemmas 6.20 and 6.21, we have 
 $U^{\sharp }(L) = S^{\sharp }(L)U^{\sharp }(N)$
. By induction,
$U^{\sharp }(L) = S^{\sharp }(L)U^{\sharp }(N)$
. By induction, 
 $U^{\sharp }(N)=S^{\sharp }(N)$
.
$U^{\sharp }(N)=S^{\sharp }(N)$
.
Remark 6.23. For 
 $E/K$
 unramified or
$E/K$
 unramified or 
 $E=K \times K$
, one can prove that
$E=K \times K$
, one can prove that 
 $U^{\sharp }(L)= S^{\sharp }(L)$
 as well. Since we do not need this result for the computation of
$U^{\sharp }(L)= S^{\sharp }(L)$
 as well. Since we do not need this result for the computation of 
 $\det (U^{\sharp }(L))$
, the proof is omitted.
$\det (U^{\sharp }(L))$
, the proof is omitted.
6.7 Determinants of the kernel
 We use the same assumptions and notation as in Section 6.4. In particular, we are in the local setting. Let 
 $\delta \in E$
 be of norm
$\delta \in E$
 be of norm 
 $\delta \bar {\delta } = 1$
 and
$\delta \bar {\delta } = 1$
 and 
 $x \in V$
 be anisotropic. A quasi-reflection is a map of the form
$x \in V$
 be anisotropic. A quasi-reflection is a map of the form 
 $$\begin{align*}\tau_{x,\delta}\colon V \rightarrow V, y \mapsto y + (\delta-1)\frac{h( y, x)}{h( x,x)} x.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\tau_{x,\delta}\colon V \rightarrow V, y \mapsto y + (\delta-1)\frac{h( y, x)}{h( x,x)} x.\end{align*}$$
We have 
 $\tau _{x,\delta } \in U(V)$
 and
$\tau _{x,\delta } \in U(V)$
 and 
 $\det (\tau _{x,\delta }) = \delta $
. Let
$\det (\tau _{x,\delta }) = \delta $
. Let 
 $s = x$
 and
$s = x$
 and 
 $\sigma = h( x,x)(1-\delta )^{-1}$
. Then
$\sigma = h( x,x)(1-\delta )^{-1}$
. Then 
 $\tau _{x,\delta }=S_{s,\sigma }$
. Conversely, if s is anisotropic and
$\tau _{x,\delta }=S_{s,\sigma }$
. Conversely, if s is anisotropic and 
 $\sigma \in E$
 with
$\sigma \in E$
 with 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}(\sigma )=h( s,s)$
, set
$\operatorname {\mathrm {Tr}}(\sigma )=h( s,s)$
, set 
 $\delta = - \bar {\sigma } / \sigma $
, then
$\delta = - \bar {\sigma } / \sigma $
, then 
 $S_{s,\sigma } = \tau _{x,\delta }$
. Thus, the quasi-reflections are exactly the symmetries at anisotropic vectors. The symmetries at isotropic vectors are called transvections.
$S_{s,\sigma } = \tau _{x,\delta }$
. Thus, the quasi-reflections are exactly the symmetries at anisotropic vectors. The symmetries at isotropic vectors are called transvections.
Lemma 6.24. Let 
 $x \in L$
 be primitive, anisotropic and
$x \in L$
 be primitive, anisotropic and 
 $\delta \in E$
 of norm
$\delta \in E$
 of norm 
 $\delta \bar {\delta } = 1$
. Then
$\delta \bar {\delta } = 1$
. Then 
 $\tau _{x,\delta } \in U^{\sharp }(L)$
 if and only if
$\tau _{x,\delta } \in U^{\sharp }(L)$
 if and only if 
 $(\delta - 1) \in \mathfrak {P}^{a} h( x,x).$
$(\delta - 1) \in \mathfrak {P}^{a} h( x,x).$
Proof. We have 
 $\tau _{x,\delta } \in U^{\sharp }(L)$
 if and only if
$\tau _{x,\delta } \in U^{\sharp }(L)$
 if and only if 
 $(\tau _{x,\delta }-\operatorname {\mathrm {id}}_V)(L^{\vee })\subseteq L$
. This amounts to
$(\tau _{x,\delta }-\operatorname {\mathrm {id}}_V)(L^{\vee })\subseteq L$
. This amounts to 
 $(\delta -1)\mathfrak {P}^{-a}h( x,x)^{-1}x \in L$
. The lemma follows since x is primitive.
$(\delta -1)\mathfrak {P}^{-a}h( x,x)^{-1}x \in L$
. The lemma follows since x is primitive.
 For 
 $i\geq 0$
, set
$i\geq 0$
, set 
 $$ \begin{align*} \mathcal{E}_0 & = \{u \in \mathcal{O}^{\times} \mid u \bar u =1\}\\ \mathcal{E}^i &= \{u \in \mathcal{E}_0 \mid u \equiv 1 \quad \mod \mathfrak{P}^i\}. \end{align*} $$
$$ \begin{align*} \mathcal{E}_0 & = \{u \in \mathcal{O}^{\times} \mid u \bar u =1\}\\ \mathcal{E}^i &= \{u \in \mathcal{E}_0 \mid u \equiv 1 \quad \mod \mathfrak{P}^i\}. \end{align*} $$
Note that 
 $\mathcal {E}_0 = \mathcal {E}^0 = \mathcal {E}^{e-1}$
,
$\mathcal {E}_0 = \mathcal {E}^0 = \mathcal {E}^{e-1}$
, 
 $\mathcal {E}_1:= \{u \bar u ^{-1} \mid u \in \mathcal {O}^{\times }\} = \mathcal {E}^e$
 and
$\mathcal {E}_1:= \{u \bar u ^{-1} \mid u \in \mathcal {O}^{\times }\} = \mathcal {E}^e$
 and 
 $[\mathcal {E}_0:\mathcal {E}_1]=2$
 by [Reference Kirschmer43, 3.4, 3.5].
$[\mathcal {E}_0:\mathcal {E}_1]=2$
 by [Reference Kirschmer43, 3.4, 3.5].
Theorem 6.25. Let 
 $F=\mathbb {Q}_p$
,
$F=\mathbb {Q}_p$
, 
 $K/F$
 a finite field extension,
$K/F$
 a finite field extension, 
 $E/K$
 an étale K-algebra of dimension
$E/K$
 an étale K-algebra of dimension 
 $2$
 with absolute different
$2$
 with absolute different 
 $\mathfrak {P}^a:=\mathfrak {D}_{E/F}$
. Suppose that L is a Hermitian
$\mathfrak {P}^a:=\mathfrak {D}_{E/F}$
. Suppose that L is a Hermitian 
 $\mathcal {O}$
-lattice with
$\mathcal {O}$
-lattice with 
 $\mathfrak {p}^k:=\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {n}}}(L) \subseteq \mathfrak {D}_{K/F}^{-1}$
. Then
$\mathfrak {p}^k:=\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {n}}}(L) \subseteq \mathfrak {D}_{K/F}^{-1}$
. Then 
 $\det (U^{\sharp }(L)) =:\mathcal {F}^{\sharp }(L) = \mathcal {E}^{2k+a}$
.
$\det (U^{\sharp }(L)) =:\mathcal {F}^{\sharp }(L) = \mathcal {E}^{2k+a}$
.
Proof. Let 
 $x \in L$
 be a norm generator, that is,
$x \in L$
 be a norm generator, that is, 
 $h( x,x) {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} = \operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {n}}}(L) = \mathfrak {p}^k$
. Let
$h( x,x) {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} = \operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {n}}}(L) = \mathfrak {p}^k$
. Let 
 $\delta \in \mathcal {E}^{2k+a}$
. Then
$\delta \in \mathcal {E}^{2k+a}$
. Then 
 $$\begin{align*}(\delta-1) \in \mathfrak{P}^{a}h( x,x)\subseteq \mathfrak{P}^{a}\operatorname{\mathrm{\mathfrak{n}}}(L).\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}(\delta-1) \in \mathfrak{P}^{a}h( x,x)\subseteq \mathfrak{P}^{a}\operatorname{\mathrm{\mathfrak{n}}}(L).\end{align*}$$
By Lemma 6.24, we have 
 $\tau _{x,\delta } \in U^{\sharp }(L)$
 and so
$\tau _{x,\delta } \in U^{\sharp }(L)$
 and so 
 $\delta \in \det (U^{\sharp }(L))$
. Hence,
$\delta \in \det (U^{\sharp }(L))$
. Hence, 
 $$\begin{align*}\mathcal{E}^{2k+a} \subseteq \det(U^{\sharp}(L)).\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\mathcal{E}^{2k+a} \subseteq \det(U^{\sharp}(L)).\end{align*}$$
 Let 
 $\mathfrak {P}^i:=\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(L)$
 and
$\mathfrak {P}^i:=\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(L)$
 and 
 $\varphi \in U^{\sharp }(L)$
. By Lemma 6.18,
$\varphi \in U^{\sharp }(L)$
. By Lemma 6.18, 
 $\varphi \equiv \operatorname {\mathrm {id}} \ \ \mod \mathfrak {P}^{i+a}$
. Thus,
$\varphi \equiv \operatorname {\mathrm {id}} \ \ \mod \mathfrak {P}^{i+a}$
. Thus, 
 $\det (\varphi ) \equiv 1 \ \ \mod \mathfrak {P}^{i+a}$
, that is,
$\det (\varphi ) \equiv 1 \ \ \mod \mathfrak {P}^{i+a}$
, that is, 
 $\det (\varphi ) \in \mathcal {E}^{i+a}$
.
$\det (\varphi ) \in \mathcal {E}^{i+a}$
.
 If 
 $E/K$
 is unramified, then
$E/K$
 is unramified, then 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(L)=\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {n}}}(L)\mathcal {O}$
, so that
$\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {s}}}(L)=\operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {n}}}(L)\mathcal {O}$
, so that 
 $i=2k$
 and
$i=2k$
 and 
 $$\begin{align*}\det(U^{\sharp}(L)) \subseteq \mathcal{E}^{i+a}=\mathcal{E}^{2k+a}.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\det(U^{\sharp}(L)) \subseteq \mathcal{E}^{i+a}=\mathcal{E}^{2k+a}.\end{align*}$$
 Now, suppose that 
 $E/K$
 is ramified. By Theorem 6.22, the group
$E/K$
 is ramified. By Theorem 6.22, the group 
 $U^{\sharp }(L) = S^{\sharp }(L)$
 is generated by symmetries. Since transvections have determinant one, it is enough to consider the determinants of the quasi-reflections in
$U^{\sharp }(L) = S^{\sharp }(L)$
 is generated by symmetries. Since transvections have determinant one, it is enough to consider the determinants of the quasi-reflections in 
 $U^{\sharp }(L)$
. Let
$U^{\sharp }(L)$
. Let 
 $\tau _{x,\delta } \in U^{\sharp }(L)$
 be a quasi-reflection. Recall that
$\tau _{x,\delta } \in U^{\sharp }(L)$
 be a quasi-reflection. Recall that 
 $\det (\tau _{x,\delta }) = \delta $
. By Lemma 6.24, we have
$\det (\tau _{x,\delta }) = \delta $
. By Lemma 6.24, we have 
 $(\delta -1) \in \mathfrak {P}^a h( x,x) \subseteq \mathfrak {P}^a \operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {n}}}(L)$
. This proves
$(\delta -1) \in \mathfrak {P}^a h( x,x) \subseteq \mathfrak {P}^a \operatorname {\mathrm {\mathfrak {n}}}(L)$
. This proves 
 $\det (U^{\sharp }(L)) \subseteq \mathcal {E}^{2k + a}$
.
$\det (U^{\sharp }(L)) \subseteq \mathcal {E}^{2k + a}$
.
6.8 Computing in 
 $\mathcal {F}(L_{\mathfrak {p}})/\mathcal {F}^{\sharp }(L_{\mathfrak {p}})$
$\mathcal {F}(L_{\mathfrak {p}})/\mathcal {F}^{\sharp }(L_{\mathfrak {p}})$
 Let 
 $E/K$
 be a quadratic extension number fields with rings of integers
$E/K$
 be a quadratic extension number fields with rings of integers 
 $\mathcal {O}$
 and
$\mathcal {O}$
 and 
 ${\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} $
, respectively. Let L a Hermitian
${\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} $
, respectively. Let L a Hermitian 
 $\mathcal {O}$
-lattice. Determining the image of
$\mathcal {O}$
-lattice. Determining the image of 
 $\delta $
 in Theorem 6.15 requires the computation in the finite quotient
$\delta $
 in Theorem 6.15 requires the computation in the finite quotient 
 $\mathcal {F}(L_{\mathfrak {p}})/\mathcal {F}^{\sharp }(L_{\mathfrak {p}})$
, where
$\mathcal {F}(L_{\mathfrak {p}})/\mathcal {F}^{\sharp }(L_{\mathfrak {p}})$
, where 
 $\mathfrak {p}$
 is a prime ideal of
$\mathfrak {p}$
 is a prime ideal of 
 ${\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} $
 (see also Remark 6.16). To simplify notation, we now assume that K is a local field of characteristic
${\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} $
 (see also Remark 6.16). To simplify notation, we now assume that K is a local field of characteristic 
 $0$
,
$0$
, 
 $E/K$
 an étale K-algebra of dimension
$E/K$
 an étale K-algebra of dimension 
 $2$
 and the notation as in Section 6.6. Hence, our aim is to be able to do computations in
$2$
 and the notation as in Section 6.6. Hence, our aim is to be able to do computations in 
 $\mathcal {F}(L)/\mathcal {F}^{\sharp }(L)$
. As we are only interested in computing in the abelian group as opposed to determining it completely, it is sufficient to describe the computation of the supergroup
$\mathcal {F}(L)/\mathcal {F}^{\sharp }(L)$
. As we are only interested in computing in the abelian group as opposed to determining it completely, it is sufficient to describe the computation of the supergroup 
 $\mathcal {E}_{0}/\mathcal {F}^{\sharp }(L)$
. By Theorem 6.25, we know that
$\mathcal {E}_{0}/\mathcal {F}^{\sharp }(L)$
. By Theorem 6.25, we know that 
 $\mathcal {F}^{\sharp }(L) = \mathcal {E}^i$
 for some
$\mathcal {F}^{\sharp }(L) = \mathcal {E}^i$
 for some 
 $i \in \mathbb {Z}_{\geq 0}$
. It is thus sufficient to describe the computation of
$i \in \mathbb {Z}_{\geq 0}$
. It is thus sufficient to describe the computation of 
 $\mathcal {E}_{0}/\mathcal {E}^i$
. By definition, this group is isomorphic to
$\mathcal {E}_{0}/\mathcal {E}^i$
. By definition, this group is isomorphic to 
 $\ker (\overline {\mathrm {N}}_i)$
, where
$\ker (\overline {\mathrm {N}}_i)$
, where 
 $$\begin{align*}\overline {\mathrm{N}}_i \colon \mathcal{O}^{\times}{/}(1 + \mathfrak{P}^i) \longrightarrow {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}}^{\times}{/}\operatorname{\mathrm{N}}(1 + \mathfrak{P}^i), \bar u \longmapsto \overline{\operatorname{\mathrm{N}}(u)}. \end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\overline {\mathrm{N}}_i \colon \mathcal{O}^{\times}{/}(1 + \mathfrak{P}^i) \longrightarrow {\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}}^{\times}{/}\operatorname{\mathrm{N}}(1 + \mathfrak{P}^i), \bar u \longmapsto \overline{\operatorname{\mathrm{N}}(u)}. \end{align*}$$
Depending on the structure of the extension 
 $E/K$
, this kernel can be described as follows:
$E/K$
, this kernel can be described as follows: 
- 
○ If  $E \cong K \times K$
, then $E \cong K \times K$
, then $\mathcal {E}_0/\mathcal {E}^i$
 is isomorphic to $\mathcal {E}_0/\mathcal {E}^i$
 is isomorphic to $({\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} /\mathfrak {p}^i)^{\times }$
. $({\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} /\mathfrak {p}^i)^{\times }$
.
- 
○ If  $E/K$
 is an unramified extension of local fields, then $E/K$
 is an unramified extension of local fields, then $\mathcal {E}_0/\mathcal {E}^i$
 is isomorphic to the kernel of the map $\mathcal {E}_0/\mathcal {E}^i$
 is isomorphic to the kernel of the map $(\mathcal {O}/\mathfrak {P}^i)^{\times } \rightarrow ({\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} /\mathfrak {p}^i)^{\times }, \, \bar u \mapsto \overline {\operatorname {\mathrm {N}}(u)}$
. $(\mathcal {O}/\mathfrak {P}^i)^{\times } \rightarrow ({\scriptstyle\mathcal{O}} /\mathfrak {p}^i)^{\times }, \, \bar u \mapsto \overline {\operatorname {\mathrm {N}}(u)}$
.
- 
○ If  $E/K$
 is a ramified extension of local fields, then the situation is more complicated due to the norm not being surjective. Using the fact that by definition we have this quotient can be determined using explicit results on the image of the multiplicative groups $E/K$
 is a ramified extension of local fields, then the situation is more complicated due to the norm not being surjective. Using the fact that by definition we have this quotient can be determined using explicit results on the image of the multiplicative groups $$\begin{align*}\mathcal{E}^i/\mathcal{E}^{i+1} \cong \ker \left((1 + \mathfrak{P}^i)/(1 + \mathfrak{P}^{i + 1}) \longrightarrow \operatorname{\mathrm{N}}(1 + \mathfrak{P}^i)/\operatorname{\mathrm{N}}(1 + \mathfrak{P}^{i+1}),\, \overline{u} \longmapsto \overline{\operatorname{\mathrm{N}}(u)}\right), \end{align*}$$ $$\begin{align*}\mathcal{E}^i/\mathcal{E}^{i+1} \cong \ker \left((1 + \mathfrak{P}^i)/(1 + \mathfrak{P}^{i + 1}) \longrightarrow \operatorname{\mathrm{N}}(1 + \mathfrak{P}^i)/\operatorname{\mathrm{N}}(1 + \mathfrak{P}^{i+1}),\, \overline{u} \longmapsto \overline{\operatorname{\mathrm{N}}(u)}\right), \end{align*}$$ $1 + \mathfrak {P}^i$
 under the norm map, found, for example, in [Reference Serre71, Chap. V]. Applying this iteratively, we obtain $1 + \mathfrak {P}^i$
 under the norm map, found, for example, in [Reference Serre71, Chap. V]. Applying this iteratively, we obtain $\mathcal {E}_0/\mathcal {E}^i$
. $\mathcal {E}_0/\mathcal {E}^i$
.
In all three cases, the computations of the quotient groups 
 $\mathcal {E}_0/\mathcal {E}^i$
 reduce to determining unit groups of residue class rings or kernels of morphisms between such groups. These unit groups are finitely generated abelian groups, whose structure can be determined using classical algorithms from algebraic number theory; see, for example, [Reference Cohen25, Sec. 4.2].
$\mathcal {E}_0/\mathcal {E}^i$
 reduce to determining unit groups of residue class rings or kernels of morphisms between such groups. These unit groups are finitely generated abelian groups, whose structure can be determined using classical algorithms from algebraic number theory; see, for example, [Reference Cohen25, Sec. 4.2].
7 Fixed points
 We classify the fixed point sets of purely nonsymplectic automorphisms of finite order n on complex K3 surfaces. We only use the description of the fixed locus for 
 $n=p$
 a prime (see, e.g., [Reference Artebani, Sarti and Taki8]); hence providing an independent proof in the known cases and completing the classification in all other cases.
$n=p$
 a prime (see, e.g., [Reference Artebani, Sarti and Taki8]); hence providing an independent proof in the known cases and completing the classification in all other cases.
 Given the action of 
 $\sigma $
 on some lattice
$\sigma $
 on some lattice 
 $L \cong H^2(X,\mathbb {Z})$
, we want to derive the invariants
$L \cong H^2(X,\mathbb {Z})$
, we want to derive the invariants 
 $((a_1,\dots a_s),k,l,g)$
 of the fixed locus
$((a_1,\dots a_s),k,l,g)$
 of the fixed locus 
 $X^{\sigma }$
 as defined in the introduction. The topological and holomorphic Lefschetz’ fixed point formula [Reference Atiyah and Singer9, Thm. 4.6] yield the following relations
$X^{\sigma }$
 as defined in the introduction. The topological and holomorphic Lefschetz’ fixed point formula [Reference Atiyah and Singer9, Thm. 4.6] yield the following relations 
 $$\begin{align*}\sum_{i=1}^s a_i -2k + l(2 - 2g) = 2 + \operatorname{\mathrm{Tr}} \sigma^*|H^2(X,\mathbb{C})\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\sum_{i=1}^s a_i -2k + l(2 - 2g) = 2 + \operatorname{\mathrm{Tr}} \sigma^*|H^2(X,\mathbb{C})\end{align*}$$
and
 $$\begin{align*}1+\zeta_n^{-1} = \sum_{i=1}^s \frac{a_i}{(1-\zeta_n^{i+1})(1-\zeta_n^{-i})}+l(1-g) \frac{1+\zeta_n}{(1-\zeta_n)^2}.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}1+\zeta_n^{-1} = \sum_{i=1}^s \frac{a_i}{(1-\zeta_n^{i+1})(1-\zeta_n^{-i})}+l(1-g) \frac{1+\zeta_n}{(1-\zeta_n)^2}.\end{align*}$$
We adopt the following strategy: By induction, we know the invariants of the fixed loci of 
 $\sigma ^p$
 for
$\sigma ^p$
 for 
 $p \mid n$
. Note that
$p \mid n$
. Note that 
 $\sigma $
 acts with order dividing p on
$\sigma $
 acts with order dividing p on 
 $X^{\sigma ^p}$
 and
$X^{\sigma ^p}$
 and 
 $X^{\sigma } \subseteq X^{\sigma ^p}$
. From the fixed loci of
$X^{\sigma } \subseteq X^{\sigma ^p}$
. From the fixed loci of 
 $\sigma ^p$
, we derive the obvious upper bounds on k, l and g. Then for each possible tuple
$\sigma ^p$
, we derive the obvious upper bounds on k, l and g. Then for each possible tuple 
 $(k,l,g)$
, we find all
$(k,l,g)$
, we find all 
 $(a_1,\dots a_s)$
 satisfying the Lefschetz formulas, which amounts to enumerating integer points in a bounded polygon. The result is a finite list of possibilities for the invariants of
$(a_1,\dots a_s)$
 satisfying the Lefschetz formulas, which amounts to enumerating integer points in a bounded polygon. The result is a finite list of possibilities for the invariants of 
 $X^{\sigma }$
.
$X^{\sigma }$
.
 In what follows, we derive compatibility conditions coming from the description of 
 $X^{\sigma }$
 as the fixed point set of the action of
$X^{\sigma }$
 as the fixed point set of the action of 
 $\sigma $
 on
$\sigma $
 on 
 $X^{\sigma ^p}$
.
$X^{\sigma ^p}$
.
Lemma 7.1. Let P be an isolated fixed point of type i of 
 $\sigma $
. Let
$\sigma $
. Let 
 $p m = n$
 with p prime. Then P is a fixed point of
$p m = n$
 with p prime. Then P is a fixed point of 
 $\sigma ^p$
 of type
$\sigma ^p$
 of type 
 $$\begin{align*}t(i) = \min\{i + 1 \bmod m,n -i \bmod m\} - 1.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}t(i) = \min\{i + 1 \bmod m,n -i \bmod m\} - 1.\end{align*}$$
Moreover, we have
 $$\begin{align*}a_i(\sigma) \leq a_{t(i)}(\sigma^p) \quad \mbox{ and } \quad \sum_{\{i | t(i)=j\}}a_i(\sigma) \equiv a_{j}(\sigma^p) \quad \mod p,\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}a_i(\sigma) \leq a_{t(i)}(\sigma^p) \quad \mbox{ and } \quad \sum_{\{i | t(i)=j\}}a_i(\sigma) \equiv a_{j}(\sigma^p) \quad \mod p,\end{align*}$$
where 
 $1 \leq j \leq (m-1)/2$
.
$1 \leq j \leq (m-1)/2$
.
Proof. In local coordinates 
 $\sigma ^p(x,y) = (\zeta _m^{i+1},\zeta _m^{-i})$
. Note that
$\sigma ^p(x,y) = (\zeta _m^{i+1},\zeta _m^{-i})$
. Note that 
 $\sigma $
 acts on the set of fixed points of type j of
$\sigma $
 acts on the set of fixed points of type j of 
 $\sigma ^p$
. Hence, the number of fixed points
$\sigma ^p$
. Hence, the number of fixed points 
 $ \sum _{\{i|t(i)=j\}}a_i(\sigma )$
 of
$ \sum _{\{i|t(i)=j\}}a_i(\sigma )$
 of 
 $\sigma $
 is congruent to the order
$\sigma $
 is congruent to the order 
 $a_j(\sigma ^p)$
 of this set modulo p.
$a_j(\sigma ^p)$
 of this set modulo p.
 In particular, from the invariants of 
 $\sigma $
, we can infer how many isolated fixed points of
$\sigma $
, we can infer how many isolated fixed points of 
 $\sigma $
 lie on a fixed curve of
$\sigma $
 lie on a fixed curve of 
 $X^{\sigma ^p}$
. More precisely, by Lemma 7.1
$X^{\sigma ^p}$
. More precisely, by Lemma 7.1 
 $\sum _{\{i|t(i)=0\}}a_i(\sigma )$
 is the number of isolated fixed points of
$\sum _{\{i|t(i)=0\}}a_i(\sigma )$
 is the number of isolated fixed points of 
 $\sigma $
 which lie on a fixed curve of
$\sigma $
 which lie on a fixed curve of 
 $\sigma ^p$
. The number of such points is bounded above and below by the following lemma.
$\sigma ^p$
. The number of such points is bounded above and below by the following lemma.
Lemma 7.2. Let p be a prime number, C a smooth curve of genus g and 
 $\sigma \in \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(C)$
 an automorphism of order p with
$\sigma \in \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(C)$
 an automorphism of order p with 
 $C/\sigma $
 of genus
$C/\sigma $
 of genus 
 $g'$
. Then
$g'$
. Then 
 $\sigma $
 fixes
$\sigma $
 fixes 
 $$\begin{align*}r = \frac{2g -2 - p(2g'-2)}{p-1}\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}r = \frac{2g -2 - p(2g'-2)}{p-1}\end{align*}$$
points. In particular, given p and g there is a finite number of possibilities for r. Note that for 
 $g = 0$
 we have
$g = 0$
 we have 
 $r = 2$
.
$r = 2$
.
Proof. The canonical map 
 $\pi \colon C \to C/\sigma $
 is ramified precisely in the fixed points and with multiplicity p. By the Hurwitz formula,
$\pi \colon C \to C/\sigma $
 is ramified precisely in the fixed points and with multiplicity p. By the Hurwitz formula, 
 $2g -2 = p (2 g' - 2) + (p-1)r$
.
$2g -2 = p (2 g' - 2) + (p-1)r$
.
 Inductively carrying out this strategy, we obtain a unique possibility in most cases and in the remaining 
 $33$
 cases two possibilities. We call the corresponding automorphisms ambiguous. In what follows, we disambiguate by using elliptic fibrations. We say that a curve C is fixed by
$33$
 cases two possibilities. We call the corresponding automorphisms ambiguous. In what follows, we disambiguate by using elliptic fibrations. We say that a curve C is fixed by 
 $\sigma $
 if
$\sigma $
 if 
 $\sigma |_C=\operatorname {\mathrm {id}}_C$
. If merely
$\sigma |_C=\operatorname {\mathrm {id}}_C$
. If merely 
 $\sigma (C)=C$
, we say that it is invariant.
$\sigma (C)=C$
, we say that it is invariant.
Lemma 7.3. Let p be a prime divisor of n. Suppose that 
 $\sigma ^{n/p}$
 fixes an elliptic curve E. Denote by
$\sigma ^{n/p}$
 fixes an elliptic curve E. Denote by 
 $\pi \colon X \to \mathbb {P}^1$
 the elliptic fibration induced by the linear system
$\pi \colon X \to \mathbb {P}^1$
 the elliptic fibration induced by the linear system 
 $|E|$
. Suppose
$|E|$
. Suppose 
 $\sigma $
 has no isolated fixed points on E and
$\sigma $
 has no isolated fixed points on E and 
 $\sigma ^m$
 leaves invariant a section of
$\sigma ^m$
 leaves invariant a section of 
 $\pi $
 for some
$\pi $
 for some 
 $m \mid n, m \neq n$
. Then
$m \mid n, m \neq n$
. Then 
 $\sigma $
 fixes E if and only if
$\sigma $
 fixes E if and only if 
 $\pi $
 admits a
$\pi $
 admits a 
 $\sigma $
-invariant section.
$\sigma $
-invariant section.
Proof. Since we assume that 
 $\sigma $
 has no isolated fixed points on E, either
$\sigma $
 has no isolated fixed points on E, either 
 $\sigma $
 fixes E entirely or no point on E at all.
$\sigma $
 fixes E entirely or no point on E at all.
 Suppose that S is a 
 $\sigma $
-invariant section. Then
$\sigma $
-invariant section. Then 
 $E \cap S$
 is a fixed point. Therefore,
$E \cap S$
 is a fixed point. Therefore, 
 $\sigma $
 fixes E.
$\sigma $
 fixes E.
 Conversely, suppose that there is no 
 $\sigma $
-invariant section. By assumption, we find a
$\sigma $
-invariant section. By assumption, we find a 
 $\sigma ^m$
-invariant section S which must satisfy
$\sigma ^m$
-invariant section S which must satisfy 
 $\sigma (S) \neq S$
. If
$\sigma (S) \neq S$
. If 
 $\sigma $
 acts trivially on E, then
$\sigma $
 acts trivially on E, then 
 $\{P\}=E \cap S \cap \sigma (S)$
 is a fixed point. The three
$\{P\}=E \cap S \cap \sigma (S)$
 is a fixed point. The three 
 $\sigma ^m$
-invariant curves E, S and
$\sigma ^m$
-invariant curves E, S and 
 $\sigma (S)$
 pass through P. This contradicts the local description of the action around P. Therefore,
$\sigma (S)$
 pass through P. This contradicts the local description of the action around P. Therefore, 
 $\sigma $
 must act as a translation on E.
$\sigma $
 must act as a translation on E.
Lemma 7.4. Let 
 $\tau $
 be an automorphism of prime order p of a K3 surface X acting trivially on
$\tau $
 be an automorphism of prime order p of a K3 surface X acting trivially on 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X)$
 and fixing an elliptic curve E. If
$\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X)$
 and fixing an elliptic curve E. If 
 $f \in \operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X)$
 is isotropic, primitive and nef such that
$f \in \operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X)$
 is isotropic, primitive and nef such that 
 $f^{\perp } /\mathbb {Z} f$
 is not an overlattice of a root lattice, then
$f^{\perp } /\mathbb {Z} f$
 is not an overlattice of a root lattice, then 
 $f = [E]$
.
$f = [E]$
.
Proof. Since 
 $\tau $
 acts trivially on
$\tau $
 acts trivially on 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X)$
, it lies in the center of the automorphism group
$\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X)$
, it lies in the center of the automorphism group 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X)$
 and fixes E. Hence, every automorphism leaves E invariant, that is, E is a curve canonically defined on X. Let
$\operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X)$
 and fixes E. Hence, every automorphism leaves E invariant, that is, E is a curve canonically defined on X. Let 
 $\pi \colon X \to \mathbb {P}^1$
 be the genus one fibration defined by
$\pi \colon X \to \mathbb {P}^1$
 be the genus one fibration defined by 
 $|E|$
. The fibration
$|E|$
. The fibration 
 $\pi $
 is canonically defined, therefore
$\pi $
 is canonically defined, therefore 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X)$
 is virtually abelian of rank t given by the rank of the Mordell–Weil group of (the Jacobian of)
$\operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X)$
 is virtually abelian of rank t given by the rank of the Mordell–Weil group of (the Jacobian of) 
 $\pi $
. Let R be the root sublattice of
$\pi $
. Let R be the root sublattice of 
 $[E]^{\perp }/\mathbb {Z}[E]$
. Then by the Shioda–Tate formula [Reference Shioda73, 5.2]
$[E]^{\perp }/\mathbb {Z}[E]$
. Then by the Shioda–Tate formula [Reference Shioda73, 5.2] 
 $t=\operatorname {\mathrm {rk}} \operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X)-\operatorname {\mathrm {rk}} R -2$
. Since
$t=\operatorname {\mathrm {rk}} \operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X)-\operatorname {\mathrm {rk}} R -2$
. Since 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X)$
 is virtually abelian, there is at most one elliptic fibration of positive rank. By [Reference Pyatetskij-Shapiro and Shafarevich69, §3], f is the class of a fiber of an elliptic fibration. Since
$\operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X)$
 is virtually abelian, there is at most one elliptic fibration of positive rank. By [Reference Pyatetskij-Shapiro and Shafarevich69, §3], f is the class of a fiber of an elliptic fibration. Since 
 $f^{\perp }/\mathbb {Z} f$
 is not an overlattice of a root lattice, the Shioda–Tate formula implies that it has positive Mordell–Weil rank. Hence, it must coincide with
$f^{\perp }/\mathbb {Z} f$
 is not an overlattice of a root lattice, the Shioda–Tate formula implies that it has positive Mordell–Weil rank. Hence, it must coincide with 
 $\pi $
 and so
$\pi $
 and so 
 $[E] = f$
.
$[E] = f$
.
Lemma 7.5. Let p be a prime divisor of n. Suppose that 
 $\sigma ^p$
 fixes an elliptic curve E inducing the elliptic fibration
$\sigma ^p$
 fixes an elliptic curve E inducing the elliptic fibration 
 $\pi $
. Set
$\pi $
. Set 
 $\tau =\sigma ^{n/p}$
 and
$\tau =\sigma ^{n/p}$
 and 
 $N= \operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X)^{\tau }$
. Let
$N= \operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X)^{\tau }$
. Let 
 $f\in \operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X)^{\sigma }$
 be isotropic and primitive such that
$f\in \operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X)^{\sigma }$
 be isotropic and primitive such that 
 $f^{\perp N}/\mathbb {Z} f$
 is not an overlattice of a root lattice. Then
$f^{\perp N}/\mathbb {Z} f$
 is not an overlattice of a root lattice. Then 
 $\pi $
 has a
$\pi $
 has a 
 $\tau $
-invariant section if and only if
$\tau $
-invariant section if and only if 
 $\langle f, N \rangle = \mathbb {Z}$
. Similarly,
$\langle f, N \rangle = \mathbb {Z}$
. Similarly, 
 $\pi $
 has a
$\pi $
 has a 
 $\sigma $
-invariant section if and only if
$\sigma $
-invariant section if and only if 
 $\langle f ,\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X)^{\sigma } \rangle =\mathbb {Z}$
.
$\langle f ,\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X)^{\sigma } \rangle =\mathbb {Z}$
.
Proof. By [Reference Oguiso and Sakurai64, Lemma 1.7 and Theorem 1.8], there exists an element 
 $\delta $
 of the Weyl group
$\delta $
 of the Weyl group 
 $W(\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X))$
 commuting with
$W(\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X))$
 commuting with 
 $\sigma $
 such that
$\sigma $
 such that 
 $\delta (f)$
 is nef. Hence, we may assume that f is nef. In order to apply Lemma 7.4, set
$\delta (f)$
 is nef. Hence, we may assume that f is nef. In order to apply Lemma 7.4, set 
 $\tau = \sigma ^{n/p}$
 and consider
$\tau = \sigma ^{n/p}$
 and consider 
 $G=\langle \tau \rangle $
. Choose a marking
$G=\langle \tau \rangle $
. Choose a marking 
 $\eta \colon H^2(X,\mathbb {Z})\to L$
, and set
$\eta \colon H^2(X,\mathbb {Z})\to L$
, and set 
 $H= \eta \rho _X(G) \eta ^{-1}$
. Then we can deform the H-marked K3 surface
$H= \eta \rho _X(G) \eta ^{-1}$
. Then we can deform the H-marked K3 surface 
 $(X,G,\eta )$
 to
$(X,G,\eta )$
 to 
 $(X',G',\eta ')$
 such that
$(X',G',\eta ')$
 such that 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X')^{G'} = \operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X')$
. Let
$\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X')^{G'} = \operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X')$
. Let 
 $E'$
 be the elliptic curve fixed by
$E'$
 be the elliptic curve fixed by 
 $G'$
. It satisfies
$G'$
. It satisfies 
 $\eta '([E']) = \eta ([E])$
. Note that
$\eta '([E']) = \eta ([E])$
. Note that 
 $f' = \eta ^{\prime -1} \circ \eta (f)$
 is still nef since
$f' = \eta ^{\prime -1} \circ \eta (f)$
 is still nef since 
 $\eta '(\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X'))\subseteq \eta (\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X))$
. Hence, by Lemma 7.4 we get
$\eta '(\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X'))\subseteq \eta (\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X))$
. Hence, by Lemma 7.4 we get 
 $f'= [E']$
 which gives
$f'= [E']$
 which gives 
 $f = [E]$
.
$f = [E]$
.
 Finally, if 
 $\langle [E], \operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X)\rangle = \mathbb {Z}$
, we can find
$\langle [E], \operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X)\rangle = \mathbb {Z}$
, we can find 
 $s \in \operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X)$
 with
$s \in \operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X)$
 with 
 $\langle [E],s\rangle =1$
 and
$\langle [E],s\rangle =1$
 and 
 $s^2=-2$
. After possibly replacing s by
$s^2=-2$
. After possibly replacing s by 
 $-s$
, we may assume that s is effective. We can write
$-s$
, we may assume that s is effective. We can write 
 $s = \delta _1 + \dots + \delta _n$
 for
$s = \delta _1 + \dots + \delta _n$
 for 
 $(-2)$
-curves
$(-2)$
-curves 
 $\delta _i \in \operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X)$
. Now,
$\delta _i \in \operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X)$
. Now, 
 $1=\langle f , s \rangle $
 and
$1=\langle f , s \rangle $
 and 
 $\langle f, \delta _i \rangle \geq 0$
 (f is nef) imply that
$\langle f, \delta _i \rangle \geq 0$
 (f is nef) imply that 
 $\langle f , \delta _i \rangle =1$
 for a single
$\langle f , \delta _i \rangle =1$
 for a single 
 $1\leq i \leq n $
;
$1\leq i \leq n $
; 
 $\delta _i$
 is the desired section. Note that
$\delta _i$
 is the desired section. Note that 
 $\tau $
 (respectively
$\tau $
 (respectively 
 $\sigma $
) preserves
$\sigma $
) preserves 
 $\delta _i$
 if and only if it preserves s.
$\delta _i$
 if and only if it preserves s.
 Among the 
 $22$
 ambiguous automorphisms
$22$
 ambiguous automorphisms 
 $\sigma $
 of order
$\sigma $
 of order 
 $n=4$
, there are
$n=4$
, there are 
 $16$
 cases where
$16$
 cases where 
 $\sigma ^2$
 fixes a single elliptic curve,
$\sigma ^2$
 fixes a single elliptic curve, 
 $4$
 cases where
$4$
 cases where 
 $\sigma ^2$
 fixes a curve of genus
$\sigma ^2$
 fixes a curve of genus 
 $2$
 and
$2$
 and 
 $3$
,
$3$
, 
 $5$
,
$5$
, 
 $7$
 or
$7$
 or 
 $9$
 rational curves, and in the remaining
$9$
 rational curves, and in the remaining 
 $2$
 cases
$2$
 cases 
 $\sigma ^2$
 fixes two curves of genus one. The ambiguity is whether
$\sigma ^2$
 fixes two curves of genus one. The ambiguity is whether 
 $\sigma $
 fixes some curve or not.
$\sigma $
 fixes some curve or not.
 First, let 
 $\sigma ^2$
 fix a unique elliptic curve E of genus
$\sigma ^2$
 fix a unique elliptic curve E of genus 
 $1$
. This means that
$1$
. This means that 
 $\sigma $
 is compatible with an elliptic fibration
$\sigma $
 is compatible with an elliptic fibration 
 $\pi \colon X \to \mathbb {P}^1$
. Moreover,
$\pi \colon X \to \mathbb {P}^1$
. Moreover, 
 $\sigma ^2$
 leaves invariant a section S of
$\sigma ^2$
 leaves invariant a section S of 
 $\pi $
 because
$\pi $
 because 
 $L^{\sigma ^2}$
 contains a copy of the hyperbolic plane U. Note that
$L^{\sigma ^2}$
 contains a copy of the hyperbolic plane U. Note that 
 $\sigma ^2$
 must act nontrivially on the base
$\sigma ^2$
 must act nontrivially on the base 
 $\mathbb {P}^1$
 of the fibration, as otherwise its action at the tangent space to the point in
$\mathbb {P}^1$
 of the fibration, as otherwise its action at the tangent space to the point in 
 $E\cap S$
 would be trivial. Hence,
$E\cap S$
 would be trivial. Hence, 
 $\sigma ^2$
 has exactly two fixed points in
$\sigma ^2$
 has exactly two fixed points in 
 $\mathbb {P}^1$
 giving two invariant fibers; one is E and the other one we call C. The rational curves fixed by
$\mathbb {P}^1$
 giving two invariant fibers; one is E and the other one we call C. The rational curves fixed by 
 $\sigma ^2$
 must be components of the fiber C because all fixed points lie in
$\sigma ^2$
 must be components of the fiber C because all fixed points lie in 
 $E \cup C$
. We fix the fiber type of C and consider each fiber type separately. We know that C is a singular fiber of Kodaira type
$E \cup C$
. We fix the fiber type of C and consider each fiber type separately. We know that C is a singular fiber of Kodaira type 
 $I_{4m}$
,
$I_{4m}$
, 
 $m=1,2,3,4$
 or
$m=1,2,3,4$
 or 
 $IV^*$
. They correspond to
$IV^*$
. They correspond to 
 $3,3,3,4$
 and
$3,3,3,4$
 and 
 $3$
 ambiguous cases.
$3$
 ambiguous cases.
 The following figure shows the dual graph of the irreducible components of C. Each node corresponds to a smooth rational curve and two nodes are joined by an edge if and only if the corresponding curves intersect. The square nodes are curves fixed pointwise by 
 $\sigma ^2$
 and the round nodes are curves which are invariant but not fixed by
$\sigma ^2$
 and the round nodes are curves which are invariant but not fixed by 
 $\sigma ^2$
. The automorphism
$\sigma ^2$
. The automorphism 
 $\sigma $
 acts on the graph with order dividing
$\sigma $
 acts on the graph with order dividing 
 $2$
 and maps squares to squares.
$2$
 and maps squares to squares.

 We start by determining the fixed locus in the case that C is of type 
 $I_{4m}$
. Lefschetz calculations show that for the given
$I_{4m}$
. Lefschetz calculations show that for the given 
 $\sigma ^2$
 we have the following possibilities for the fixed locus
$\sigma ^2$
 we have the following possibilities for the fixed locus 
 $X^{\sigma }$
 of
$X^{\sigma }$
 of 
 $\sigma $
: four isolated points
$\sigma $
: four isolated points 
 $((4),0,0,1)$
 or four isolated points and a curve of genus one
$((4),0,0,1)$
 or four isolated points and a curve of genus one 
 $((4),0,1,1)$
.
$((4),0,1,1)$
.
 The automorphism 
 $\sigma ^2$
 fixes every second node of the circular
$\sigma ^2$
 fixes every second node of the circular 
 $I_{4m}$
 configuration and the zero section intersects a
$I_{4m}$
 configuration and the zero section intersects a 
 $\sigma ^2$
-fixed curve in
$\sigma ^2$
-fixed curve in 
 $I_{4m}$
.
$I_{4m}$
.
 The action of 
 $\sigma $
 on the intersection graph is visible on the lattice side since we can identify the class F of E by Lemma 7.4 and choose simple roots in
$\sigma $
 on the intersection graph is visible on the lattice side since we can identify the class F of E by Lemma 7.4 and choose simple roots in 
 $F^{\perp }$
 giving its components. Carrying out this computation gives the following three cases.
$F^{\perp }$
 giving its components. Carrying out this computation gives the following three cases. 
- 
1. The curves in  $I_{4m}$
 are rotated by $I_{4m}$
 are rotated by $\sigma $
. Then C does not have any $\sigma $
. Then C does not have any $\sigma $
 fixed points and E contains four isolated fixed points for 0.4.4.9, 0.4.3.6, 0.4.2.5, 0.4.1.3. $\sigma $
 fixed points and E contains four isolated fixed points for 0.4.4.9, 0.4.3.6, 0.4.2.5, 0.4.1.3.
- 
2. The automorphism  $\sigma $
 acts as a reflection on the graph $\sigma $
 acts as a reflection on the graph $I_{4m}$
 leaving invariant two of the $I_{4m}$
 leaving invariant two of the $\sigma ^2$
-fixed curves and the section S passes through one of them. Then $\sigma ^2$
-fixed curves and the section S passes through one of them. Then $I_{4m}$
 contains $I_{4m}$
 contains $4$
 isolated fixed points and E does not contain any isolated fixed points. However, the intersection $4$
 isolated fixed points and E does not contain any isolated fixed points. However, the intersection $S \cap E$
 is fixed but cannot be isolated. Hence, $S \cap E$
 is fixed but cannot be isolated. Hence, $\sigma $
 fixes E for 0.4.4.7, 0.4.3.8, 0.4.2.3, 0.4.1.6. $\sigma $
 fixes E for 0.4.4.7, 0.4.3.8, 0.4.2.3, 0.4.1.6.
- 
3. The automorphism  $\sigma $
 acts as a reflection leaving invariant two of the $\sigma $
 acts as a reflection leaving invariant two of the $\sigma ^2$
-fixed curves, and the section S does not pass through them. Then $\sigma ^2$
-fixed curves, and the section S does not pass through them. Then $\sigma $
 fixes four isolated points on $\sigma $
 fixes four isolated points on $I_{4m}$
 and no isolated points on E. By Lemma 7.3 $I_{4m}$
 and no isolated points on E. By Lemma 7.3 $\sigma $
 does not fix E for 0.4.4.8, 0.4.3.7, 0.4.2.4, 0.4.1.4, 0.4.1.5. $\sigma $
 does not fix E for 0.4.4.8, 0.4.3.7, 0.4.2.4, 0.4.1.4, 0.4.1.5.
 Let 
 $C = IV^*$
 and
$C = IV^*$
 and 
 $\sigma $
 ambiguous. We know that
$\sigma $
 ambiguous. We know that 
 $\sigma $
 fixes
$\sigma $
 fixes 
 $6$
 isolated points, one rational curve and possibly E of genus
$6$
 isolated points, one rational curve and possibly E of genus 
 $1$
. The central curve as well as the three leaves must be fixed by
$1$
. The central curve as well as the three leaves must be fixed by 
 $\sigma ^2$
. There are
$\sigma ^2$
. There are 
 $3$
 possible actions. It can leave invariant each component of the
$3$
 possible actions. It can leave invariant each component of the 
 $IV^*$
 fiber. Then the central component is fixed and the leaves carry two fixed points each. Hence, the action on E does not have an isolated fixed point. Therefore,
$IV^*$
 fiber. Then the central component is fixed and the leaves carry two fixed points each. Hence, the action on E does not have an isolated fixed point. Therefore, 
 $\sigma $
 fixes E if and only if some section is preserved. This is the case for 0.4.3.11 but not for 0.4.3.10. In the third case,
$\sigma $
 fixes E if and only if some section is preserved. This is the case for 0.4.3.11 but not for 0.4.3.10. In the third case, 
 $\sigma $
 swaps two of the branches. Therefore, the central component cannot be fixed by
$\sigma $
 swaps two of the branches. Therefore, the central component cannot be fixed by 
 $\sigma $
, so it contains
$\sigma $
, so it contains 
 $2$
 isolated fixed points. The invariant leaf must be the fixed rational curve. Then there are four fixed points left, they must lie on E giving 0.4.3.9. This settles the first
$2$
 isolated fixed points. The invariant leaf must be the fixed rational curve. Then there are four fixed points left, they must lie on E giving 0.4.3.9. This settles the first 
 $16$
 ambiguous cases.
$16$
 ambiguous cases.
 In the next four ambiguous cases, 
 $\sigma ^2$
 fixes a curve of genus
$\sigma ^2$
 fixes a curve of genus 
 $2$
 and
$2$
 and 
 $3$
,
$3$
, 
 $5$
,
$5$
, 
 $7$
 or
$7$
 or 
 $9$
 rational curves. In each case, we know that
$9$
 rational curves. In each case, we know that 
 $\sigma $
 fixes exactly four isolated fixed points. The ambiguity is whether
$\sigma $
 fixes exactly four isolated fixed points. The ambiguity is whether 
 $\sigma $
 fixes
$\sigma $
 fixes 
 $1$
 rational curve and the genus
$1$
 rational curve and the genus 
 $2$
 curve, or no curve at all. For each case, we exhibit a
$2$
 curve, or no curve at all. For each case, we exhibit a 
 $\sigma $
-invariant hyperbolic plane U. Since
$\sigma $
-invariant hyperbolic plane U. Since 
 $\sigma $
 fixes a curve of genus
$\sigma $
 fixes a curve of genus 
 $2$
,
$2$
, 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X)$
 is finite, and so
$\operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X)$
 is finite, and so 
 $K = U^{\perp }$
 is a root lattice. Then
$K = U^{\perp }$
 is a root lattice. Then 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X)=U\perp K$
 and K determines the ADE-types of the singular fibers of the
$\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X)=U\perp K$
 and K determines the ADE-types of the singular fibers of the 
 $\sigma $
-equivariant fibration induced by U. The square nodes are fixed by
$\sigma $
-equivariant fibration induced by U. The square nodes are fixed by 
 $\sigma ^2$
 while the round nodes are not.
$\sigma ^2$
 while the round nodes are not.

 Note that 
 $\sigma $
 must act nontrivially on the graph because otherwise it has too many fixed points or fixed curves. Since
$\sigma $
 must act nontrivially on the graph because otherwise it has too many fixed points or fixed curves. Since 
 $\sigma $
 maps squares to squares, we see that
$\sigma $
 maps squares to squares, we see that 
 $\sigma $
 must act as a reflection preserving the central square. However, the corresponding curve cannot be fixed, because the two adjacent ones and hence the corresponding intersection points with the central node are swapped. Thus,
$\sigma $
 must act as a reflection preserving the central square. However, the corresponding curve cannot be fixed, because the two adjacent ones and hence the corresponding intersection points with the central node are swapped. Thus, 
 $\sigma $
 cannot fix a curve and the four ambiguous cases are settled.
$\sigma $
 cannot fix a curve and the four ambiguous cases are settled.
 Consider the ambiguous cases 0.4.5.12, 0.4.5.14 0.6.2.29, 0.6.3.36, 0.8.1.7, 0.8.1.8, 0.8.2.8, 0.8.2.10, 0.9.1.3, 0.9.1.4 and 0.10.1.11. The question is whether or not 
 $\sigma $
 fixes an elliptic curve. In each case, Lefschetz calculations show that there are no isolated fixed points on the elliptic curve in question. Hence, in view of Lemma 7.3 this can be decided by whether or not there exists a section of the corresponding fibration. This is settled by Lemma 7.5. Indeed, we can randomly search until we find
$\sigma $
 fixes an elliptic curve. In each case, Lefschetz calculations show that there are no isolated fixed points on the elliptic curve in question. Hence, in view of Lemma 7.3 this can be decided by whether or not there exists a section of the corresponding fibration. This is settled by Lemma 7.5. Indeed, we can randomly search until we find 
 $f \in L^{\sigma }$
 corresponding to
$f \in L^{\sigma }$
 corresponding to 
 $[E]$
.
$[E]$
.
 For 0.10.2.1, we have the two possibilities 
 $((0, 0, 1, 6), 0, 0, 1)$
 and
$((0, 0, 1, 6), 0, 0, 1)$
 and 
 $((5, 0, 0, 0), 1, 0, 1)$
 for the fixed locus of
$((5, 0, 0, 0), 1, 0, 1)$
 for the fixed locus of 
 $\sigma $
. We know that
$\sigma $
. We know that 
 $\sigma ^2$
 fixes an elliptic curve E and one rational curve. It is the central component of the invariant fiber C of type
$\sigma ^2$
 fixes an elliptic curve E and one rational curve. It is the central component of the invariant fiber C of type 
 $\tilde {E_7}$
. Since
$\tilde {E_7}$
. Since 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X)^{\sigma }$
 has rank
$\operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X)^{\sigma }$
 has rank 
 $6$
,
$6$
, 
 $\sigma $
 must act nontrivially on
$\sigma $
 must act nontrivially on 
 $\tilde {E_7} \subseteq \operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X)$
. This means that it swaps two of the three arms of the configuration. Hence, it cannot act trivially on the central component and so
$\tilde {E_7} \subseteq \operatorname {\mathrm {NS}}(X)$
. This means that it swaps two of the three arms of the configuration. Hence, it cannot act trivially on the central component and so 
 $\sigma $
 cannot fix a rational curve. The fixed locus is
$\sigma $
 cannot fix a rational curve. The fixed locus is 
 $((0, 0, 1, 6), 0, 0, 1)$
.
$((0, 0, 1, 6), 0, 0, 1)$
.
 For the last ambiguous case 0.12.1.12, the automorphism 
 $\sigma $
 has a unique fixed point and the ambiguity is whether or not it fixes an elliptic curve. We know that
$\sigma $
 has a unique fixed point and the ambiguity is whether or not it fixes an elliptic curve. We know that 
 $\sigma ^i$
 for
$\sigma ^i$
 for 
 $i=2,3,4,6$
 fixes a unique elliptic curve
$i=2,3,4,6$
 fixes a unique elliptic curve 
 $E_i$
. Since
$E_i$
. Since 
 $E_2\subseteq E_4,E_6$
, we have
$E_2\subseteq E_4,E_6$
, we have 
 $E_2=E_4=E_6$
 and similarly
$E_2=E_4=E_6$
 and similarly 
 $E_6 \subseteq E_3$
 implies
$E_6 \subseteq E_3$
 implies 
 $E_6=E_3$
. Therefore,
$E_6=E_3$
. Therefore, 
 $E=E_i$
 is independent of i. Now,
$E=E_i$
 is independent of i. Now, 
 $\sigma ^3$
 and
$\sigma ^3$
 and 
 $\sigma ^4$
 fix E, hence their product
$\sigma ^4$
 fix E, hence their product 
 $\sigma ^7$
 fixes E as well. But
$\sigma ^7$
 fixes E as well. But 
 $\sigma \in \langle \sigma ^7\rangle $
 and so
$\sigma \in \langle \sigma ^7\rangle $
 and so 
 $\sigma $
 fixes the elliptic curve E. The fixed locus of 0.12.1.12 is therefore
$\sigma $
 fixes the elliptic curve E. The fixed locus of 0.12.1.12 is therefore 
 $((1, 0, 0, 0, 0), 0, 1, 1)$
.
$((1, 0, 0, 0, 0), 0, 1, 1)$
.
A Finite groups with mixed action on a K3 surface
 The following table lists all finite groups G admitting a faithful, saturated, mixed action on some K3 surface, their symplectic subgroups 
 $1\neq G_s < G$
 as well as the number
$1\neq G_s < G$
 as well as the number 
 $k(G)$
 of deformation types. Note that in three cases an entry appears twice because the normal subgroup
$k(G)$
 of deformation types. Note that in three cases an entry appears twice because the normal subgroup 
 $G_s < G$
 does not lie in the same
$G_s < G$
 does not lie in the same 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(G)$
-orbit. The notation
$\operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(G)$
-orbit. The notation 
 $G = G_s.\mu _n$
 means that G is an extension of
$G = G_s.\mu _n$
 means that G is an extension of 
 $G_s$
 by
$G_s$
 by 
 $\mu _n$
. It may or may not split. Our notation for the groups
$\mu _n$
. It may or may not split. Our notation for the groups 
 $G_s$
 follows Hashimoto [Reference Hashimoto34]. Isomorphism classes of groups will be referred to either using standard notation for classical families or using the id as provided by the library of small groups [Reference Ulrich Besche, Eick and O’Brien15].
$G_s$
 follows Hashimoto [Reference Hashimoto34]. Isomorphism classes of groups will be referred to either using standard notation for classical families or using the id as provided by the library of small groups [Reference Ulrich Besche, Eick and O’Brien15].
Table 3 Finite groups with faithful, saturated nonsymplectic action on some K3 surface.

B Fixed loci of purely nonsymplectic automorphisms
 Let X be a K3 surface and 
 $\sigma \in \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X)$
 a purely nonsymplectic automorphism of order n acting by
$\sigma \in \operatorname {\mathrm {Aut}}(X)$
 a purely nonsymplectic automorphism of order n acting by 
 $\zeta _n$
 on
$\zeta _n$
 on 
 $\operatorname {\mathrm {H}}^0(X,\Omega _X^2)$
. Recall that the fixed locus
$\operatorname {\mathrm {H}}^0(X,\Omega _X^2)$
. Recall that the fixed locus 
 $X^{\sigma }$
 is the disjoint union of
$X^{\sigma }$
 is the disjoint union of 
 $N = \sum _{i=1}^s a_i$
 isolated fixed points, k smooth rational curves and either a curve of genus
$N = \sum _{i=1}^s a_i$
 isolated fixed points, k smooth rational curves and either a curve of genus 
 $>1$
 or
$>1$
 or 
 $0, 1, 2$
 curves of genus 1. Denote by
$0, 1, 2$
 curves of genus 1. Denote by 
 $l\geq 0$
 the number of genus
$l\geq 0$
 the number of genus 
 $g \geq 1$
 curves fixed by
$g \geq 1$
 curves fixed by 
 $\sigma $
. If no such curve is fixed, set
$\sigma $
. If no such curve is fixed, set 
 $g=1$
. Thus
$g=1$
. Thus 
 $$\begin{align*}X^{\sigma} = \{p_1, \dots, p_N\} \sqcup R_1 \dots \sqcup R_k \sqcup C_1 \dots \sqcup C_l\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}X^{\sigma} = \{p_1, \dots, p_N\} \sqcup R_1 \dots \sqcup R_k \sqcup C_1 \dots \sqcup C_l\end{align*}$$
where the 
 $R_i$
’s are smooth rational curves and the
$R_i$
’s are smooth rational curves and the 
 $C_j$
’s smooth curves of genus g. Let
$C_j$
’s smooth curves of genus g. Let 
 $P \in X^{\sigma }$
 be an isolated fixed point. Recall that there are local coordinates
$P \in X^{\sigma }$
 be an isolated fixed point. Recall that there are local coordinates 
 $(x,y)$
 in a small neighborhood centered at P such that
$(x,y)$
 in a small neighborhood centered at P such that 
 $$\begin{align*}\sigma(x,y) = (\zeta_n^{i+1}x,\zeta_n^{-i} y)\quad \mbox{ with } \quad 1 \leq i \leq s = \left\lfloor\frac{n-1}{2}\right\rfloor.\end{align*}$$
$$\begin{align*}\sigma(x,y) = (\zeta_n^{i+1}x,\zeta_n^{-i} y)\quad \mbox{ with } \quad 1 \leq i \leq s = \left\lfloor\frac{n-1}{2}\right\rfloor.\end{align*}$$
We call P a fixed point of type i and denote the number of fixed points of type i by 
 $a_i$
.
$a_i$
.
 In the following we list for each deformation class of 
 $(X, \sigma )$
 the invariants
$(X, \sigma )$
 the invariants 
 $((a_1, \dots , a_s), k, l, g)$
 of the fixed locus of
$((a_1, \dots , a_s), k, l, g)$
 of the fixed locus of 
 $\sigma $
 and its powers. The column labeled ‘K3 id’ contains the label of the K3 surface in the database [Reference Brandhorst and Hofmann21]. The following columns contain the invariants of the fixed locus of
$\sigma $
 and its powers. The column labeled ‘K3 id’ contains the label of the K3 surface in the database [Reference Brandhorst and Hofmann21]. The following columns contain the invariants of the fixed locus of 
 $\sigma ^{n/j}$
 where n is the order of
$\sigma ^{n/j}$
 where n is the order of 
 $\sigma $
 and j the label of the column.
$\sigma $
 and j the label of the column.
Table 4 Fixed loci of purely nonsymplectic automorphisms of order 2.

Table 5 Fixed loci of purely nonsymplectic automorphisms of order 3.

Table 6 Fixed loci of purely nonsymplectic automorphisms of order 4.

Table 7 Fixed loci of purely nonsymplectic automorphisms of order 5.

Table 8 Fixed loci of purely nonsymplectic automorphisms of order 6.

Table 9 Fixed loci of purely nonsymplectic automorphisms of order 7.

Table 10 Fixed loci of purely nonsymplectic automorphisms of order 8.

Table 11 Fixed loci of purely nonsymplectic automorphisms of order 9.

Table 12 Fixed loci of purely nonsymplectic automorphisms of order 10.

Table 13 Fixed loci of purely nonsymplectic automorphisms of order 11.

Table 14 Fixed loci of purely nonsymplectic automorphisms of order 12.

Table 15 Fixed loci of purely nonsymplectic automorphisms of order 14.

Table 16 Fixed loci of purely nonsymplectic automorphisms of order 15.

Table 17 Fixed loci of purely nonsymplectic automorphisms of order 16.

Table 18 Fixed loci of purely nonsymplectic automorphisms of order 18.

Table 19 Fixed loci of purely nonsymplectic automorphisms of order 20.

Table 20 Fixed loci of purely nonsymplectic automorphisms of order 21.

Table 21 Fixed loci of purely nonsymplectic automorphisms of order 22.

Table 22 Fixed loci of purely nonsymplectic automorphisms of order 24.

Table 23 Fixed loci of purely nonsymplectic automorphisms of order 24, part 2.

Table 24 Fixed loci of purely nonsymplectic automorphisms of order 26.

Table 25 Fixed loci of purely nonsymplectic automorphisms of order 27.

Table 26 Fixed loci of purely nonsymplectic automorphisms of order 28.

Table 27 Fixed loci of purely nonsymplectic automorphisms of order 30.

Table 28 Fixed loci of purely nonsymplectic automorphisms of order 30, part 2.

Table 29 Fixed loci of purely nonsymplectic automorphisms of order 32.

Table 30 Fixed loci of purely nonsymplectic automorphisms of order 32, part 2.

Table 31 Fixed loci of purely nonsymplectic automorphisms of order 34.

Table 32 Fixed loci of purely nonsymplectic automorphisms of order 36.

Table 33 Fixed loci of purely nonsymplectic automorphisms of order 36, part 2.

Table 34 Fixed loci of purely nonsymplectic automorphisms of order 38.

Table 35 Fixed loci of purely nonsymplectic automorphisms of order 42.

Table 36 Fixed loci of purely nonsymplectic automorphisms of order 42, part 2.

Table 37 Fixed loci of purely nonsymplectic automorphisms of orders 13, 17, 19, 25, 33, 40, 44, 48, 50, 54 and 66.

Acknowledgements
The first author thanks K. Oguiso and the university of Tokio for their hospitality and the organizers of the conference Moonshine and K3 surface in Nagoya 2016 for inspiration. Further, thanks go to the SageMath community for teaching him programming. We thank N. Beli, J. Hsia, R.S. Schulze-Pillot for discussions on a typo in T. O’Meara’s paper [Reference O’Meara66]. We thank M. Kirschmer for sharing his insights on Hermitian lattices and his software packages [Reference Kirschmer41] for computations with them. We are grateful for numerous helpful comments and corrections from K. Hashimoto, S. Muller, G. Nebe, A. Sarti, M. Schütt, B. Totaro and anonymous referees.
Competing interest
The authors have no competing interest to declare.
Data availability statement
The source code for Hecke is available at https://github.com/thofma/Hecke.jl and the database at [Reference Brandhorst and Hofmann21].
Financial support
Funded by the Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft (DFG, German Research Foundation)—Project-ID 286237555—TRR 195.
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 





































